DCS-Mirror
/
Es-419_gl_es-419_tn
mirror of https://git.door43.org/Es-419_gl/es-419_tn
2
0
Fork 0
Files Issues Releases Wiki Activity See in Reader
Es-419_gl_es-419_tn/tn_EXO.tsv

2604 lines
684 KiB
Plaintext
Raw Blame History

This file contains invisible Unicode characters

This file contains invisible Unicode characters that are indistinguishable to humans but may be processed differently by a computer. If you think that this is intentional, you can safely ignore this warning. Use the Escape button to reveal them.

This file contains Unicode characters that might be confused with other characters. If you think that this is intentional, you can safely ignore this warning. Use the Escape button to reveal them.

Reference ID Tags SupportReference Quote Occurrence Note
front:intro b4pp הָ⁠אָבְנָ֑יִם 1 # Introduction to Exodus\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of Exodus\n\n1. Israel in Egypt; preparing to depart from slavery (1–12)\n\n* First genealogy (1:1–6)\n* Israel as slaves in Egypt (1:7–22)\n* Moses’ history to the time of the Exodus (2:1–4:26)\n* Israel suffers in Egypt (4:27–6:13)\n* Second genealogy (6:14–27)\n* Moses and Aaron go to Pharaoh (6:28–7:25)\n* The plagues (8:1–11:10)\n\n1. Instructions for celebrating the Passover (12:1–30)\n2. From Egypt to Mount Sinai (12:31–18:27)\n\n* The Passover; preparing to leave Egypt; leaving Egypt (12:31–50, 13:1–22)\n* Journey from Egypt to Mount Sinai (14:1–18:27)\n\n1. Mount Sinai and the Law (19-40)\n\n* Preparing for the covenant (19:1–25)\n* The Ten Commandments (20:1–17)\n* The covenant described (20:18–23:33)\n* The people agree to the covenant; Moses returns to Mount Sinai (24:1–18)\n* Design of the tabernacle and its furnishings; what was required of those who serve in it; tabernacle functions (25:1–31:18)\n* The golden calf; Moses prays for the people (32:1–33:22)\n* The covenant described again (34:1–35)\n* Making of the ark and its furnishings (35:1–38:31) and priestly garments (39:1–43, 40:1–33)\n* The cloud (40:34–38)\n\n### What is the book of Exodus about?\n\nExodus continues the story of the previous book, Genesis. The first half of Exodus is about how Yahweh made Abraham’s descendants into a nation. This nation, which would be called “Israel,” was meant to belong to Yahweh and worship him. The second half of Exodus describes how God gave the Israelites his law through Moses. The law of Moses told the Israelites how to obey and worship Yahweh properly.\n\nThe book of Exodus tells how the Israelites were to build the tabernacle. The tabernacle was a tent where Yahweh would be among his people. The Israelites worshiped and sacrificed animals to Yahweh at the tabernacle. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]])\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\n“Exodus” means “exit” or “departure.” Translators may translate this title in a way that can communicate its subject clearly, for example, “About the Israelites Leaving Egypt” or “How the Israelites Left the Land of Egypt.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n### Who wrote the book of Exodus?\n\nThe writers of both the Old and New Testaments present Moses as being very involved with writing the book of Exodus. Since ancient times, both Jews and Christians have thought that Moses wrote Genesis, Exodus, Leviticus, Numbers, and Deuteronomy.\n\n### Why did Moses write so much about God delivering or rescuing the people of Israel?\n\nMoses wrote much about God rescuing his people from the Egyptians to show that Yahweh is very powerful. Egypt was the most powerful nation at that time, but Yahweh was still able to free the Israelites from the Egyptians. Also, by rescuing the Israelites, Yahweh showed that he had chosen them as his people, and they should worship him.\n\n### How does the book of Exodus show the fulfillment of the promises given to Abraham?\n\nThe book of Exodus shows God beginning to fulfill his promise to Abraham. In Genesis, God promised Abraham that he would have many descendants and that they would become a large nation. When God rescued the Israelites from the Egyptians, he took them to Mount Sinai. There he made a covenant with them, and they became the nation that belonged to Yahweh.\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### What was the Jewish Passover?\n\nThe Jewish Passover was a religious festival. Yahweh commanded the Israelites to celebrate it every year. Passover was a time to remember how God rescued Israel from the Egyptians. The first Passover meal was eaten in the evening just before they left Egypt.\n\n### What was the law of Moses to the people of Israel?\n\nThe law of Moses instructed the people of Israel about what Yahweh required them to do as his people. In the law, God told the people how they should live so that they would honor him. He also instructed them about their need to offer animal sacrifices. God required these sacrifices so that he could forgive their sins and continue living among them. The law also described the duties of the priests and told how to build the tabernacle.\n\n### What did it mean that Israel was to be a “kingdom of priests and a holy nation” ([19:6](../19/06.md) ULT)?\n\nIsrael was a holy nation because Yahweh separated them from all other nations to belong to him. They were to honor and worship him only. This made them different from all the other nations of the world. These other nations worshiped many false gods.\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Thus says Yahweh\n\nThis phrase is used many times in the Old Testament to introduce Yahweh’s speech. Your team should pick a standard translation. See [4:intro](../04/intro.md) for more.\n\n### Pharaoh’s stubborn heart\n\nBetween chapters 4–14 there are 18 cases where Pharaoh’s heart is described as strong (11x), heavy (6x), or hard (1x), and one case where the Egyptians’ hearts are described as strong. These are metaphors for being stubborn, that is, being unwilling to obey Yahweh or even to do what is clearly in his own and Egypt’s best interest. Many cultures have similar metaphors, but not all will use the same body part. Within these cases, six times there is a neutral description that Pharaoh was stubborn without saying anyone made him so ([7:13](../07/13.md), [7:14](../07/14.md), [7:22](../07/22.md), [8:19](../08/19.md), [9:7](../09/07.md), [9:35](../09/35.md)); three times Pharaoh makes himself stubborn ([8:15](../08/15.md), [8:32](../08/32.md), [9:34](../09/34.md)); and ten times Yahweh makes Pharaoh/the Egyptians stubborn ([4:21](../04/21.md), [7:3](../07/03.md), [9:12](../09/12.md), [10:1](../10/01.md), [10:20](../10/20.md), [10:27](../10/27.md), [11:10](../11/10.md), [14:4](../14/04.md), [14:8](../14/08.md), [14:17](../14/17.md)).\n\n### Why are the details of the construction of the tabernacle in Exodus 25–32 repeated in Exodus 35–40?\n\nIn Exodus 25–32, God describes exactly how the tabernacle was to be built. The details were repeated in Exodus 35–40. This showed that the people were to be careful to do exactly as God commanded.\n\n### Are the events in the order that they actually happened?\n\nMost, but not all, of the events in the book of Exodus are told in the order that they actually happened. Translators may need to make it clear when the events are in an unusual order.\n\n### What does it mean that God “lived” among his people?\n\nThe book of Exodus presents God as living in the tabernacle among the nation of Israel. God is everywhere, but he lived among the Israelites in a special way. God dwelled with the Israelites because they belonged to him. He promised to lead them and bless them. In return, the people were to worship him and honor him.
1:intro cj55 וַ⁠יֵּ֥לֶךְ 0 # Exodus 01 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter is intended to form a smooth transition from the last chapter of the book of Genesis.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Israel’s growth\n\nIsrael grew in number. This was in fulfillment of the covenant God made with Abraham. It also caused the Egyptians great concern that there would be more Israelites than Egyptians, because the Egyptians would be unable to defend themselves against such a large number of people. Pharaoh also tried to kill all of the male babies so they would not become soldiers who fought against him. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])\n\n### End of the famine\n\nIt is obvious that some time has passed since the beginning of the famine which brought the Israelites into Egypt. Yahweh appears to be punishing the Hebrews for not returning to the Promised Land, but instead, choosing to stay in Egypt. No return attempt is recorded to have been made. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “All of the descendants of Jacob were 70 in number”\n\nThis number included both Jacob’s children and grandchildren. It may cause confusion, but it is important to remember Jacob only had 12 sons.
1:1 n51f rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background 0 Verses 1–7 are background information for the story. If your language has a way of structuring background information, consider using it for these verses. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1:1 g89k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וּ⁠בֵית֖⁠וֹ 1 Here, **house** refers to all of the people who live together, usually a large family with servants. Alternate translation: “and his household” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1:1 fxbx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go הַ⁠בָּאִ֖ים & בָּֽאוּ 1 The words translated as **came in** could also be translated as “went in.” Use whichever form is most natural in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
1:1 e65z rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל & יַעֲקֹ֔ב 1 **​Jacob** and **Israel** are two names for the same man. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1:5 fv84 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers שִׁבְעִ֣ים 1 “70 in number” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1:6 sh42 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential וַ⁠יָּ֤מָת 1 Jacob and his sons spent the rest of their lives in Egypt and died there. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
1:6 g5qg וְ⁠כָל־אֶחָ֔י⁠ו 1 **All his brothers** includes ten older brothers and one younger brother. If your language has different words for those, you can say, “his ten older brothers and his younger brother”
1:6 qg2k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession אֶחָ֔י⁠ו 1 This an instance of the possessive of social relationship. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
1:7 duwr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וּ⁠בְנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל 1 This is the first of many times in this book that **sons of Israel** refers to the Israelite nation or people. Alternate translation: “And the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1:7 mccy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet פָּר֧וּ וַֽ⁠יִּשְׁרְצ֛וּ וַ⁠יִּרְבּ֥וּ וַ⁠יַּֽעַצְמ֖וּ 1 All of these verbs mean similar things and are used together to emphasize that the Israelite people became very numerous. If your language doesn’t have as many words that mean the same thing, you can use fewer words and express the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “multiplied and became extremely numerous” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1:7 uo65 פָּר֧וּ & וַ⁠יִּרְבּ֥וּ & וַ⁠תִּמָּלֵ֥א הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ 1 Compare your translation of **fruitful … and multiplied … and the land was filled** here to Genesis 1:28; ​9:1, 7; and especially Genesis 35:11, where God renamed Jacob to be called Israel.
1:7 nk2l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor פָּר֧וּ 1 The birth of children to the Israelites is spoken of as if they were plants that were producing fruit. Alternate translation: “had many children” or “gave birth to many children” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1:7 r2f1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וַ⁠תִּמָּלֵ֥א הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ אֹתָֽ⁠ם 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they filled the land” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1:7 htcv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom בִּ⁠מְאֹ֣ד מְאֹ֑ד 1 Here the same word is used twice to emphasize how many the Israelite people had become. If your language does not repeat words like this, express the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “with much power” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1:7 piq4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants אֹתָֽ⁠ם 1 Here, **them** refers to the Israelites. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
1:8 ay05 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וַ⁠יָּ֥קָם 1 This sentence introduces a new event in the story. If your language marks this with particular discourse features, apply them here. (See:[[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1:8 n70t rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants מֶֽלֶךְ־חָדָ֖שׁ 1 The story begins with the new king. Your language may have a specific way to introduce new events or new characters in a story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
1:8 t6jd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וַ⁠יָּ֥קָם מֶֽלֶךְ־חָדָ֖שׁ עַל־מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 Here, **Egypt** refers to the place and the people of Egypt. Alternate translation: “And a new king began to rule over the Egyptians and the country of Egypt” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1:8 m4cx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לֹֽא־יָדַ֖ע אֶת־יוֹסֵֽף 1 Here, **Joseph** refers to both the person Joseph and to all of the good things that he did for Egypt. See the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1:9 tf59 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר 1 “And the king said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
1:9 aku3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations הִנֵּ֗ה 1 Here, **behold** draws special attention to what is about to be said. Use a way of drawing people’s attention that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Listen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
1:9 x65i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession עַמּ֑⁠וֹ 1 The people are spoken of as if they belonged to the king. This is an instance of the possessive of social relationship. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
1:9 t7s1 עַמּ֑⁠וֹ 1 There is some ambiguity as to whom exactly Pharaoh was addressing. It could have been: 1) the people who lived in Egypt, the Egyptians or 2) some group of “his people” like his advisors, generals, nobles, or friends and family. Even if option 1 is meant, it is quite possible that he actually spoke to some smaller group of representatives, as in option 2.
1:9 jik8 מִמֶּֽ⁠נּוּ 1 Use a way that is natural in your language to compare non-specific sizes of groups of people. Alternate translation: “more than we are”
1:9 njuf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks הִנֵּ֗ה 1 Beginning from **behold** to the end of [verse 10](../01/10.md) is a direct quote of what the king said. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
1:10 hiq4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive נִֽתְחַכְּמָ֖ה & שֹׂ֣נְאֵ֔י⁠נוּ & בָּ֖⁠נוּ 1 The word **us** is inclusive and refers to the king and his people, the Egyptians. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
1:10 fwvb rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical פֶּן־יִרְבֶּ֗ה וְ⁠הָיָ֞ה כִּֽי־תִקְרֶ֤אנָה מִלְחָמָה֙ 1 The king suggests a combination of two hypothetical events: 1. There are even more Israelites, 2. There is a battle. These are followed by a series of undesirable consequences: 3. The Israelites join an enemy, 4. The Israelites attack the Egyptians, 5. The Israelites leave Egypt. While the series of consequences is also technically hypothetical, the king’s language indicates that if 1-2 happen, then 3-5 are certain. Use language that makes it clear that the first two events are hypothetical, and that the next three are consequences that could be expected if the first two events happen. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
1:10 jc1h וְ⁠עָלָ֥ה מִן־הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 “and he leaves Egypt”
1:10 ni77 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 After this phrase, the direct quote of what the king said comes to an end. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
1:11 y2mi שָׂרֵ֣י 1 Egyptians whose job it was to force the Israelites to do hard work.
1:11 o926 מִסִּ֔ים 1 Here the plural means groups. Alternative translation: “work crews”
1:11 l9lj לְמַ֥עַן עַנֹּת֖⁠וֹ בְּ⁠סִבְלֹתָ֑⁠ם 1 “to force the Israelites to do hard work for the Egyptians”
1:11 pkz4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown עָרֵ֤י מִסְכְּנוֹת֙ 1 These were places where the leaders put away food and other important things to keep them safe. Alternative translation: “cities in which to put away things to keep them safe” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1:11 dy34 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession עָרֵ֤י מִסְכְּנוֹת֙ 1 The possessive is objective; storage of goods is what occurs in the cities. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
1:12 c1fy rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast וְ⁠כַ⁠אֲשֶׁר֙ יְעַנּ֣וּ אֹת֔⁠וֹ כֵּ֥ן יִרְבֶּ֖ה וְ⁠כֵ֣ן יִפְרֹ֑ץ 1 This sentence expresses a result that is opposite of what the king expected. If your language has a way to express something happening that was opposite of what was expected, use that structure. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
1:12 pdfk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns וַ⁠יָּקֻ֕צוּ 1 “And they were afraid” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1:12 qgzz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy מִ⁠פְּנֵ֖י בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 Here, **face** figuratively means the presence of a person. The phrase means that the Egyptians were afraid of the Israelites’ existence in the country. Alternate translation: “whenever they saw an Israelite” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1:13 j1q6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns וַ⁠יַּעֲבִ֧דוּ מִצְרַ֛יִם אֶת־בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל בְּ⁠פָֽרֶךְ 1 Here, **rigor** is a noun used to modify the verb **enslaved**. **Rigor** could refer either to how hard the work was or how unkindly the Egyptians treated the Israelites. Alternate translation: “And the Egyptians made the sons of Israel work very hard” or “And the Egyptians harshly made the sons of Israel work” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1:14 mx6v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וַ⁠יְמָרְר֨וּ 1 The difficult lives of the Israelites are spoken of as if they were bitter food that was difficult to eat. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1:14 jre2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns בַּ⁠עֲבֹדָ֣ה קָשָׁ֗ה 1 **Slavery** is an abstract noun modified by **hard**. Alternative translation: “by making them work hard as slaves” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1:14 cuq7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown בְּ⁠חֹ֨מֶר֙ 1 This was a wet glue or mud put between bricks or stones that held them together when it dried. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1:14 h5dx rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וּ⁠בִ⁠לְבֵנִ֔ים 1 **Bricks** are hardened rectangular blocks of mud, clay etc., used for building. (Source: Wiktionary) The clay or mud was hardened either in the sun or by heating it to higher temperatures in other ways. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1:14 gzq7 אֵ֚ת כָּל־עֲבֹ֣דָתָ֔⁠ם אֲשֶׁר־עָבְד֥וּ בָ⁠הֶ֖ם בְּ⁠פָֽרֶךְ׃ 1 “the Egyptians made them work very hard” or “the Egyptians forced them to work very hard” See how you translated this in [verse 13](../01/13.md)
1:14 anzx rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants וַ⁠יְמָרְר֨וּ & בָ⁠הֶ֖ם 1 These pronouns refer to the Egyptians. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
1:14 acj5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants חַיֵּי⁠הֶ֜ם & עֲבֹ֣דָתָ֔⁠ם & עָבְד֥וּ 1 These pronouns refer to the Israelites. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
1:15 yoaj rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙ 1 This sentence introduces a new event in the story. If your language marks this with particular discourse features, apply them here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1:15 hhw1 לַֽ⁠מְיַלְּדֹ֖ת 1 **Midwives** were women who helped a pregnant woman give birth to a baby.
1:15 h8f8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names שִׁפְרָ֔ה & פּוּעָֽה 1 These are Hebrew women’s names. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1:15 h59t rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants שִׁפְרָ֔ה & פּוּעָֽה 1 The midwives are introduced here as new participants in the story. Use your language’s way to introduce new characters in a story.​ (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
1:16 ewwz וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר 1 In the UST, **And the king said**, is combined with “spoke” from [verse 15](../01/15.md), because the verb for “say” is used twice before he speaks. This may be strange in some languages. If it would be unnatural to say that the king spoke or said twice, you may leave one off.
1:16 yovg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks בְּ⁠יַלֶּדְ⁠כֶן֙ אֶת־הָֽ⁠עִבְרִיּ֔וֹת וּ⁠רְאִיתֶ֖ן עַל־הָ⁠אָבְנָ֑יִם אִם־בֵּ֥ן הוּא֙ וַ⁠הֲמִתֶּ֣ן אֹת֔⁠וֹ וְ⁠אִם־בַּ֥ת הִ֖יא וָ⁠חָֽיָה 1 This is a direct quote of what the king said. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
1:16 hlke rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual בְּ⁠יַלֶּדְ⁠כֶן֙ & וּ⁠רְאִיתֶ֖ן & וַ⁠הֲמִתֶּ֣ן 1 The king is speaking to the two midwives, so the form of **you** is plural. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a dual or plural form here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/​figs-youdual]])
1:16 h3mb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy עַל־הָ⁠אָבְנָ֑יִם 1 Women sat on this short stool as they gave birth. Therefore, it is associated with birth. Alternate translation: “as they give birth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1:16 nms7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical אִם־בֵּ֥ן הוּא֙ וַ⁠הֲמִתֶּ֣ן אֹת֔⁠וֹ וְ⁠אִם־בַּ֥ת הִ֖יא וָ⁠חָֽיָה 1 These two statements are hypothetical conditions (starting at **if**) with instructions for what the midwives should do in each situation (starting at **then**). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
1:17 gy7k rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast וַ⁠תִּירֶ֤אןָ 1 Use a conjunction or other language structure that expresses contrast. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
1:18 y9g5 לַֽ⁠מְיַלְּדֹ֔ת 1 These were women who helped a woman give birth to a baby. See how you translated this in [Exodus 1:15](../01/15.md).
1:18 h0l4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks מַדּ֥וּעַ עֲשִׂיתֶ֖ן הַ⁠דָּבָ֣ר הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה וַ⁠תְּחַיֶּ֖יןָ אֶת־הַ⁠יְלָדִֽים 1 This is a direct quote of the king’s question. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
1:18 y73k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר לָ⁠הֶ֔ן מַדּ֥וּעַ עֲשִׂיתֶ֖ן הַ⁠דָּבָ֣ר הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה וַ⁠תְּחַיֶּ֖יןָ אֶת־הַ⁠יְלָדִֽים 1 This could be translated as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “and he asked them why they were letting the sons live.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1:18 q1sy מַדּ֥וּעַ עֲשִׂיתֶ֖ן הַ⁠דָּבָ֣ר הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה וַ⁠תְּחַיֶּ֖יןָ אֶת־הַ⁠יְלָדִֽים 1 Alternate translation: “Why have you not killed the baby boys?”
1:18 ionv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual עֲשִׂיתֶ֖ן 1 This **you** is plural. The king is speaking to the two midwives. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a dual or plural form here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/​figs-youdual]])
1:19 ot6z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks כִּ֣י לֹ֧א כַ⁠נָּשִׁ֛ים הַ⁠מִּצְרִיֹּ֖ת הָֽ⁠עִבְרִיֹּ֑ת כִּֽי־חָי֣וֹת הֵ֔נָּה בְּ⁠טֶ֨רֶם תָּב֧וֹא אֲלֵ⁠הֶ֛ן הַ⁠מְיַלֶּ֖דֶת וְ⁠יָלָֽדוּ 1 This is a direct quote of the midwives’ response. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
1:19 dgqe rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֣י לֹ֧א כַ⁠נָּשִׁ֛ים הַ⁠מִּצְרִיֹּ֖ת הָֽ⁠עִבְרִיֹּ֑ת כִּֽי־חָי֣וֹת הֵ֔נָּה בְּ⁠טֶ֨רֶם תָּב֧וֹא אֲלֵ⁠הֶ֛ן הַ⁠מְיַלֶּ֖דֶת וְ⁠יָלָֽדוּ 1 The midwives give a reason, **the Hebrew women are not like the Egyptian women**, and then they expand on that reason, **for they are lively** (or energetic), with the result that **before the midwife comes to them, they have given birth.**  (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1:19 yppa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche וַ⁠תֹּאמַ֤רְןָ הַֽ⁠מְיַלְּדֹת֙ 1 It may not make sense in your language to say that multiple people said something, so you may need to translate it in the singular (see UST). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1:19 mivn הַֽ⁠מְיַלְּדֹת֙ 1 These were women who helped a woman give birth to a baby. See how you translated this in [Exodus 1:15](../01/15.md).
1:20 eh25 לַֽ⁠מְיַלְּדֹ֑ת 1 These were women who helped a woman give birth to a baby. See how you translated this in [Exodus 1:15](../01/15.md).
1:20 h133 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet וַ⁠יִּ֧רֶב הָ⁠עָ֛ם וַ⁠יַּֽעַצְמ֖וּ מְאֹֽד 1 These words mean similar things and are used together to emphasize their numeric growth. If your language doesn’t have as many words that mean the same thing, you can use fewer words and express the emphasis in another way. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1:20 owpb rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result וַ⁠יֵּ֥יטֶב אֱלֹהִ֖ים לַֽ⁠מְיַלְּדֹ֑ת 1 This phrase is more logically connected to the statements in verse 21. It describes the result of the midwives fearing God with a general statement. You may need to rearrange vs 20-21 so that the reason (vs 21) comes before both the general and specific results. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1:21 rq9e rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result וַ⁠יְהִ֕י כִּֽי־יָֽרְא֥וּ הַֽ⁠מְיַלְּדֹ֖ת אֶת־הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֑ים 1 This is the reason for what God did. You may need to rearrange vs 20-21 so that the reason (vs 21) comes before both the general and specific results. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1:21 pbve rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result וַ⁠יַּ֥עַשׂ לָ⁠הֶ֖ם בָּתִּֽים 1 This describes the result of the midwives fearing God with a specific statement. You may need to rearrange vs 20-21 so that the reason (vs 21) comes before both the general and specific results. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1:21 jx9c בָּתִּֽים 1 “households”
1:22 ld1j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כָּל־הַ⁠בֵּ֣ן הַ⁠יִּלּ֗וֹד הַ⁠יְאֹ֨רָ⁠ה֙ תַּשְׁלִיכֻ֔⁠הוּ 1 This order was given in order to drown the male children. The full meaning of this may be made explicit. Alternate translation: “You must dispose of each new baby boy in the river so he will drown” or “Drown each baby boy in the river when he is born” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1:22 a6b2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations וַ⁠יְצַ֣ו פַּרְעֹ֔ה לְ⁠כָל־עַמּ֖⁠וֹ לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר כָּל־הַ⁠בֵּ֣ן הַ⁠יִּלּ֗וֹד הַ⁠יְאֹ֨רָ⁠ה֙ תַּשְׁלִיכֻ֔⁠הוּ וְ⁠כָל־הַ⁠בַּ֖ת תְּחַיּֽוּ⁠ן 1 From **You shall** to the end of the verse is a direct quote of Pharaoh’s speech. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. However, it could be translated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “And Pharaoh commanded all of his people to throw every baby boy into the river, but to let every girl live.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1:22 stag rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual תַּשְׁלִיכֻ֔⁠הוּ & תְּחַיּֽוּ⁠ן 1 The uses of the word **you** here refer to all the Egyptians. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/​figs-youdual]])
2:intro rwf3 0 # Exodus 02 General Notes\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n\n### Covenant\nGod begins to relate to the Israelites based on his covenant with Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob.\n\n\n### Moses’ heritage\nIn the first part of this chapter, Pharaoh’s daughter recognizes Moses as being a Hebrew, but in the last part of this chapter, the Midianites believe him to be an Egyptian.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Identification of participants\n- Moses is the only participant named in most of this chapter. This is because many of the participants play very minor roles and because this part of the story is focusing on Moses’ life.\n\n### Ironic situations\n- While Pharaoh tried to diminish the power of the Israelites by killing all of their baby boys, God used Pharaoh’s own daughter to save Moses.\n\n\n- Moses believes he is meant to be the rescuer of his people, but they reject him. Ultimately, Moses was correct, but God had not yet sent him for that mission.
2:1 wvj9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וַ⁠יֵּ֥לֶךְ 1 A new scene begins here; that may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
2:1 riy7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants אִ֖ישׁ & בַּת 1 These are new participants. They remain unnamed until [Exodus 6:20](../06/20.md) where they are identified as Amram and Jochebed. For now it is best to leave them unnamed in your language, if possible. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
2:1 n0u9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּקַּ֖ח אֶת־בַּת־לֵוִֽי 1 This is an idiom for marrying. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2:2 s49k ט֣וֹב 1 Alternative translations: “pleasing,” “fine,” or “healthy” (UST)
2:2 q4c0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result וַ⁠תֵּ֤רֶא & וַֽ⁠תִּצְפְּנֵ֖⁠הוּ 1 Hiding the boy was a result of seeing that he was good. Alternative translation: “Since she saw … she hid him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
2:2 g0k4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers שְׁלֹשָׁ֥ה 1 3 (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
2:3 t2gj rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown תֵּ֣בַת גֹּ֔מֶא 1 This is a basket made from a tall grass that grows by the Nile River in Egypt. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2:3 tn3y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠תַּחְמְרָ֥⁠ה בַ⁠חֵמָ֖ר וּ⁠בַ⁠זָּ֑פֶת 1 You could explicitly state that this was to keep out water. Alternate translation: “spread tar on it to keep water from getting into it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2:3 wpb6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וַ⁠תַּחְמְרָ֥⁠ה 1 This means that she applied a waterproof coating. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2:3 ym3k rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown בַ⁠חֵמָ֖ר 1 This is a sticky black paste made from petroleum. It can be used to keep out water. Alternate translation: “with tar” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2:3 v825 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וּ⁠בַ⁠זָּ֑פֶת 1 This is a sticky brown or black paste that can be made from tree sap or from petroleum. Therefore, **pitch** would include not only bitumen but also plant-based resins. It too can be used to keep out water. Alternate translation: “and with tar” or “and with resin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2:3 y8gq rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown בַּ⁠סּ֖וּף 1 These **reeds** were a type of tall grass that grew in flat, wet areas. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2:4 av8b וַ⁠תֵּתַצַּ֥ב אֲחֹת֖⁠וֹ מֵ⁠רָחֹ֑ק 1 This means she stood far enough away so that she would not be noticed, but close enough to see the ark. Use a word that expresses this sort of distance in your language.
2:4 pm7y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns מֵ⁠רָחֹ֑ק 1 This probably means somewhere in the reeds where she could see the basket, but no one would see her. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2:4 td7n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-kinship אֲחֹת֖⁠וֹ 1 Here, the actions of **his sister** show that she is older. If your languages uses a different term for siblings based on their relative ages and/or the gender of the siblings use one that means “a boy’s older sister.” See UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-kinship]])
2:4 z1cy rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal לְ⁠דֵעָ֕ה מַה־יֵּעָשֶׂ֖ה לֽ⁠וֹ 1 This is her purpose in being close by. Alternative translation: “in order to learn what would happen to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
2:5 wvls rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go וַ⁠תֵּ֤רֶד 1 **Came down** may be literal or figurative, as important places are often considered to be in a higher place. This means she came from her home, probably Pharaoh’s palace. If a perspective is required for Pharaoh’s daughter, you may choose go or come as works best in your language. “Come” is better as the scene is at the river and she comes to the scene location. However, you also need to consider your language’s way of introducing new participants. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
2:5 y26h rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants וַ⁠תֵּ֤רֶד בַּת־פַּרְעֹה֙ 1 The **daughter of Pharaoh** is introduced here as a new participant. Along with choosing come or go as mentioned in the previous note, you may need to mark her introduction in a particular way in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
2:5 pvan rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants וְ⁠נַעֲרֹתֶ֥י⁠הָ 1 These women are introduced here as new participants; however they are not mentioned again after this verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
2:5 im0d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor עַל־יַ֣ד הַ⁠יְאֹ֑ר 1 **Hand** is a metaphor for “side,” which in this case can be translated as the shore or bank (UST) of the river. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2:5 bi7s וְ⁠נַעֲרֹתֶ֥י⁠הָ 1 These were the young women whose job it was to be with her and make sure nothing bad happened to her.
2:5 am7g rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants וַ⁠תִּקָּחֶֽ⁠הָ 1 It is not clear who is meant by **she** here, either Pharaoh’s daughter or the servant. It is likely that Pharaoh’s daughter stays the subject. Alternative translation: “and she took the ark from her slave” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
2:6 g9n6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations וְ⁠הִנֵּה 1 The word **behold** signals the surprising information that follows. See UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
2:6 tyub rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result וַ⁠תַּחְמֹ֣ל עָלָ֔י⁠ו 1 The text does not state exactly what caused her to have compassion on the baby. If a reason must be provided in your language it should be connected to either his crying (this is the better option) or that he was a “good” baby [verse 2](../02/02.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
2:6 jg0d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks מִ⁠יַּלְדֵ֥י הָֽ⁠עִבְרִ֖ים זֶֽה 1 This is a direct quote. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. It seems to have been said loud enough for the baby’s sister to hear. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
2:7 jzvu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks וְ⁠קָרָ֤אתִי לָ⁠ךְ֙ אִשָּׁ֣ה מֵינֶ֔קֶת מִ֖ן הָ⁠עִבְרִיֹּ֑ת וְ⁠תֵינִ֥ק לָ֖⁠ךְ אֶת־הַ⁠יָּֽלֶד 1 This is a direct quote of the baby’s sister. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
2:7 x5ja וְ⁠קָרָ֤אתִי לָ⁠ךְ֙ אִשָּׁ֣ה מֵינֶ֔קֶת מִ֖ן הָ⁠עִבְרִיֹּ֑ת 1 This is a suggestive question. The child’s sister is hopeful that Pharaoh’s daughter does not have a plan yet for the baby beyond saving his life. However, it is still a true question, for without Pharaoh’s daughter’s permission, the child’s sister will not be able to fetch the woman. If your language has a way of forming questions that are also suggestions, use it here.
2:7 psb2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession אֲחֹת⁠וֹ֮ & בַּת־פַּרְעֹה֒ 1 These are both the possessive of social relationship. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
2:7 d7aj מֵינֶ֔קֶת & וְ⁠תֵינִ֥ק 1 **To nurse** means to feed with milk from the breast.
2:7 tqq9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal וְ⁠תֵינִ֥ק לָ֖⁠ךְ אֶת־הַ⁠יָּֽלֶד 1 This is the purpose of the sister’s proposal. Alternative translation: “And she could nurse the infant for you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
2:8 ab1m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go לֵ֑כִי & וַ⁠תֵּ֨לֶךְ֙ 1 The girl left Pharaoh’s daughter to go to the child’s mother. The girl was almost certainly on foot. Use verbs of motion that express this. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
2:8 q456 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks לֵ֑כִי 1 This is a direct quote. Pharaoh’s daughter commands the baby’s sister. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
2:8 lyyj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession בַּת־פַּרְעֹ֖ה & אֵ֥ם הַ⁠יָּֽלֶד 1 These are both the possessive of social relationship. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
2:9 lmko rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession בַּת־פַּרְעֹ֗ה 1 This is the possessive of social relationship. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
2:9 u554 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants לָ֣⁠הּ 1 The child’s mother is reintroduced as a participant. Alternative translation: “to the baby’s mother” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
2:9 xp5x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks הֵילִ֜יכִי אֶת־הַ⁠יֶּ֤לֶד הַ⁠זֶּה֙ וְ⁠הֵינִקִ֣⁠הוּ לִ֔⁠י וַ⁠אֲנִ֖י אֶתֵּ֣ן אֶת־שְׂכָרֵ֑⁠ךְ 1 This is a direct quote. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
2:9 mogg שְׂכָרֵ֑⁠ךְ 1 This refers to payment that Pharaoh’s daughter would give to the mother in exchange for her service of nursing the baby.
2:9 hqsa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠תִּקַּ֧ח & וַ⁠תְּנִיקֵֽ⁠הוּ 1 The mother’s acceptance of the deal is implied. You could make it explicit, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2:10 zj8h rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential וַ⁠יִגְדַּ֣ל הַ⁠יֶּ֗לֶד וַ⁠תְּבִאֵ֨⁠הוּ֙ 1 An unspecified amount of time is designated by this. He would have stayed with his mother at least until he was weaned (no longer drinking his mother’s milk). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
2:10 ta4r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession לְ⁠בַת־פַּרְעֹ֔ה 1 This is the possessive of social relationship. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
2:10 j7n1 וַֽ⁠יְהִי־לָ֖⁠הּ לְ⁠בֵ֑ן 1 “and he became the adopted son of Pharaoh’s daughter”
2:10 h7to rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous וַֽ⁠יְהִי־לָ֖⁠הּ לְ⁠בֵ֑ן וַ⁠תִּקְרָ֤א שְׁמ⁠וֹ֙ מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 These events were likely simultaneous, because her act of naming him may have been what made him become **as a son to her**. Consider using a conjunction that does not make a great separtion between these events. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
2:10 nh2m מֹשֶׁ֔ה וַ⁠תֹּ֕אמֶר כִּ֥י מִן־הַ⁠מַּ֖יִם מְשִׁיתִֽ⁠הוּ 1 Translators may add a footnote that says, “The name Moses sounds like the Hebrew word that means ‘draw out.’”
2:10 ityq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations וַ⁠תֹּ֕אמֶר כִּ֥י מִן־הַ⁠מַּ֖יִם מְשִׁיתִֽ⁠הוּ 1 This is a direct quote. It could be stated indirectly. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. Alternate translation: “because she said she draw him out of the water” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
2:10 yax4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 **Moses** - (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2:11 tyol rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential וַ⁠יְהִ֣י׀ בַּ⁠יָּמִ֣ים הָ⁠הֵ֗ם וַ⁠יִּגְדַּ֤ל מֹשֶׁה֙ וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֣א 1 A significant amount of time has passed; later texts state that Moses was 40 years old at this point. Alternative translation: “Many years later, once Moses was grown, he went out” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
2:11 p7gx rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וַ⁠יְהִ֣י׀ בַּ⁠יָּמִ֣ים הָ⁠הֵ֗ 1 This introduces a new event in the story. In your language, use a phrase that indicates a new event occurring after significant time has passed. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
2:11 t17y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֣א 1 The UST supplies a probable location that he **went out** from; it could also have been simply out from the Egyptian area or out to the work area or cities. Use go or come as appropriate in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
2:11 swn3 מַכֶּ֥ה אִישׁ־עִבְרִ֖י 1 “hitting a Hebrew” or “beating a Hebrew”
2:12 m9bn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism וַ⁠יִּ֤פֶן כֹּה֙ וָ⁠כֹ֔ה 1 These two opposite directions have the combined meaning of “everywhere.” Alternate translation: “He looked all around” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
2:12 rmgn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וַ⁠יַּךְ֙ 1 The context makes clear that Moses struck the Egyptian hard enough or repeatedly until Moses killed him. Consider using a word that indicates a deadly blow. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2:13 qn45 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go וַ⁠יֵּצֵא֙ 1 See how you translated this in [Exodus 2:11](../02/11.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
2:13 s3e6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֔י 1 The ordinal number here could mean “the next day” (UST) or simply on some day following the events of the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
2:13 rgn1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations וְ⁠הִנֵּ֛ה 1 Here, **behold** shows that Moses was surprised by what he saw. You can use a word in your language that will give this meaning. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
2:13 i4d6 לָֽ⁠רָשָׁ֔ע 1 Based on Moses’s question, this means the aggressor or the man wrongfully attacking his neighbor. Alternate translation: “the man who was guilty of starting the fight”
2:13 duob rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks לָ֥⁠מָּה תַכֶּ֖ה רֵעֶֽ⁠ךָ 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
2:14 qb2n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion מִ֣י שָֽׂמְ⁠ךָ֞ לְ⁠אִ֨ישׁ שַׂ֤ר וְ⁠שֹׁפֵט֙ עָלֵ֔י⁠נוּ 1 The man used this question to rebuke Moses for intervening in the fight. Alternate translation: “You are not our leader and have no right to judge us!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2:14 afne rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks מִ֣י שָֽׂמְ⁠ךָ֞ לְ⁠אִ֨ישׁ שַׂ֤ר וְ⁠שֹׁפֵט֙ עָלֵ֔י⁠נוּ הַ⁠לְ⁠הָרְגֵ֨⁠נִי֙ אַתָּ֣ה אֹמֵ֔ר כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר הָרַ֖גְתָּ אֶת־הַ⁠מִּצְרִ֑י 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
2:14 k6s5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony הַ⁠לְ⁠הָרְגֵ֨⁠נִי֙ אַתָּ֣ה אֹמֵ֔ר כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר הָרַ֖גְתָּ אֶת־הַ⁠מִּצְרִ֑י 1 The man used a question here to be sarcastic. Alternate translation: “We know that you killed an Egyptian yesterday. You had better not kill me!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]
2:14 kqmk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הַ⁠לְ⁠הָרְגֵ֨⁠נִי֙ אַתָּ֣ה אֹמֵ֔ר כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר הָרַ֖גְתָּ אֶת־הַ⁠מִּצְרִ֑י 1 The man asks a question that is intended to make a statement. Alternate translation: “Do you think you can kill me without anyone finding out? We know what you did to the Egyptian” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2:14 d2ja הַ⁠לְ⁠הָרְגֵ֨⁠נִי֙ אַתָּ֣ה אֹמֵ֔ר 1 “Are you planning to kill me” or “Are you threatening to kill me”
2:14 lyqh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-aside אָכֵ֖ן נוֹדַ֥ע הַ⁠דָּבָֽר 1 It is likely this is something Moses said to himself, that is, he thought it to himself rather than speaking to the men in front of him. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-aside]])
2:14 vfw5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations וַ⁠יֹּאמַ֔ר אָכֵ֖ן נוֹדַ֥ע הַ⁠דָּבָֽר 1 It may be clearer to present as an indirect quotation what was likely a thought Moses had. Alternative translation (as indirect quotation): “because he thought that everyone knew what he had done” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
2:15 yutr וַ⁠יְבַקֵּ֖שׁ לַ⁠הֲרֹ֣ג אֶת־מֹשֶׁ֑ה 1 Pharaoh most likely delegated this task. Alternative translation: “and he sought to have Moses killed” (note that the passive form will not work in every language), see UST
2:15 l5rc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy מִ⁠פְּנֵ֣י 1 His **face** means his presence. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2:15 otsl וַ⁠יֵּ֥שֶׁב & וַ⁠יֵּ֥שֶׁב 1 These are the same verb. There are three possible interpretations: 1. Moses lived in Midian. He sat by this well one day. This may have been the well for the town he lived in. 2. Moses lived in Midian. His home was by this well. 3. Moses was a wanderer. He was in Midian and sat by this well when the next event occurred.
2:16 shg5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background וּ⁠לְ⁠כֹהֵ֥ן מִדְיָ֖ן שֶׁ֣בַע בָּנ֑וֹת 1 This sentence is background information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
2:16 pjzc rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וּ⁠לְ⁠כֹהֵ֥ן מִדְיָ֖ן שֶׁ֣בַע בָּנ֑וֹת 1 This sentence is used to mark a transition. However, the last clause of the previous verse (“and he sat down by a well”) seems to be related to this new scene so you may want to make your transition there as is done in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
2:16 cfe5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants שֶׁ֣בַע בָּנ֑וֹת וַ⁠תָּבֹ֣אנָה 1 The **daughters** are new participants. Indicate that in a way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
2:16 sm8f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go וַ⁠תָּבֹ֣אנָה 1 The perspective of the narrative is set at the well. The daughters came from elsewhere to the well. They were probably on foot. Here each language will need to choose the appropriate word. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
2:16 v5yk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession וּ⁠לְ⁠כֹהֵ֥ן מִדְיָ֖ן שֶׁ֣בַע בָּנ֑וֹת 1 This is the possessive of social relationship. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
2:16 esdm rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers שֶׁ֣בַע 1 7 (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
2:16 i2jh וַ⁠תִּדְלֶ֗נָה 1 This means that they brought up water from a well.
2:16 g1e6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown הָ֣⁠רְהָטִ֔ים 1 These were a long, narrow, open containers for animals to eat or drink out of. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2:16 p3uo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession צֹ֥אן אֲבִי⁠הֶֽן 1 There are two possessives here: 1) **their father** is the possessive of social relationship; 2) **the flock of … father** is the possessive of ownership. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
2:17 k5yc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go וַ⁠יָּבֹ֥אוּ 1 A group of men came. They may not have been far away before coming and driving the women away. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
2:17 zksv rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants הָ⁠רֹעִ֖ים 1 These are new, very brief, participants. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
2:17 z17m rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast וַ⁠יָּ֤קָם 1 Use an expression that communicates that what Moses did was unexpected. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
2:18 omzv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go וַ⁠תָּבֹ֕אנָה 1 The daughters came from the well to their father, probably on foot. You can use come or go. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
2:18 rt7t rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names רְעוּאֵ֖ל 1 **Reuel**, a name or perhaps a title, is used of the man only here and in Numbers 10:29. He is otherwise called “Jethro.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2:18 s5f3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants רְעוּאֵ֖ל 1 The priest of Midian was mentioned in [v. 16](../02/16.md) in a background statement but is a new participant starting here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
2:18 tiqh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession אֲבִי⁠הֶ֑ן 1 This is a possessive of social relationship. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
2:18 lukb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר מַדּ֛וּעַ מִהַרְתֶּ֥ן בֹּ֖א הַ⁠יּֽוֹם 1 This is a direct quote. You could use an indirect quotation such as “and he asked how they were able to return so quickly that day.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
2:18 s4at rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go בֹּ֖א 1 Alternative translation: “in returning” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
2:19 r01g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks אִ֣ישׁ מִצְרִ֔י הִצִּילָ֖⁠נוּ מִ⁠יַּ֣ד הָ⁠רֹעִ֑ים וְ⁠גַם־דָּלֹ֤ה דָלָה֙ לָ֔⁠נוּ וַ⁠יַּ֖שְׁקְ אֶת־הַ⁠צֹּֽאן 1 This is a direct quote. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
2:19 fg80 אִ֣ישׁ מִצְרִ֔י 1 Jethro’s daughters assume Moses was Egyptian. When you translate it, you should be clear that this refers to Moses.
2:19 hvb4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy מִ⁠יַּ֣ד 1 **Hand** figuratively refers to the power, control, or actions of the shepherds. Alternative translation: “from the strength of” or “from the harm of” or see UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2:19 hgvb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom דָּלֹ֤ה דָלָה֙ 1 The repeated word expresses surprise or emphasizes the magnitude of Moses’ act of kindness to the women. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2:20 x73j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession בְּנֹתָ֖י⁠ו 1 This is a possessive of social relationship. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
2:20 x9yb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion וְ⁠אַיּ֑⁠וֹ לָ֤⁠מָּה זֶּה֙ עֲזַבְתֶּ֣ן אֶת־הָ⁠אִ֔ישׁ 1 These questions are a mild rebuke to the daughters for not inviting Moses into their home according to the normal hospitality of that culture. Alternate translation: “You should not have left this man at the well!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2:20 p6xh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks וְ⁠אַיּ֑⁠וֹ לָ֤⁠מָּה זֶּה֙ עֲזַבְתֶּ֣ן אֶת־הָ⁠אִ֔ישׁ קִרְאֶ֥ן ל֖⁠וֹ וְ⁠יֹ֥אכַל לָֽחֶם׃ 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
2:20 mb8w rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants ל֖⁠וֹ 1 **Him** refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
2:20 hal8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche לָֽחֶם 1 **Bread** is used to refer to food in general. Alternative translation: “food”(See: [Synecdoche](rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche))
2:21 zvr1 וַ⁠יּ֥וֹאֶל מֹשֶׁ֖ה לָ⁠שֶׁ֣בֶת אֶת־הָ⁠אִ֑ישׁ 1 “Moses agreed to live with Reuel”
2:21 y3q7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names צִפֹּרָ֥ה 1 **Zipporah** is Reuel’s (Jethro’s) daughter. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2:21 yj8b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession בִתּ֖⁠וֹ 1 This is a possessive of social relationship. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
2:22 l3xg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks גֵּ֣ר הָיִ֔יתִי בְּ⁠אֶ֖רֶץ נָכְרִיָּֽה 1 Only this portion is a quotation. As a possibility for clarity, the UST includes both speech events as one quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
2:22 n5b1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names גֵּרְשֹׁ֑ם 1 This is Moses’ son. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2:22 f76m rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names גֵּרְשֹׁ֑ם 1 His name, **Gershom**, sounds somewhat like the Hebrew for “a stranger here.” You may consider using a footnote to explain that. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2:22 q7d8 גֵּ֣ר הָיִ֔יתִי בְּ⁠אֶ֖רֶץ נָכְרִיָּֽה 1 “stranger in a foreign land”
2:23 fjkt rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וַ⁠יְהִי֩ בַ⁠יָּמִ֨ים הָֽ⁠רַבִּ֜ים הָ⁠הֵ֗ם 1 This introduces a new section and series of events. A large amount of time went by. According to Stephen’s sermon in Acts 7:30, Moses was in Midian 40 years. Alternative translation: “This is what happened during the many days Moses was in Midian.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
2:23 pkw0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background וַ⁠יְהִי֩ בַ⁠יָּמִ֨ים הָֽ⁠רַבִּ֜ים הָ⁠הֵ֗ם 1 Verses 23-25 give a summary of what happened in Egypt and with the Israelites and God while Moses was in exile. These verses give background information to set the scene. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
2:23 csg2 וַ⁠יֵּאָנְח֧וּ 1 They **groaned** because of their sorrow and misery. Alternate translation: “sighed deeply”
2:23 x84a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification וַ⁠תַּ֧עַל שַׁוְעָתָ֛⁠ם 1 The cries of the Israelites are spoken of as if they were a person and were able to travel up to where God is. Alternate translation: “and their cries arose” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
2:24 sja4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּזְכֹּ֤ר אֱלֹהִים֙ 1 This was a customary way of saying that God thought about what He had promised. Alternate translation: “and God recalled” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
3:intro n6ze 0 # Exodus 03 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter records one of the most important events in the history of the Israelite people: the revelation of the name Yahweh at the burning bush. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### God’s holiness\n\nGod is so holy that people could not look upon him without dying. This is why Moses covered his eyes. It is also why he took off his shoes. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n\n### Yahweh\n\nThe name Yahweh is sacred in the Hebrew religion. It is the personal name of God, which he revealed to Moses. It is by this name that he is known. Yahweh means “I am.” Some translations use all capitals to set this apart, “I AM.” Great care must be taken in translating the phrase “I am that I am.” (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/yahweh]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Participants\n\n“The angel of Yahweh,” “Yahweh,” and “God” all appear to be speaking to Moses and interacting with him from the burning bush. Furthermore, God says that his name is “I AM.” (See note above on Yahweh and I AM.) Yahweh and God are the same while there is speculation about who the angel of Yahweh is.
3:1 gqvh rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וּ⁠מֹשֶׁ֗ה הָיָ֥ה רֹעֶ֛ה 1 This phrase brings the story focus back to Midian and Moses. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
3:1 oqcr rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background וּ⁠מֹשֶׁ֗ה הָיָ֥ה רֹעֶ֛ה אֶת־צֹ֛אן יִתְר֥וֹ חֹתְנ֖⁠וֹ כֹּהֵ֣ן מִדְיָ֑ן וַ⁠יִּנְהַ֤ג אֶת־הַ⁠צֹּאן֙ אַחַ֣ר הַ⁠מִּדְבָּ֔ר וַ⁠יָּבֹ֛א אֶל־הַ֥ר הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֖ים חֹרֵֽבָ⁠ה׃ 1 Verse 1 provides immediate background context, setting the scene for Moses’ interaction with Yahweh. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
3:1 jv7b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession צֹ֛אן יִתְר֥וֹ 1 This is an ownership possessive. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
3:1 vp00 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession חֹתְנ֖⁠וֹ 1 This is a possessive of social relationship. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
3:1 l7x6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession כֹּהֵ֣ן מִדְיָ֑ן 1 This is a possessive of social relationship. Jethro is a priest who serves the Midianites. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
3:1 v97t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go וַ⁠יָּבֹ֛א אֶל 1 “and he arrived at” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
3:1 p27s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession הַ֥ר הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֖ים 1 This is an associative possessive. This mountain was associated with God in some way. In [Exodus 3:12](../03/12.md) God tells Moses that he and the Israelites will serve him on this mountain. Later in the story, this promise is fulfilled, and it is where God makes his covenant with Israel and gives them the 10 Commandments. So it may have been called the mountain of God in retrospect (as Moses probably wrote this book sometime after the Israelites were wandering in the wilderness). However, it is possible that the mountain was already associated with God’s presence or worship somehow before Moses went there with the flock. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
3:2 p0nt וַ֠⁠יֵּרָא מַלְאַ֨ךְ יְהֹוָ֥ה אֵלָ֛י⁠ו בְּ⁠לַבַּת־אֵ֖שׁ מִ⁠תּ֣וֹךְ הַ⁠סְּנֶ֑ה 1 This is a summary of what happened. The next few verses tell the story of how this happened and how Moses discovered what was happening.
3:2 x5ci יְהֹוָ֥ה 1 This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this.
3:2 d3tf rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast וְ⁠הִנֵּ֤ה הַ⁠סְּנֶה֙ בֹּעֵ֣ר בָּ⁠אֵ֔שׁ וְ⁠הַ⁠סְּנֶ֖ה אֵינֶ֥⁠נּוּ אֻכָּֽל 1 The word **behold** here shows that Moses saw something that was very different from what he expected. He expected the bush to be burnt up completely by the fire. Consider using an interjection in your language that expresses that the next thing is a surprise. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
3:2 cbvb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy אֻכָּֽל 1 **Being consumed** means being eaten completely until gone. In the case of fire, this is a metonym for burning completely until gone. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3:3 fpww rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks אָסֻֽרָה־נָּ֣א וְ⁠אֶרְאֶ֔ה אֶת־הַ⁠מַּרְאֶ֥ה הַ⁠גָּדֹ֖ל הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה מַדּ֖וּעַ לֹא־יִבְעַ֥ר הַ⁠סְּנֶֽה 1 This is a direct quote. It’s not specified who Moses spoke to; he may have been alone or with a group of shepherds or his family. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
3:4 ue8v rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants יְהוָ֖ה & אֱלֹהִ֜ים 1 These terms both refer to the same being since God’s name is Yahweh. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
3:5 u0ah rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks אַל־תִּקְרַ֣ב הֲלֹ֑ם שַׁל־נְעָלֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ מֵ⁠עַ֣ל רַגְלֶ֔י⁠ךָ כִּ֣י הַ⁠מָּק֗וֹם אֲשֶׁ֤ר אַתָּה֙ עוֹמֵ֣ד עָלָ֔י⁠ו אַדְמַת־קֹ֖דֶשׁ הֽוּא 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
3:5 prv9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֣י הַ⁠מָּק֗וֹם אֲשֶׁ֤ר אַתָּה֙ עוֹמֵ֣ד עָלָ֔י⁠ו אַדְמַת־קֹ֖דֶשׁ הֽוּאכִּ֣י הַ⁠מָּק֗וֹם אֲשֶׁ֤ר אַתָּה֙ עוֹמֵ֣ד עָלָ֔י⁠ו אַדְמַת־קֹ֖דֶשׁ הֽוּא 1 This is the reason Moses must stop coming close to the burning bush and take off his sandals. Your language may need to put the reason before the commands, as in, “The place on which you are standing, it is holy ground, so you must not come close to here. Take your sandals off from on your feet.”(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
3:6 sxk8 אָנֹכִי֙ אֱלֹהֵ֣י אָבִ֔י⁠ךָ אֱלֹהֵ֧י אַבְרָהָ֛ם אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִצְחָ֖ק וֵ⁠אלֹהֵ֣י יַעֲקֹ֑ב 1 All of these men worshiped the same God. Alternate translation: “the God of your father, of Abraham, of Isaac, and of Jacob”
3:6 cqwa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks אָנֹכִי֙ אֱלֹהֵ֣י אָבִ֔י⁠ךָ אֱלֹהֵ֧י אַבְרָהָ֛ם אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִצְחָ֖ק וֵ⁠אלֹהֵ֣י יַעֲקֹ֑ב 1 This a direct quotation. The UST continues the quotation from verse 5 rather than including an additional “he said.” This may be more natural in some languages. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
3:6 l5sy אָבִ֔י⁠ךָ 1 Possible meanings are (1) “your ancestor” or (2) “your father.” If it means “your ancestor,” then the phrases following it clarify who “your father” refers to: it refers to Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob. If it means “your father,” then it refers to Moses’s own father. It most cases it will be best to translate it as “your father,” i.e. Amram, Moses’s father.
3:6 lfbb rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result וַ⁠יַּסְתֵּ֤ר מֹשֶׁה֙ פָּנָ֔י⁠ו כִּ֣י יָרֵ֔א מֵ⁠הַבִּ֖יט אֶל־הָ⁠אֱלֹהִֽים 1 Reason: **for he was afraid from staring toward God** Result: **And Moses hid his face** Some languages may need to put the reason before the result. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]] and [Exodus 33:20](../33/20.md))
3:7 nl33 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר יְהוָ֔ה 1 After this phrase a direct quote begins that continues through the end of [verse 10](../03/10.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
3:7 xoz0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom רָאֹ֥ה רָאִ֛יתִי 1 The repetition of **see** expresses the intensity, certainty, or clarity of Yahweh’s seeing. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
3:7 tpk0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession אֶת־עֳנִ֥י עַמִּ֖⁠י 1 There are two possessives here. 1) “affliction of … people”: This is an event-related possessive where the people are the objects of affliction. They are treated badly as slaves. 2) “my people”: This one is more difficult as it involves both ownership and the possessive of social relationship. God views his people as his possession, and he is also in relationship with them as their God because they are descended from Abraham, though at this time they may not know God as theirs. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
3:7 p3tx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy מִ⁠פְּנֵ֣י נֹֽגְשָׂ֔י⁠ו 1 **Faces** refers to the whole person or the presence of the person(s) who were oppressing the Israelites. If this image is used in your language, you may translate it. If a similar image is used, you may consider using it. If neither is the case, you may omit the word “face” and translate the meaning. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3:7 xx7r נֹֽגְשָׂ֔י⁠ו 1 “his oppressors”
3:7 ofxt כִּ֥י 1 The conjunction is probably functioning modally here, intensifying the expression of Yahweh’s knowledge. Your translation should express Yahweh’s knowing with certainty or strength.
3:7 mfn2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns נֹֽגְשָׂ֔י⁠ו & מַכְאֹבָֽי⁠ו 1 These pronouns, **him** and **his**, refer to the Israelites as a group in the singular. They agree with “people” as a collective noun in [3:6](../03/06.md). Some languages may have to use plural pronouns. Others may have to match the pronoun’s gender to the grammatical gender of the word for “people” in their language. If necessary, change “him” to “them” or change “his” to “hers” or “its” (depending on grammatical gender of “people”.) Alternate translation: “those who oppress them … their anguish” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns]])
3:7 hkcj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession מַכְאֹבָֽי⁠ו 1 This is an event-related possessive where the people (as a group: **his**) are the subjects of anguish. Your translation should express that they are in deep mental and emotional distress (anguish). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
3:7 ui28 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מַכְאֹבָֽי⁠ו 1 It is implied that they are in deep mental and emotional distress (anguish) because they are treated badly as slaves. You may make this explicit. Alternate translation: “his anguish from his slavery” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3:8 tia8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result וָ⁠אֵרֵ֞ד לְ⁠הַצִּיל֣⁠וֹ׀ מִ⁠יַּ֣ד מִצְרַ֗יִם וּֽ⁠לְ⁠הַעֲלֹת⁠וֹ֮ מִן־הָ⁠אָ֣רֶץ הַ⁠הִוא֒ אֶל־אֶ֤רֶץ טוֹבָה֙ וּ⁠רְחָבָ֔ה אֶל־אֶ֛רֶץ זָבַ֥ת חָלָ֖ב וּ⁠דְבָ֑שׁ אֶל־מְק֤וֹם הַֽ⁠כְּנַעֲנִי֙ וְ⁠הַ֣⁠חִתִּ֔י וְ⁠הָֽ⁠אֱמֹרִי֙ וְ⁠הַ⁠פְּרִזִּ֔י וְ⁠הַ⁠חִוִּ֖י וְ⁠הַ⁠יְבוּסִֽי׃ 1 Verse 8 contains God’s intended result from his acts of seeing and hearing, expressed in both verses 7 and 9. You may need to expressly mark this, for instance by introducing verse 8 with something like “therefore,” and verse 9 with something like “again, because.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
3:8 xy36 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go וָ⁠אֵרֵ֞ד 1 God is figuratively expressing that he is descending from heaven to earth to intervene. God is always everywhere, but this means his special attention will be directed to this situation. Use whatever form of come or go is appropriate in your language for this. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
3:8 nahb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns לְ⁠הַצִּיל֣⁠וֹ & וּֽ⁠לְ⁠הַעֲלֹת⁠וֹ֮ 1 Here, **him** refers in the singular to the Israelites as a group. It is agreeing with “people” as a collective noun in [3:6](../03/06.md). Some languages may have to use plural pronouns. Others may have to match the pronoun’s gender to the grammatical gender of the word for “people” in their language. See what you did in the [previous verse](../03/07.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns]])
3:8 jafv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מִ⁠יַּ֣ד 1 Someone’s **hand** is a common metaphor for power and control. Use a similar image if your language has one. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3:8 djbz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession מִ⁠יַּ֣ד מִצְרַ֗יִם 1 This is a possessive where the Egyptians are the subject of **the hand**, which means power. The Egyptians used their power and control to oppress the Israelites. Use a phrase in your language that expresses the idea of a group of people having power. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
3:8 mqyp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism אֶל־אֶ֤רֶץ טוֹבָה֙ וּ⁠רְחָבָ֔ה אֶל־אֶ֛רֶץ זָבַ֥ת חָלָ֖ב וּ⁠דְבָ֑שׁ 1 There are multiple levels of parallelism here. First, the statements, **to a good and wide land** and **to a land flowing with milk and honey** are in parallel with each other. Within each of those, **good** and **wide** are in parallel with each other and also **milk** and **honey** are in parallel with each other. Each of these levels is meant to reinforce and expand on one another. These are not examples of synonymous parallelism, and each part of the statement should be translated. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
3:8 j7fp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy חָלָ֖ב וּ⁠דְבָ֑שׁ 1 Here, **milk** is a metonym for domestic animals and the food products obtained from them; **honey** is a metonym for the food obtained from growing plants. See UST and [the next note]([[rc://*/tn/help/exo/03/08/pxy8]]) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3:8 pxy8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אֶ֛רֶץ זָבַ֥ת חָלָ֖ב וּ⁠דְבָ֑שׁ 1 God spoke of the land being good for animals and plants as if the milk and honey from those animals and plants were flowing through the land. If this metaphor makes sense in your language, you may translate it, if your language has metaphors that mean a land is good for producing healthy livestock and good crops, you may consider using those. If neither is the case, you may translate the meaning. See UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3:8 dtz9 זָבַ֥ת 1 “full of” or “with an abundance of”
3:8 q94i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy חָלָ֖ב 1 Since milk comes from cows and goats, this represents food produced by livestock. Alternate translation: “food from livestock” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3:8 l1as rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וּ⁠דְבָ֑שׁ 1 Since honey is produced from flowers, this represents food from crops. Alternate translation: “food from crops” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3:9 a2kf rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result וְ⁠עַתָּ֕ה 1 This functions as a discourse marker expressing logical conclusion. “Therefore” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
3:9 tp2v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations הִנֵּ֛ה 1 This is a term meant to focus the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. If there is not a good way to translate this term in your language, this term can be omitted from the translation, or you can use an alternate translation like “certainly.” ​(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
3:9 uup9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification צַעֲקַ֥ת בְּנֵי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל בָּ֣אָה אֵלָ֑⁠י 1 Here, **the cry** is spoken of as if it were a person who is capable of moving on his own. Alternate translation: “I have heard the cries of the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
3:9 gwou rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns רָאִ֨יתִי֙ אֶת־הַ⁠לַּ֔חַץ אֲשֶׁ֥ר מִצְרַ֖יִם לֹחֲצִ֥ים אֹתָֽ⁠ם 1 Here, **oppression** is an abstract noun which you could translate as a verb if you cannot use this form in your language. Alternate translation: “I have seen how the Egyptians are oppressing them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
3:10 y4m1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result וְ⁠עַתָּ֣ה 1 **And now** functions as a discourse marker expressing logical conclusion. “Therefore” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
3:10 spwh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks מִ⁠מִּצְרָֽיִם 1 After this phrase, the direct quote of what the Yahweh said starting in [3:7](../03/07.md) ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
3:11 y8cr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion מִ֣י אָנֹ֔כִי כִּ֥י אֵלֵ֖ךְ אֶל־פַּרְעֹ֑ה וְ⁠כִ֥י אוֹצִ֛יא אֶת־בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל מִ⁠מִּצְרָֽיִם 1 Moses uses this question to tell God that he, Moses, is not the right person for the task. Alternate translation: See UST (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
3:11 ax7w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks מִ֣י אָנֹ֔כִי כִּ֥י אֵלֵ֖ךְ אֶל־פַּרְעֹ֑ה וְ⁠כִ֥י אוֹצִ֛יא אֶת־בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל מִ⁠מִּצְרָֽיִם 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
3:12 ykp3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks כִּֽי־אֶֽהְיֶ֣ה עִמָּ֔⁠ךְ וְ⁠זֶה־לְּ⁠ךָ֣ הָ⁠א֔וֹת כִּ֥י אָנֹכִ֖י שְׁלַחְתִּ֑י⁠ךָ בְּ⁠הוֹצִֽיאֲ⁠ךָ֤ אֶת־הָ⁠עָם֙ מִ⁠מִּצְרַ֔יִם תַּֽעַבְדוּ⁠ן֙ אֶת־הָ֣⁠אֱלֹהִ֔ים עַ֖ל הָ⁠הָ֥ר הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
3:12 xugf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual תַּֽעַבְדוּ⁠ן֙ 1 If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/​figs-youdual]])
3:13 hizv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks הִנֵּ֨ה אָנֹכִ֣י בָא֮ אֶל־בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵל֒ וְ⁠אָמַרְתִּ֣י לָ⁠הֶ֔ם אֱלֹהֵ֥י אֲבוֹתֵי⁠כֶ֖ם שְׁלָחַ֣⁠נִי אֲלֵי⁠כֶ֑ם וְ⁠אָֽמְרוּ־לִ֣⁠י מַה־שְּׁמ֔⁠וֹ מָ֥ה אֹמַ֖ר אֲלֵ⁠הֶֽם 1 This is a direct quotation containing two second-level quotes within it. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
3:13 lqms rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical הִנֵּ֨ה אָנֹכִ֣י בָא֮ אֶל־בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵל֒ וְ⁠אָמַרְתִּ֣י לָ⁠הֶ֔ם אֱלֹהֵ֥י אֲבוֹתֵי⁠כֶ֖ם שְׁלָחַ֣⁠נִי אֲלֵי⁠כֶ֑ם וְ⁠אָֽמְרוּ־לִ֣⁠י מַה־שְּׁמ֔⁠וֹ 1 Moses presents God with a hypothetical situation here. The three events (**go, say, say**) are part of one hypothetical event. You should translate this in a way that makes it clear that this is a future, not-yet-real event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
3:13 jq42 הִנֵּ֨ה 1 **Behold** is a term meant to focus the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. In this case, Moses uses it to introduce what he views as a probable future occurrence. Alternative translation: “Now”
3:13 mn81 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go בָא֮ 1 In your language, use **go** or “come” as makes most sense for Moses’ hypothetical action of going from the mountain to where the Israelites are. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
3:13 m9uy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes אֱלֹהֵ֥י אֲבוֹתֵי⁠כֶ֖ם שְׁלָחַ֣⁠נִי אֲלֵי⁠כֶ֑ם 1 This is a second-level quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation inside a quotation. However, you may also choose to translate it as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “that the God of their fathers has sent me to them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
3:13 ru0a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אֱלֹהֵ֥י אֲבוֹתֵי⁠כֶ֖ם 1 Here, **fathers** figuratively means “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “The God of your ancestors” or “The God whom your ancestors worshiped” (See:[[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3:13 vfsk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks מַה־שְּׁמ֔⁠וֹ 1 This is a second-level quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation inside a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
3:13 bkei rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result מָ֥ה אֹמַ֖ר אֲלֵ⁠הֶֽם 1 Moses is asking God what he should do as a result of the hypothetical situation he presented. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
3:14 cli8 אֶֽהְיֶ֖ה אֲשֶׁ֣ר אֶֽהְיֶ֑ה 1 This is God’s response to Moses’s question about God’s name. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “God said to Moses, ‘Tell them that God says his name is “I AM THAT I AM.”’”
3:14 b6vk אֶֽהְיֶ֖ה אֲשֶׁ֣ר אֶֽהְיֶ֑ה 1 Possible meanings are (1) this whole sentence is God’s name or (2) God is not telling his name but something about himself. By saying this, God is teaching that he is eternal; he has always lived and always will live.
3:14 s62u אֶֽהְיֶ֖ה & אֶֽהְיֶ֑ה & אֶֽהְיֶ֖ה 1 Languages that do not have an equivalent to the verb “am” may need to render this as “I LIVE” or “I EXIST.”
3:14 t745 וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר 1 This is still God speaking. It may make more sense to omit this in some languages.
3:14 e0ge rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes אֶֽהְיֶ֖ה שְׁלָחַ֥⁠נִי אֲלֵי⁠כֶֽם 1 This is a second-level quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation inside a quotation. However, you may also choose to translate it as an indirect quotation as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
3:15 u97b וַ⁠יֹּאמֶר֩ ע֨וֹד אֱלֹהִ֜ים אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֗ה 1 As God is still speaking, it may make more sense to omit this in some languages.
3:15 daoa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֗ה 1 After this phrase, a direct quotation begins that continues until [the end of chapter 3 at verse 22](../03/22.md). This quotation contains four levels as God tells Moses to tell the Israelite elders a specific message from God. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
3:15 l962 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes יְהוָ֞ה אֱלֹהֵ֣י אֲבֹתֵי⁠כֶ֗ם אֱלֹהֵ֨י אַבְרָהָ֜ם אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִצְחָ֛ק וֵ⁠אלֹהֵ֥י יַעֲקֹ֖ב שְׁלָחַ֣⁠נִי אֲלֵי⁠כֶ֑ם זֶה־שְּׁמִ֣⁠י לְ⁠עֹלָ֔ם וְ⁠זֶ֥ה זִכְרִ֖⁠י לְ⁠דֹ֥ר דֹּֽר 1 This is a second-level quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening second-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation within a quotation. It may be possible to translate it as an indirect quotation, but you will need to be careful to correctly change the pronoun persons. Alternative translation: “You must tell the Israelites that Yahweh, the God of their fathers, the God of Abraham, the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob, sent you to them. This is his name forever, and this is his memorial from generation to generation.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
3:15 aklc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אֱלֹהֵ֣י אֲבֹתֵי⁠כֶ֗ם 1 Here, **fathers** figuratively means “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “the God of your ancestors” or “the God whom your ancestors worshiped” (See:[[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3:15 ixcb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism לְ⁠דֹ֥ר דֹּֽר 1 The repetition of **generation** means something like “to each and every generation,” which means for all people at all times. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
3:16 ec3v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks יְהוָ֞ה 1 # General Information:\n\nThis begins a second-level quotation that continues until the end of [verse 17](../03/17.md). It contains a third-level quotation that begins at “I have certainly” and also continues to the end of verse 17. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening second-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation within a quotation. The closing marks for both the second and third-level quotations should not occur until the end of verse 17. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
3:16 j5pw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אֱלֹהֵ֤י אֲבֹֽתֵי⁠כֶם֙ 1 Here, **fathers** figuratively means “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “the God of your ancestors” or “the God whom your ancestors worshiped” (See:[[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3:16 xqy9 אַבְרָהָ֛ם יִצְחָ֥ק וְ⁠יַעֲקֹ֖ב 1 Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob were three of the Israelites’ ancestors. They all worshiped the same God.
3:16 dvsz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks פָּקֹ֤ד פָּקַ֨דְתִּי֙ 1 This begins a third-level quotation that continues until the end of [verse 17](../03/17.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening third-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation within a quotation that is within a quotation. The closing marks for both the second-level and third-level quotations should not occur until the end of verse 17. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
3:16 efhh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom פָּקֹ֤ד פָּקַ֨דְתִּי֙ 1 The Hebrew word meaning **attended,** visited, or observed is repeated here for emphasis. This word often means God is coming to take action. Translate this phrase in a way that communicates God’s focused, caring observation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
3:16 fv77 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual אֶתְ⁠כֶ֔ם 1 The word **you** refers to the people of Israel. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
3:16 w5jm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive הֶ⁠עָשׂ֥וּי 1 In some languages you may not be able to translate this in the passive form. Alternative translation: see UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3:16 jvgc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּ⁠מִצְרָֽיִם 1 The phrase **in Egypt** is a metonym for the Egyptian oppressors. Alternative translation: “by the Egyptians” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3:17 c54k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes אַעֲלֶ֣ה אֶתְ⁠כֶם֮ מֵ⁠עֳנִ֣י מִצְרַיִם֒ אֶל־אֶ֤רֶץ הַֽ⁠כְּנַעֲנִי֙ וְ⁠הַ֣⁠חִתִּ֔י וְ⁠הָֽ⁠אֱמֹרִי֙ וְ⁠הַ⁠פְּרִזִּ֔י וְ⁠הַ⁠חִוִּ֖י וְ⁠הַ⁠יְבוּסִ֑י אֶל־אֶ֛רֶץ זָבַ֥ת חָלָ֖ב וּ⁠דְבָֽשׁ 1 This is a fourth-level quotation. It should be marked in some manner that distinguishes it from the outer three levels. Alternatively, it can be translated as an indirect quotation, see UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
3:17 eloj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks וּ⁠דְבָֽשׁ 1 If you are using direct quotations, at the end of this verse you should have three closing markers. In English, it looks like ’ ” ’ (without spaces). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
3:17 r8mg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom אַעֲלֶ֣ה 1 Regardless of the geographic realities, to **bring up** does not primarily have a literal meaning. Rather, it means to bring the Israelites into a better situation. God promised to bring them up from their low status as slaves to a place where they would be the masters of a good land. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
3:17 wyvt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy חָלָ֖ב וּ⁠דְבָֽשׁ 1 Here, **milk** is a metonym for domestic animals and the food products obtained from them; **honey** is a metonym for the food obtained from growing plants. See UST and [the next note]([[rc://*/tn/help/exo/03/08/pwn5]]) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3:17 pwn5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אֶ֛רֶץ זָבַ֥ת חָלָ֖ב וּ⁠דְבָֽשׁ 1 God spoke of the land being good for animals and plants as if the milk and honey from those animals and plants were flowing through the land. See how you translated this in [Exodus 3:8](../03/08.md) at [[rc://*/tn/help/exo/03/08/pxy8]]. Alternate translation: “a land that is excellent for raising livestock and growing crops” or “a land where milk and honey flow” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3:17 za9l זָבַ֥ת 1 “full of” or “with an abundance of”
3:17 rtr5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy חָלָ֖ב 1 Since milk comes from cows and goats, this represents food produced by livestock. Alternate translation: “food from livestock” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3:17 msf8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וּ⁠דְבָֽשׁ 1 Since honey is produced from flowers, this represents food from crops. Alternate translation: “food from crops” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3:18 cy2z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠שָׁמְע֖וּ 1 **Listen** often means “hear and do/obey.” Alternative translation: “heed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
3:18 j24k rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants לְ⁠קֹלֶ֑⁠ךָ & אַתָּה֩ 1 The word **you** refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
3:18 lna8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche לְ⁠קֹלֶ֑⁠ךָ 1 This phrase means the elders will listen to the message Moses brings from God. Alternative translation: “to your message” or “to my message which you tell them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
3:18 r74o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession וְ⁠זִקְנֵ֨י יִשְׂרָאֵ֜ל 1 This is a possessive of social relationship. Alternative translation: “elders in charge of the Israelites” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
3:18 eep7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns יִשְׂרָאֵ֜ל 1 **Israel** is a collective noun that refers to all the Israelites. Alternative translation: “the Israelites” or “the Israelite people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns]])
3:18 ot9r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy מִצְרַ֗יִם 1 Here, **Egypt** refers to the Egyptian nation. Alternate translation: “of the Egyptians” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3:18 idp7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual וַ⁠אֲמַרְתֶּ֤ם 1 # General Information:\n\nIf your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
3:18 i47o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive עָלֵ֔י⁠נוּ & נֵֽלֲכָה & וְ⁠נִזְבְּחָ֖ה 1 These instances of **us** are exclusive; they include Moses, the elders, and all the Israelites, but exclude the king of Egypt. If your language makes this distinction, verify that you used the correct form. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
3:18 veal rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers שְׁלֹ֤שֶׁת 1 “3” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
3:19 qf46 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וְ⁠לֹ֖א בְּ⁠יָ֥ד חֲזָקָֽה 1 The word **hand** is a metonym for the power of the owner of the hand. Possible meanings are (1) “only if he sees that he has no power to do anything else,” where the “hand” belongs to Pharaoh; where the “hand” belongs to Yahweh, (2) “only if I force him to let you go” or (3) “not even if I force him to let you go.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]
3:20 nuzx rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result וְ⁠שָׁלַחְתִּ֤י 1 God says this will be a result of the king of Egypt’s stubbornness. Alternate translation: “Therefore I will send out” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
3:20 yds5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וְ⁠שָׁלַחְתִּ֤י אֶת־יָדִ⁠י֙ 1 Here, **hand** refers to God’s power. Alternate translation: “I will use my strength” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3:20 dzsp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy מִצְרַ֔יִם 1 **Egypt** refers to both the land and the people group, and then, by extension, to Pharaoh as well. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3:20 c9a3 מִצְרַ֔יִם & בְּ⁠קִרְבּ֑⁠וֹ 1 Here, **him** refers to Egypt as a collective.
3:20 idw3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential וְ⁠אַחֲרֵי־כֵ֖ן 1 Here the sequential nature of these happenings is emphasized. Consider using a stronger sequential connective term than usual here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
3:20 ay53 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants יְשַׁלַּ֥ח 1 Here, **he** refers to the Pharaoh, the king of Egypt. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
3:20 awxs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual אֶתְ⁠כֶֽם 1 Here, **you** refers to the Israelites. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here.(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
3:21 btwc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom חֵ֥ן & בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֣י מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 **In the eyes of the Egyptians** is an idiom for the Egyptian’s feelings. **Favor** means those feelings are positive. Taken together, this means that when the Egyptians see the Israelites (Hebrews) leaving Egypt, they will gladly help them (because they want them to leave so badly due to the Egyptians suffering under God’s judgment). If your language has the same or a similar idiom, you can translate or use it. Otherwise, you can translate the meaning. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
3:21 b2wf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֣י מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 This is a part-whole possessive. Also, if your language uses a specific form of the possessive for things one cannot lose, it would be appropriate to use that form here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
3:21 s45u הָֽ⁠עָם־הַ⁠זֶּ֖ה 1 “you”
3:21 uz3c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual תֵֽלֵכ֔וּ⁠ן & תֵלְכ֖וּ 1 If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
3:21 a9sl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go תֵֽלֵכ֔וּ⁠ן & תֵלְכ֖וּ 1 “leave” or “go out” or “come out” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
3:21 q9u7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives לֹ֥א & רֵיקָֽם 1 The double negative, **not … emptily** is used to mean “full.” Alternate translation: “[go] with many things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
3:21 kt7b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes לֹ֥א תֵלְכ֖וּ רֵיקָֽם 1 This phrase is used to emphasize the opposite meaning. Alternate translation: “you will go with your hands full of good things” or “you will go with many valuable things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
3:22 w2av וּ⁠מִ⁠גָּרַ֣ת בֵּיתָ֔⁠הּ 1 **Sojourning** means living somewhere other than one’s native land, usually temporarily. It is unclear both who the sojourning (visiting) women are and in whose house they are sojourning, leaving several possibilities. Most translations that make a decision about who they are identify both the temporary resident and her host home as Egyptian. This makes sense as the Israelites will be plundering the Egyptians. If it is possible to leave this ambiguous in your translation, that would be best.
3:22 r74q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual וְ⁠שַׂמְתֶּ֗ם עַל־בְּנֵי⁠כֶם֙ וְ⁠עַל־בְּנֹ֣תֵי⁠כֶ֔ם וְ⁠נִצַּלְתֶּ֖ם 1 Each of these is a plural **you.** If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
3:22 h38j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks מִצְרָֽיִם 1 After this phrase, the direct quote of Yahweh’s word starting in [verse 15](../03/15.md) ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
4:intro kap5 0 # Exodus 04 General Notes\n\n## Potential Translation Issues\n\n### Quotations\n\n* There is a difficult transition between [4:4](../04/04.md) and [4:5](../04/05.md) because the quotation stops in the middle to inject a bit of narrative. When it resumes in [4:5](../04/05.md), the sentence seems incomplete (even if merged directly with the quotation fragment in [4:4](../04/04.md)). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])* Yahweh’s instructions to Moses are complex and there are up to four levels of quotations in this chapter. Translators will need to decide if some of these need to become indirect quotations (if that is possible in their language) and take great care to use the proper quotation markings in the proper location.\n\n### Order of events\n\n* The order of events is not always clear. In [4:14](../04/14.md) Yahweh tells Moses that Aaron is coming to meet him, but Yahweh telling Aaron to go meet Moses in the wilderness is not recorded until [4:27](../04/27.md).\n* The timing of the events in [4:18](../18/.md)\-[4:27](../04/23.md), especially verse 18-19 and 27, in relation to the rest of the events of the chapter is unclear.\n\n### Thus says Yahweh\n\nThe first of over 400 occurrences throughout the Old Testament of a standard phrase used to introduce direct, authoritative instruction from Yahweh occurs in [4:22](../04/22.md). It occurs ten times in the book of Exodus; nine of these are between chapters 4–11. It would be good for your team to have a standard way to translate this that makes it clear that the words that come next are directly from God. If your language has a standard way of introducing a new message from your leader that alerts the hearers that these are the words of the leader, that would be a good phrase to consider.\n\n### Yahweh’s attempt to kill someone\n\nThe encounter recorded from [4:24](../04/24.md) to [4:26](../04/26.md) is one of the strangest and most difficult passages in the entire book. Difficulties include:\n\n* To whom do the pronouns refer? Masculine pronouns are used throughout the section, but there are two possible antecedents, Moses (who is not named in the narrative) and Zipporah’s son (who was presumably also Moses’ son, but this is how he is referred to in this text. For why, see below on why Yahweh did this). Most commentators believe the pronouns refer to Moses.\n* Circumcision is described in fairly graphic detail. Different cultures will need to approach this differently. Some may have terms for circumcision, while others may be comfortable translating mostly literally, and others will need to use euphemisms or other strategies to translate. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/circumcise]])* The meaning of the phrase **a bridegroom of blood** (ULT) is unknown.\n* Why did Yahweh attack Moses? Many commentators conclude that Moses had neglected to circumcise one of his sons because it displeased Zipporah, and Yahweh was holding Moses responsible before he returned to lead the Israelites (who should have been circumcised). When Zipporah repented by circumcising the son herself and touching the foreskin to Moses’ feet, Yahweh relents. These conclusions should help inform translation but should not be made explicit in the text.\n\n## Study concepts in this chapter\n\n### Moses does not understand\n\nAlthough Moses believes in Yahweh, he does not trust in him. This is because Moses lacks understanding. Moses tries to believe the things he is asked to do are done by his own power. Yahweh is trying to get Moses to trust that these things are Yahweh’s doing. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])\n\n### Children of God\n\nThis chapter introduces the concept that Israel, the people group, is the chosen people of God and God’s firstborn son. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/elect]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/firstborn]])\n\n### Yahweh hardened Pharaoh’s heart\n\nScholars are divided over how to understand this statement. There is debate over whether Pharaoh plays an active or passive role in the hardening of his own heart. Translators should simply follow the text. In Exodus 4-14 there are ten statements that Yahweh hardens Pharaoh’s heart, and ten statements that Pharaoh hardens his own heart. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
4:1 j4yg וַ⁠יַּ֤עַן מֹשֶׁה֙ וַ⁠יֹּ֔אמֶר 1 Here, **answered and said** is a Hebrew expression which does not convey any extra information. Unless your language naturally uses a similar structure, it is better to translate one verb and omit the other. Alternate translation: “Moses answered”
4:1 b3xv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks וְ⁠הֵן֙ לֹֽא־יַאֲמִ֣ינוּ לִ֔⁠י וְ⁠לֹ֥א יִשְׁמְע֖וּ בְּ⁠קֹלִ֑⁠י כִּ֣י יֹֽאמְר֔וּ לֹֽא־נִרְאָ֥ה אֵלֶ֖י⁠ךָ יְהוָֽה 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
4:1 neto rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes לֹֽא־נִרְאָ֥ה אֵלֶ֖י⁠ךָ יְהוָֽה 1 This is a second-level quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. However, you could translate it as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “that Yahweh has not appeared to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
4:1 o27j וְ⁠הֵן֙ 1 This is a term meant to focus the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. If there is not a good way to translate this term in your language, this term can be omitted from the translation, or you can use an alternate translation like “Listen to me.”
4:2 x7dl rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants אֵלָ֛י⁠ו & וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר 1 “Moses” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
4:2 r3f9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks מ⁠זה בְ⁠יָדֶ֑⁠ךָ 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
4:2 p8sg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks מַטֶּֽה 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
4:3 jgir rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks הַשְׁלִיכֵ֣⁠הוּ אַ֔רְצָ⁠ה 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
4:3 zycd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy מִ⁠פָּנָֽי⁠ו 1 Here, “face” figuratively represents the snake itself. Alternative translation: “from the snake” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
4:4 g6bk וֶ⁠אֱחֹ֖ז בִּ⁠זְנָב֑⁠וֹ 1 “and pick it up by the tail” or “and grasp it by the tail”
4:4 mqpc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks שְׁלַח֙ יָֽדְ⁠ךָ֔ וֶ⁠אֱחֹ֖ז בִּ⁠זְנָב֑⁠וֹ 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
4:4 bzmp rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential שְׁלַח֙ יָֽדְ⁠ךָ֔ וֶ⁠אֱחֹ֖ז בִּ⁠זְנָב֑⁠וֹ 1 This direct quotation is interrupted by Moses obeying Yahweh. This is probably a tightly ordered sequence of events where Yahweh paused and then continued speaking immediately after Moses obeyed. The quote resumes in [verse 5](../04/05.md) and there is more discussion there about how to handle the resumption.(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
4:4 m86n וַ⁠יְהִ֥י לְ⁠מַטֶּ֖ה 1 “and it turned into a rod” or “and it changed into a staff”
4:5 l4tn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks לְמַ֣עַן יַאֲמִ֔ינוּ כִּֽי־נִרְאָ֥ה אֵלֶ֛י⁠ךָ יְהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵ֣י אֲבֹתָ֑⁠ם אֱלֹהֵ֧י אַבְרָהָ֛ם אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִצְחָ֖ק וֵ⁠אלֹהֵ֥י יַעֲקֹֽב 1 This continues the direct quotation from the first part of [verse 4](../04/04.md). It may be more natural to reorganize verses four and five to keep the quote together. If you rearrange like this, Moses picking up the snake/staff should come after the full quotation. However, it is better to do something similar to the UST, which restates that Yahweh is speaking and provides some implied directives from Yahweh to make a complete sentence. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
4:5 m4fk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis לְמַ֣עַן יַאֲמִ֔ינוּ כִּֽי־נִרְאָ֥ה אֵלֶ֛י⁠ךָ יְהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵ֣י אֲבֹתָ֑⁠ם אֱלֹהֵ֧י אַבְרָהָ֛ם אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִצְחָ֖ק וֵ⁠אלֹהֵ֥י יַעֲקֹֽב 1 This quote is not a complete sentence; the UST provides a clarification. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
4:5 niok rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants יַאֲמִ֔ינוּ & אֲבֹתָ֑⁠ם 1 These pronouns refer either to the Israelites or to the Israelite elders. God had instructed Moses to gather and speak to the elders; if you make this participant explicit, elders is a better option. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
4:5 oqi5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants אֵלֶ֛י⁠ךָ 1 This refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
4:5 jr8m אֱלֹהֵ֣י אֲבֹתָ֑⁠ם אֱלֹהֵ֧י אַבְרָהָ֛ם אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִצְחָ֖ק וֵ⁠אלֹהֵ֥י יַעֲקֹֽב 1 Abraham, Isaac and Jacob were three of their ancestors. They all worshiped the same God.
4:6 shre rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks הָֽבֵא־נָ֤א יָֽדְ⁠ךָ֙ בְּ⁠חֵיקֶ֔⁠ךָ 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
4:6 ep52 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations וְ⁠הִנֵּ֥ה 1 This word is used to create an exclamation, showing surprise. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
4:6 pw7g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile כַּ⁠שָּֽׁלֶג 1 The word **like** (ULT) or “as” (UST) here is used to compare how Moses’ hand looked. You may not have a word for snow in your language. If so, consider an alternative that describes something very white. You may need to make the whiteness explicit. Alternate translation: “like wool” or “that made it look white like the sand on the beach” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
4:7 kv9r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks הָשֵׁ֤ב יָֽדְ⁠ךָ֙ אֶל־חֵיקֶ֔⁠ךָ 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
4:7 prr9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations וְ⁠הִנֵּה 1 This word is used to create an exclamation, showing surprise. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
4:8 q9qb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations וְ⁠הָיָה֙ 1 Yahweh’s speech resumes here and continues through the end of [verse 9](../04/09.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
4:8 well rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification וְ⁠לֹ֣א יִשְׁמְע֔וּ לְ⁠קֹ֖ל הָ⁠אֹ֣ת הָ⁠רִאשׁ֑וֹן וְ⁠הֶֽאֱמִ֔ינוּ לְ⁠קֹ֖ל הָ⁠אֹ֥ת הָ⁠אַחֲרֽוֹן 1 Here the **sign**s are spoken of as if they had a **voice** with which they could speak. If this imagery would not make sense in your language, you may need to translate this in a way that makes explicit that the signs are meant to be proof that God sent Moses. Alternative translation: “and are not convinced that God has appeared to you by seeing the first sign, then they will be convinced by seeing the second sign.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
4:8 gxlg rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants יַאֲמִ֣ינוּ & יִשְׁמְע֔וּ & וְ⁠הֶֽאֱמִ֔ינוּ 1 These pronouns refer either to the Israelites or to the Israelite elders. God had instructed Moses to gather and speak to the elders; if you make this participant explicit, elders is the better option, but be sure to do the same as you did in [verse 5](../04/05.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
4:8 lsb3 לֹ֣א יַאֲמִ֣ינוּ & וְ⁠הֶֽאֱמִ֔ינוּ 1 “they do not acknowledge … then they will acknowledge” or “they do not accept … then they will accept”
4:9 q82r rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants יַאֲמִ֡ינוּ & יִשְׁמְעוּ⁠ן֙ 1 These pronouns refer either to the Israelites or to the Israelite elders. God had instructed Moses to gather and speak to the elders; if you make this participant explicit, elders is the better option, but be sure to do the same as you did in [verse 5](../04/05.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
4:9 ihna rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks וְ⁠הָי֥וּ לְ⁠דָ֖ם בַּ⁠יַּבָּֽשֶׁת 1 After this phrase, the direct quote of Yahweh’s speech from the previous verse ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
4:10 aazp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks בִּ֣י אֲדֹנָ⁠י֒ לֹא֩ אִ֨ישׁ דְּבָרִ֜ים אָנֹ֗כִי גַּ֤ם מִ⁠תְּמוֹל֙ גַּ֣ם מִ⁠שִּׁלְשֹׁ֔ם גַּ֛ם מֵ⁠אָ֥ז דַּבֶּרְ⁠ךָ אֶל־עַבְדֶּ֑⁠ךָ כִּ֧י כְבַד־פֶּ֛ה וּ⁠כְבַ֥ד לָשׁ֖וֹן אָנֹֽכִי 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
4:10 t8i9 בִּ֣י 1 This word is used by a speaker to beg a superior to allow him to speak. Alternate translation: “Please”
4:10 w12a לֹא֩ אִ֨ישׁ דְּבָרִ֜ים אָנֹ֗כִי גַּ֤ם מִ⁠תְּמוֹל֙ גַּ֣ם מִ⁠שִּׁלְשֹׁ֔ם 1 “I have never been an excellent speaker”
4:10 opes אִ֨ישׁ דְּבָרִ֜ים 1 This expression means “a man who uses words well,” in other words, an eloquent man who can speak well and convincingly.
4:10 pk0l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism גַּ֤ם מִ⁠תְּמוֹל֙ גַּ֣ם מִ⁠שִּׁלְשֹׁ֔ם 1 This phrase simply means “in the past.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
4:10 wsl4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person עַבְדֶּ֑⁠ךָ 1 Moses refers to himself as God’s servant to lower his status before God (and perhaps by doing so to make his argument of inability stronger). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
4:10 bv64 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet כְבַד־פֶּ֛ה וּ⁠כְבַ֥ד לָשׁ֖וֹן 1 These phrases mean basically the same thing. Moses uses them to emphasize that he is not a good speaker. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
4:10 zm3y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לָשׁ֖וֹן 1 Here, **tongue** refers to Moses’ ability to speak. Alternate translation: “speech” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
4:11 xpgf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר יְהוָ֜ה אֵלָ֗י⁠ו 1 After this phrase, a direct quote begins that continues to the end of the [next verse]( … /04/12.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
4:11 ks2m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion מִ֣י שָׂ֣ם פֶּה֮ לָֽ⁠אָדָם֒ 1 Yahweh uses this question to emphasize that he is the Creator who makes it possible for people to speak. Alternate translation: “I, Yahweh, am the one who created the human mouth and the ability to speak” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
4:11 e1y6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion מִֽי־יָשׂ֣וּם אִלֵּ֔ם א֣וֹ חֵרֵ֔שׁ א֥וֹ פִקֵּ֖חַ א֣וֹ עִוֵּ֑ר 1 Yahweh uses this question to emphasize that he is the one who decides if people can speak and hear, and if they can see. Alternate translation: “I, Yahweh, make people able to speak, or hear, or to see, or to be blind!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
4:11 uq7j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הֲ⁠לֹ֥א אָנֹכִ֖י יְהוָֽה 1 Yahweh uses this question to emphasize that he alone makes these decisions. Alternate translation: “I, Yahweh, am the one who does this!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
4:12 kkr1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וְ⁠אָנֹכִי֙ אֶֽהְיֶ֣ה עִם־פִּ֔י⁠ךָ 1 Here, **mouth** refers to Moses’ ability to speak. Alternate translation: “I will give you the ability to speak” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
4:12 adxg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks תְּדַבֵּֽר 1 After this phrase, the direct quote from the previous verse ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
4:13 zy9m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks בִּ֣י אֲדֹנָ֑⁠י שְֽׁלַֽח־נָ֖א בְּ⁠יַד־תִּשְׁלָֽח 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
4:13 brer בִּ֣י 1 This word is used by a speaker to beg a superior to allow him to speak. See what you did in [verse 10](../04/10.md). Alternate translation: “Please”
4:13 s8nl שְֽׁלַֽח־נָ֖א בְּ⁠יַד־תִּשְׁלָֽח 1 In translating this phrase, it is important to make clear that Moses is asking Yahweh to send someone else. Here he is not accepting Yahweh’s commission.
4:13 vta6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche בְּ⁠יַד 1 This phrase means “by a person.” The figure is of a person taking Yahweh’s message in his hand to the Israelites and Pharaoh. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
4:14 uy2v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּֽחַר־אַ֨ף יְהוָ֜ה 1 This is an idiom meaning that Yahweh is angry. Alternate translation: “Yahweh became angry” (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom)
4:14 ifax rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙ 1 “and Yahweh said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
4:14 zn40 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks בְּ⁠מֹשֶׁ֗ה וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙ 1 After this phrase a direct quote begins that continues until the end of [verse 17](../04/17.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
4:14 okko rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הֲ⁠לֹ֨א אַהֲרֹ֤ן אָחִ֨י⁠ךָ֙ הַ⁠לֵּוִ֔י 1 Yahweh uses this rhetorical question to suggest an alternative to Moses. Alternative translation: “I know you have a brother, Aaron the Levite.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
4:14 e0js rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-kinship אָחִ֨י⁠ךָ֙ 1 His **brother** Aaron was three years older than Moses (see [Exodus 7:7](../07/07.md)), which may be important for translating “brother” in some languages. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-kinship]])
4:14 y5ed rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom דַבֵּ֥ר יְדַבֵּ֖ר 1 In Hebrew, the word **speak** is repeated. This means he speaks well. English cannot convey this by doubling, so the meaning of the repetition was translated in the ULT in this case. If your language can say something like “speaking speaks” to mean “speaks well,” consider it; otherwise, translate the meaning similarly to the ULT or UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
4:14 lq64 הִנֵּה 1 **Behold** is used to draw attention to surprising information that follows. If your language has a term that functions in that way (“Listen!” or “Look!” or “Pay Attention!”), use it here.
4:14 ettp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go יֹצֵ֣א 1 Yahweh says Aaron is coming from Egypt to Midian to find Moses. He is probably on foot. Depending on the language, the required form of go or come may vary. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
4:14 akn8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result וְ⁠שָׂמַ֥ח 1 Aaron will be glad because he sees Moses. Consider a conjunction or other form that expresses result as in the UST or alternative translation: “and because he sees you, he will have joy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
4:14 ew4h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּ⁠לִבּֽ⁠וֹ 1 Here, **heart** refers to inner thoughts and emotions. If the heart is not a body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s thoughts and emotions, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
4:15 u97f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor הַ⁠דְּבָרִ֖ים 1 Words here are spoken of as if they were something that can be physically placed in a person’s mouth. Alternate translation: “the message that he is to repeat” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
4:15 q9cf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וְ⁠אָנֹכִ֗י אֶֽהְיֶ֤ה עִם־פִּ֨י⁠ךָ֙ וְ⁠עִם־פִּ֔י⁠הוּ 1 The word **mouth** here represents Moses’ and Aaron’s choice of words. Alternate translation: “And I will be with you as you speak and with him as he speaks” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
4:15 v57x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual אֶתְ⁠כֶ֔ם & תַּעֲשֽׂוּ⁠ן 1 These refer to Moses and Aaron. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a dual form if you have one or, if not, use a plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
4:16 mnsp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile לְ⁠פֶ֔ה 1 This phrase compares Aaron to a mouth, because he will be the one to actually vocalize to the Israelites and Pharaoh what Moses tells him to say. Alternate translation: “the one to say what you tell him to say” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
4:16 gn5v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile תִּֽהְיֶה־לּ֥⁠וֹ לֵֽ⁠אלֹהִֽים 1 The word **like** here means Moses would represent the same authority to Aaron as God did to Moses. Alternate translation: “you will speak to Aaron with the same authority with which I speak to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
4:17 bh45 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks תַּעֲשֶׂה־בּ֖⁠וֹ אֶת־הָ⁠אֹתֹֽת 1 After this phrase, the direct quote of Yahweh ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
4:17 obrk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit הַ⁠מַּטֶּ֥ה הַ⁠זֶּ֖ה 1 Yahweh assumes that Moses will know that by **this staff,** he means the one that Moses said he had in his hand in [v. 2](../04/02.md), and with which God told him to do a miracle in vv. [3](../04/03.md)–[4](../04/04.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4:18 j2ix rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants יֶ֣תֶר 1 Jethro is reintroduced as a participant in the narrative here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
4:18 cbop rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go וַ⁠יֵּ֨לֶךְ 1 Because the setting has shifted back to Jethro’s home, some languages may need to use “come” here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
4:18 b6mf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-kinship חֹֽתְנ֗⁠וֹ 1 This refers to the father of Moses’ wife. Some languages may use a different term for the husband’s or wife’s father. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-kinship]])
4:18 wlit rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר 1 “and Moses said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
4:18 mzke rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants ל⁠וֹ֙ 1 “to Jethro” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
4:18 uvqk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks אֵ֣לֲכָה נָּ֗א וְ⁠אָשׁ֨וּבָה֙ אֶל־אַחַ֣⁠י אֲשֶׁר־בְּ⁠מִצְרַ֔יִם וְ⁠אֶרְאֶ֖ה הַ⁠עוֹדָ֣⁠ם חַיִּ֑ים 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
4:18 x7yz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy אַחַ֣⁠י 1 “my relatives” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
4:18 gq2g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠אֶרְאֶ֖ה הַ⁠עוֹדָ֣⁠ם 1 Later in the Bible we are told that Moses was in Midian for 40 years. Moses’ request may have been literal or an idiom that meant he wanted to know how they were doing. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
4:18 yay3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לֵ֥ךְ לְ⁠שָׁלֽוֹם 1 This is a phrase of assent and blessing. It may be necessary for some languages to explicitly add, “Yes,” to the beginning of Jethro’s response. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4:18 i807 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks לֵ֥ךְ לְ⁠שָׁלֽוֹם 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
4:19 wwr8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר יְהוָ֤ה אֶל־מֹשֶׁה֙ 1 The timing and situation for Yahweh speaking to Moses here is not specified. Some conjecture that it was part of the narrative of the encounter with Yahweh from the previous verses but placed after his request to Jethro for an unknown reason. Another speculation is that Moses delayed returning to Egypt (either by his own choice, Yahweh’s instructions, or someone else delaying him) and Yahweh came and told him again (the UST explicitly offers this optional translation). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
4:19 aosm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks לֵ֖ךְ שֻׁ֣ב מִצְרָ֑יִם כִּי־מֵ֨תוּ֙ כָּל־הָ֣⁠אֲנָשִׁ֔ים הַֽ⁠מְבַקְשִׁ֖ים אֶת־נַפְשֶֽׁ⁠ךָ 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
4:19 clfj הַֽ⁠מְבַקְשִׁ֖ים אֶת־נַפְשֶֽׁ⁠ךָ 1 This means they were seeking to end his life, that is, to kill him. Alternate translation: see UST.
4:20 fua6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants בָּנָ֗י⁠ו 1 Moses’ second son is not introduced until [18:4](../18/.04.md) but had already been born before they left Midian. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
4:20 zi5m rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants וַ⁠יָּ֖שָׁב אַ֣רְצָ⁠ה מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 It is clear from [verse 24](../04/24.md) and [25](../04/25.md) that his family went with him, so you may need to translate as “they returned.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
4:20 r7k5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential וַ⁠יָּ֖שָׁב אַ֣רְצָ⁠ה מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 After the incident on the road in verses [24](../04/24.md)-[26](../04/26.md), Moses’ family is not mentioned again until [18:2](../18/02.md) which says that Moses sent them back, so a translation similar to the UST which only commits to the family starting on the way to Egypt may be better. This option has the further benefit of allowing for the several events that happen before Moses gets to Egypt. The ULT’s “towards” is another way of giving space in the translation for the next several events. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
4:20 s68n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מַטֵּ֥ה הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֖ים 1 The phrase the staff of God refers to the staff that God told Moses to take with him in v. [17](../04/17.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4:20 me3s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מַטֵּ֥ה הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֖ים 1 The book describes this staff as **the staff of God** because God appointed it as his instrument so that Moses could do miraculous works through it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Make sure your translation does not lead people to think the staff was a magic wand or shaman’s staff that had its own power, or power from Moses, or that the staff gave Moses the ability to command God. In every instance where miracles happened, God told Moses to do something with the staff, Moses obeyed, and then God caused a miracle. Alternate translation: “the staff that God had told him to bring because God intended to work powerfully through it when Moses stretched it out.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4:21 lva8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks בְּ⁠לֶכְתְּ⁠ךָ֙ 1 This begins a direct quotation that continues to the end of [4:23](../04/23.md). It contains up to fourth-level quotations. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
4:21 oajf רְאֵ֗ה 1 Most translations and interpretations of the verb **see** take it to mean something like “see that you do.”
4:21 egqf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor כָּל־הַ⁠מֹּֽפְתִים֙ אֲשֶׁר־שַׂ֣מְתִּי בְ⁠יָדֶ֔⁠ךָ 1 Here the miracles are spoken of as if they were items Moses could carry. In part, this may be because the three signs already given to Moses involved the use of his hand. Alternative translation: “all the wonders I have authorized you to perform” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
4:21 kdsb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֑ה 1 This time while **before the face of** still has the standard figurative meaning of “in the presence of,” it is a much more literal use here. Moses is to actually do the miracles in front of Pharaoh so he can see them. Alternative translation: “so Pharaoh can see them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
4:21 ovma rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast וַ⁠אֲנִי֙ אֲחַזֵּ֣ק 1 Referring to himself in the opening of this sentence serves to emphasize a contrast in what might be expected and what will happen. Translate this in a way that clearly contrasts the performance of miracles before Pharaoh (which might be expected to lead to him releasing the Israelites) with what Yahweh says he will do. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
4:21 uvoh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וַ⁠אֲנִי֙ אֲחַזֵּ֣ק אֶת־לִבּ֔⁠וֹ 1 This means that God will make him stubborn. His stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his heart would be made stronger. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. Alternate translation: “But as for me, I will cause Pharaoh to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
4:21 uudz rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result וְ⁠לֹ֥א יְשַׁלַּ֖ח אֶת־הָ⁠עָֽם 1 Make it clear in your translation that this is a result of God hardening Pharaoh’s heart. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
4:22 ftde כֹּ֚ה אָמַ֣ר יְהוָ֔ה 1 This is the first of hundreds of occurrences throughout the Old Testament of a standard phrase used to introduce direct, authoritative instruction from Yahweh. It would be good for your team to have a standard way to translate this that makes it clear that the words that come next are directly from God. If your language has a standard way of introducing a new message from your rulers that alerts the hearers that these are the words of the rulers, that would be a good phrase to consider.
4:22 zb2e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes כֹּ֚ה 1 **Thus** begins a second-level quotation that continues until the end of [4:23](../04/23.md). It should be marked in some manner that distinguishes it from the outer level, the first level. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
4:22 teyy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes כֹּ֚ה אָמַ֣ר יְהוָ֔ה 1 This begins a second-level quotation that continues until the end of [4:23](../04/23.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening second-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation within a quotation. However, you may want to translate this as an indirect quotation in order to reduce the levels of quotations in this passage. Alternative translation: “that Yahweh says” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
4:22 kud7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks בְּנִ֥⁠י 1 This is the beginning of a third-level quotation that continues until the end of [4:23](../04/23.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening third-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation within a quotation within a quotation. (If you chose to translate, “Thus says Yahweh,” as an indirect quote, this will be a second- level quotation.) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
4:22 jod0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בְּנִ֥⁠י בְכֹרִ֖⁠י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃ 1 Some languages may need to change the metaphor here into a simile. See UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
4:22 pt4n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 The word **Israel** here represents all the people of Israel as a group. It is important to keep the singular reference to Israel as son, rather than change it to something like ‘the Israelites are my children,’ because God is making a particular contrast here between his son and Pharaoh’s son. Some languages may not be able to use “Israel” as a collective noun and may need to choose a translation like “the nation of Israel” or “the Israelite nation.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns]])
4:22 aoc8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 The Israelite nation is often referred to simply by the name of the patriarch. For alternative translation see: [[rc://*/tn/help/exo/04/22/pt4n]] (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
4:23 syar rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks שַׁלַּ֤ח אֶת־בְּנִ⁠י֙ וְ⁠יַֽעַבְדֵ֔⁠נִי 1 This is a fourth-level quotation. It should be marked in some manner that distinguishes it from the outer levels. (If you chose to translate “Thus says Yahweh” as an indirect quote, this will be a third-level quotation.) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
4:23 npc4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations וָ⁠אֹמַ֣ר אֵלֶ֗י⁠ךָ שַׁלַּ֤ח אֶת־בְּנִ⁠י֙ וְ⁠יַֽעַבְדֵ֔⁠נִי וַ⁠תְּמָאֵ֖ן 1 The fourth-level quotation here may be a good one to translate as an indirect quotation in order to reduce the levels of quotations in this passage. Alternative translation: “and I told you to let my son go that he may serve me. But you have refused” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
4:23 k7mh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בְּנִ⁠י֙ 1 Yahweh continues to metaphorically speak of Israel as **my son.** See what you did at [[rc://*/tn/help/exo/04/22/1od0]]. Alternative translation: “the Israelite nation which is like a son to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
4:23 u825 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns וְ⁠יַֽעַבְדֵ֔⁠נִי & לְ⁠שַׁלְּח֑⁠וֹ 1 The pronouns **he** and **him** agree with “son.” What you use may depend on how you translated son at [[rc://*/tn/help/exo/04/23/k7mh]]. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
4:23 kg32 הִנֵּה֙ 1 This is used to draw attention to surprising information that follows. Alternative translation: “Know this”
4:23 re11 בִּנְ⁠ךָ֖ 1 This refers to the actual son of Pharaoh.
4:23 ubcw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks בִּנְ⁠ךָ֖ בְּכֹרֶֽ⁠ךָ 1 After this phrase, the three levels of direct quotations end bringing a complete close to all quotations that started in verses [21](../04/21.md) and [22](../04/22.md). If you are using direct quotations, at the end of this verse you should have three closing markers, third level, second level and first level. In English, it looks like **” ’ ”** (without spaces). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
4:24 sp6h rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וַ⁠יְהִ֥י 1 This introduces a new event. Mark the transition in a natural way in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
4:24 p820 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants וַ⁠יִּפְגְּשֵׁ֣⁠הוּ & הֲמִיתֽ⁠וֹ 1 Here, it is not clear who **him** refers to. Most commentators believe it refers to Moses, but it could refer to the son, though that is less likely. If it is necessary to choose for your translation, use Moses. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
4:24 xxy0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants הֲמִיתֽ⁠וֹ 1 Here, **he** refers to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
4:25 m1la rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names צִפֹּרָ֜ה 1 This is the name of Moses’s wife. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
4:25 sftg rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants צִפֹּרָ֜ה 1 Zipporah is introduced here as a new participant. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
4:25 a36h rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown צֹ֗ר 1 This was a knife with a sharpened stone blade. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
4:25 nkxn rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown עָרְלַ֣ת 1 The**foreskin** is the retractable fold of skin which covers and protects the end of the penis. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
4:25 l6sr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism לְ⁠רַגְלָ֑י⁠ו 1 It is possible that the word **feet** may have been a more respectful way to refer to the genital area of the body. However, that possibility is not high enough that you should translate it either literally as genitals or with another euphemism meaning genitals in your language. If you have a word that means primarily feet or legs, but could in some cases also euphemistically mean genitals, you may consider it. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
4:25 jg3x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks כִּ֧י חֲתַן־דָּמִ֛ים אַתָּ֖ה לִֽ⁠י 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
4:25 b2t3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor כִּ֧י חֲתַן־דָּמִ֛ים אַתָּ֖ה לִֽ⁠י 1 The meaning of this metaphor is unclear. It was probably a known saying in that culture. Alternate translation: “you are related to me by this blood” or “you are my husband because of blood” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
4:26 ceqk rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result וַ⁠יִּ֖רֶף 1 As a result of Zipporah’s action. Consider a conjunction or other form that expresses result as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
4:26 o4zt rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants וַ⁠יִּ֖רֶף 1 “Yahweh relented” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
4:26 xl5u rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants מִמֶּ֑⁠נּוּ 1 As in [4:24](../04/24.md) this could mean either Moses or the son, but most commentators think it is still Moses. The UST uses “anyone” to preserve ambiguity. Alternative translation: “from Moses” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
4:26 r8hj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations חֲתַ֥ן דָּמִ֖ים 1 This is a unique quotation because Zipporah probably does not speak again; rather, the quotation refers back to her statement in [4:25](../04/25.md). Your language may handle this sort of quotation in a special way. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
4:26 abmg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks חֲתַ֥ן דָּמִ֖ים לַ⁠מּוּלֹֽת 1 It is not clear if the quotation includes **because of the circumcision** or if that is a comment explaining the quotation. Translations are divided in where they end the quotation, but most exclude **because of the circumcision** and it is best to follow that unless a locally respected translation includes it. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
4:27 xk6b rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר 1 You may want to add a word that marks the beginning of a new part of the story, as the UST does. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
4:27 qxpc rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants אַהֲרֹ֔ן 1 **Aaron** is introduced as a new participant. Some languages may mark this in some way. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
4:27 j21t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks לֵ֛ךְ לִ⁠קְרַ֥את מֹשֶׁ֖ה הַ⁠מִּדְבָּ֑רָ⁠ה 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
4:27 wy4n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession בְּ⁠הַ֥ר הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֖ים 1 See how you translated this in [3:1](../03/01.md), consult this this note: [[rc://*/tn/help/exo/03/01/p27s]] (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
4:27 tfn2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וַ⁠יִּשַּׁק 1 This was a traditional way of greeting which showed love. You can make this explicit as the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
4:28 ad9x שְׁלָח֑⁠וֹ & צִוָּֽ⁠הוּ 1 These are a bit awkward to translate in English, so the UST adds more information. Other languages may not have the same difficulty.
4:28 b429 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants שְׁלָח֑⁠וֹ & צִוָּֽ⁠הוּ 1 The words **he** refers to Yahweh, and **him** refers to Moses. Alternative translation: “Yahweh sent Moses … Yahweh commanded Moses” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
4:29 y8o3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וַ⁠יֵּ֥לֶךְ 1 This begins a new event which you may need to mark in your translation with a transitional word like the UST’s “When.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
4:30 bm2x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לְ⁠עֵינֵ֥י הָ⁠עָֽם 1 This means he did the signs so they could see them. Alternative translation: “in their sight” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
4:30 x1v3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants הָ⁠עָֽם 1 Context suggests that **people** refers to the leaders gathered in [4:29](../04/29.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
4:31 in78 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants הָ⁠עָ֑ם 1 Context suggests that **people** refers to the leaders gathered in [4:29](../04/29.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
4:31 q1er פָקַ֨ד & בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל 1 “saw the Israelites” or “was concerned about the Israelites”
4:31 g83a rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וַֽ⁠יִּקְּד֖וּ וַ⁠יִּֽשְׁתַּחֲוּֽוּ 1 Alternative translations: “they bowed their heads in awe” or “they bowed down low in reverence.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
5:intro kea2 0 # Exodus 05 General Notes\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### A slave’s work\nThe Egyptians were known for making their slaves do a lot of work. The Israelite slaves were forced to make a specific number of bricks every day. In this chapter, they were required not only to make these bricks, but also to gather straw, one of the raw materials, in order to make these bricks.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “Let my people go”\nThis is a very important statement. Moses does not seek permission to leave, asking Pharaoh to “let go” of the Hebrew people. Instead, he demands that Pharaoh free the Hebrew people.\n\n### Titles\nThe leaders are given different titles in this chapter. The ULT uses “taskmasters” and “foremen.” Many cultures will not have these types of titles. Generic expressions like “Egyptian leaders” and “Hebrew leaders” may be necessary.
5:1 q0zv rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וְ⁠אַחַ֗ר בָּ֚אוּ מֹשֶׁ֣ה וְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֔ן וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֖וּ אֶל־פַּרְעֹ֑ה 1 This time phrase, **and afterward**, marks a transition in the narrative. Alternative translation: “After that” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
5:1 q9kn rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential וְ⁠אַחַ֗ר בָּ֚אוּ מֹשֶׁ֣ה וְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֔ן וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֖וּ אֶל־פַּרְעֹ֑ה 1 It is unclear how long Moses and Aaron waited until they went to see Pharoah. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
5:1 cudx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go בָּ֚אוּ 1 In this instance, depending on how they have to set scenes, some languages may need to use “came in.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
5:1 vl1y rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants פַּרְעֹ֑ה 1 Pharaoh is reintroduced as a participant in the narrative for the first time since chapter two. Some languages may need to mark his reintroduction in a particular way. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
5:1 nl2v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks כֹּֽה־אָמַ֤ר יְהוָה֙ אֱלֹהֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל שַׁלַּח֙ אֶת־עַמִּ֔⁠י וְ⁠יָחֹ֥גּוּ לִ֖⁠י בַּ⁠מִּדְבָּֽר 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
5:1 ckml rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks שַׁלַּח֙ אֶת־עַמִּ֔⁠י וְ⁠יָחֹ֥גּוּ לִ֖⁠י בַּ⁠מִּדְבָּֽר 1 This is a second-level direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
5:1 lu3i כֹּֽה־אָמַ֤ר יְהוָה֙ 1 This quotation form is used to introduce commands from Yahweh. See [4:intro](../04/intro.md) for more information.
5:1 u2vt וְ⁠יָחֹ֥גּוּ 1 This is a celebration to worship Yahweh. Alternative translation: “so they can worship me with eating and drinking”
5:2 v4c1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר 1 The result here is exactly as God has said; therefore, a contrastive transition word is reasonable but not required given the immediate human context. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
5:2 fq6i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks מִ֤י יְהוָה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר אֶשְׁמַ֣ע בְּ⁠קֹל֔⁠וֹ לְ⁠שַׁלַּ֖ח אֶת־יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל לֹ֤א יָדַ֨עְתִּי֙ אֶת־יְהוָ֔ה וְ⁠גַ֥ם אֶת־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל לֹ֥א אֲשַׁלֵּֽחַ 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
5:2 lqwt מִ֤י יְהוָה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר אֶשְׁמַ֣ע בְּ⁠קֹל֔⁠וֹ לְ⁠שַׁלַּ֖ח אֶת־יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 1 This is not a rhetorical question, though Pharaoh may have spoken with contempt. Pharaoh would have considered himself a go. The Egyptians had several gods, and most people groups were assumed to have their own gods. Therefore, Pharaoh had truly not heard of Yahweh (who has just told his name to Moses).
5:2 wpff rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל & יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 Here the nation is spoken of as an individual. Alternative translation: “the nation of Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns]])
5:2 c653 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּ⁠קֹל֔⁠וֹ 1 This represent the words God spoke. Alternate translation: “listen to what he says” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
5:2 cxjp וְ⁠גַ֥ם 1 This functions to strengthen Pharaoh’s statement about his decision. Alternative translation: “and most definitely”
5:3 n8ny rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמְר֔וּ 1 It may not make sense in all languages for multiple people to speak. Since Aaron was appointed as Moses’ spokesman, consider the alternative translation: “Aaron replied” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
5:3 tli7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks אֱלֹהֵ֥י הָ⁠עִבְרִ֖ים נִקְרָ֣א עָלֵ֑י⁠נוּ נֵ֣לֲכָה נָּ֡א דֶּרֶךְ֩ שְׁלֹ֨שֶׁת יָמִ֜ים בַּ⁠מִּדְבָּ֗ר וְ⁠נִזְבְּחָה֙ לַֽ⁠יהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֵ֔י⁠נוּ פֶּ֨ן־יִפְגָּעֵ֔⁠נוּ בַּ⁠דֶּ֖בֶר א֥וֹ בֶ⁠חָֽרֶב 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
5:3 y9ip אֱלֹהֵ֥י הָ⁠עִבְרִ֖ים 1 This term is also used for Yahweh, the Israelites’ God.
5:3 kclj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive עָלֵ֑י⁠נוּ נֵ֣לֲכָה & וְ⁠נִזְבְּחָה֙ & יִפְגָּעֵ֔⁠נוּ 1 Here, **us** (or “we” in UST) refers to the Hebrew people (the Israelites). It exclude Pharaoh and his people. Some languages may need to consider whether to use an inclusive or exclusive form. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
5:3 gfs5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בֶ⁠חָֽרֶב 1 Here, **sword** represents war or an attack by enemies. Alternate translation: “cause our enemies to attack us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
5:4 cb7w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks לָ֚⁠מָּה מֹשֶׁ֣ה וְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֔ן תַּפְרִ֥יעוּ אֶת־הָ⁠עָ֖ם מִ⁠מַּֽעֲשָׂ֑י⁠ו לְכ֖וּ לְ⁠סִבְלֹתֵי⁠כֶֽם 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
5:4 kl1i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion לָ֚⁠מָּה מֹשֶׁ֣ה וְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֔ן תַּפְרִ֥יעוּ אֶת־הָ⁠עָ֖ם מִ⁠מַּֽעֲשָׂ֑י⁠ו 1 Pharaoh uses this question to express his anger towards Moses and Aaron for taking the Israelites away from their work. Alternate translation: “Stop distracting the people from doing their work!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
5:4 fiw9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion לְכ֖וּ לְ⁠סִבְלֹתֵי⁠כֶֽם 1 This **your** could refer to Moses and Aaron, or it could mean “all you Israelite people.” The second meaning is more likely. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a dual or plural form here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
5:5 nqbe rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-aside וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר פַּרְעֹ֔ה 1 It is unusual for the same speaker to be reintroduced like this. Some translations omit the repetition, but there is another option. This statement may be more connected to the next couple of verses, so it might be appropriate to make a minor break before this verse. Pharaoh may have been more commenting to himself, or he only thought this statement silently, and it led to his next actions. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-aside]])
5:5 todi הֵן 1 This is a term meant to focus the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say.
5:5 c53k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual וְ⁠הִשְׁבַּתֶּ֥ם 1 Here, **you** means Moses and Aaron. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a dual form (if you have one) or plural (if not) form here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
5:6 ar9m אֶת־הַ⁠נֹּגְשִׂ֣ים בָּ⁠עָ֔ם וְ⁠אֶת־שֹׁטְרָ֖י⁠ו 1 Pharaoh may have sent a messenger or messengers to the taskmasters and officers or spoken to one or a few representatives of them at his court rather than speaking to them directly. Alternative translation: “Pharaoh gave an order for the taskmasters among the people and officers that said,”
5:6 zd4m הַ⁠נֹּגְשִׂ֣ים 1 **Taskmasters** were Egyptians whose job it was to force the Israelites to do hard work. These are probably the same as the “overseers” of labor gangs from [Exodus 1:11](../01/11.md), but here the term is harsher. Alternative translation: “oppressors”
5:6 uopu שֹׁטְרָ֖י⁠ו 1 **Officers** were probably Israelite slaves who were in charge of the other Israelites but who answered to the Egyptian taskmasters.
5:6 dxih לֵ⁠אמֹֽר 1 This is a way of introducing a direct quotation in Hebrew; most translations can omit it without harm.
5:7 k6io rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual לֹ֣א תֹאסִפ֞וּ⁠ן 1 This command was given to multiple people; if your language distinguishes between singular and plural forms when giving commands, make sure this is a plural form. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
5:7 ipw9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks לֹ֣א תֹאסִפ֞וּ⁠ן 1 Verses 7-9 are a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate the start here with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of the quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
5:7 p9nx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom כִּ⁠תְמ֣וֹל שִׁלְשֹׁ֑ם 1 This is a Hebrew idiom meaning “in the past.” Alternative translation: “as before” or “as previously” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
5:8 izkf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual תָּשִׂ֣ימוּ 1 If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
5:8 ro25 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown הַ⁠לְּבֵנִ֜ים 1 **Bricks** are hardened clay blocks for building. See how you translated in [1:14][../01/14.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
5:8 dlzx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom תְּמ֤וֹל שִׁלְשֹׁם֙ 1 This is a Hebrew idiom meaning “in the past.” See how you translated this in [5:7](../05/07md) Alternative translation: “before” or “previously” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
5:8 vd10 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks נֵלְכָ֖ה נִזְבְּחָ֥ה לֵ⁠אלֹהֵֽי⁠נוּ 1 This is a second-level direct quotation. It is a quote of Moses and Aaron. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
5:9 tnz5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠אַל־יִשְׁע֖וּ בְּ⁠דִבְרֵי־שָֽׁקֶר 1 Here words are spoken of as if they could be looked upon. Alternative translation: as UST or “and not listen to words that are lies” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
5:10 ozzn rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וַ⁠יֵּ֨צְא֜וּ 1 This begins a new scene, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
5:10 x4bi נֹגְשֵׂ֤י 1 **Taskmasters** were Egyptians whose job was to force the Israelites to do hard work. See how you translated this in [5:6](../05/6.md). See [[rc://*/tn/help/exo/05/06/zd4m]]
5:10 xnqn כֹּ֚ה אָמַ֣ר פַּרְעֹ֔ה 1 This is the same quote form as is used for when Yahweh gives a direct command. See [4:intro](../04/intro.md) for more information.
5:10 xjoe rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֥וּ אֶל־הָ⁠עָ֖ם לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר כֹּ֚ה אָמַ֣ר פַּרְעֹ֔ה 1 It might be helpful in some languages to translate **thus says Pharaoh** as an indirect quote so that his conveyed command is not a quote within a quote. Alternate translation: “and told the people that Pharaoh says” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
5:10 mkom rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes אֵינֶ֛⁠נִּי 1 This is a the beginning of a second-level quotation that continues until the end of verse 11. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening second-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the start of a quotation within a quotation. However, you could also translate this as an indirect quote. See UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
5:10 pzfp rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast אֵינֶ֛⁠נִּי נֹתֵ֥ן לָ⁠כֶ֖ם תֶּֽבֶן 1 The structure of this phrase and the one that opens [the next verse](../05/11.md) create a strong contrast between what **I** (Pharaoh) and **you** (you all, the Israelites) will do. Translate this in a way that emphasizes, if possible, the contrast between “I” and “you.” Alternative translation: “It is not I who will give you straw.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
5:10 si2e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy אֵינֶ֛⁠נִּי 1 Pharaoh does not physically give the Israelites straw. Rather, he had commanded his servants take straw that belongs to Pharaoh and give it to the Israelites. Now he told his servants to stop providing straw. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
5:10 gb4d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual לָ⁠כֶ֖ם 1 **You**is plural and refers to the Israelite people. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
5:11 ewg6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast אַתֶּ֗ם לְכ֨וּ קְח֤וּ לָ⁠כֶם֙ תֶּ֔בֶן מֵ⁠אֲשֶׁ֖ר תִּמְצָ֑אוּ 1 The structure of this phrase serves as the opposing side of the contrast Pharaoh sets up in the last phrase. By explicitly using a pronoun with a command, he is emphasizing who will go get straw. If possible, translate this in a way that emphasizes the contrast between “I” and “you.” See [[rc://*/tn/help/exo/05/10/7zfp]] for more info. Alternative translation: “Rather, it is you yourselves who must go get straw from wherever you might find it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
5:11 xe4i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual אַתֶּ֗ם 1 Here, **you** is plural and refers to the Israelite people. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
5:11 w918 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns אַתֶּ֗ם & לָ⁠כֶם֙ 1 The repetition of **you** emphasizes that the Egyptians will no longer help the slaves. Alternative translation: see UST (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
5:11 g5vb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives כִּ֣י אֵ֥ין נִגְרָ֛ע מֵ⁠עֲבֹדַתְ⁠כֶ֖ם דָּבָֽר 1 This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “for you must continue to make the same number of bricks as before” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
5:11 ucrc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks כִּ֣י אֵ֥ין נִגְרָ֛ע מֵ⁠עֲבֹדַתְ⁠כֶ֖ם דָּבָֽר 1 After this phrase (at the end of the verse), the direct quotes end. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level (and second-level if you made both levels direct quotes) quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
5:12 s9dk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole בְּ⁠כָל־אֶ֣רֶץ מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 This is a generalization used to show the extra effort Israel made to meet Pharaoh’s demands. Alternate translation: “to many places throughout Egypt” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
5:12 q7y7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown קַ֖שׁ 1 **Stubble** is the part of a plant that is left over after harvest. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
5:13 th6x וְ⁠הַ⁠נֹּגְשִׂ֖ים 1 **Taskmasters** were Egyptians whose job it was to force the Israelites to do hard work. See how you translated this in [Exodus 5:6](../05/06.md).
5:13 ikkf rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants וְ⁠הַ⁠נֹּגְשִׂ֖ים 1 The change of subject is emphasized here. If your language has a way of specifically focusing on the actor in a narrative, use it here. See the UST for how that is done in English. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
5:13 gye4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks כַּלּ֤וּ מַעֲשֵׂי⁠כֶם֙ דְּבַר־י֣וֹם בְּ⁠יוֹמ֔⁠וֹ כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֖ר בִּ⁠הְי֥וֹת הַ⁠תֶּֽבֶן 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
5:13 a5ja דְּבַר־י֣וֹם בְּ⁠יוֹמ֔⁠וֹ 1 **Day by day** means “daily.” Alternative translation: “the daily task”
5:14 h4uo נֹגְשֵׂ֥י 1 **Taskmasters** are Egyptians whose job it was to force the Israelites to do hard work. See how you translated this in [Exodus 5:6](../05/06.md).
5:14 unbc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וַ⁠יֻּכּ֗וּ שֹֽׁטְרֵי֙ בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 The text does not specify who beat the officers. It was probably either the taskmasters or someone the taskmasters ordered to beat the officers. If your language cannot express this with the passive, you can make the taskmasters the subject. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
5:14 eq22 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion מַדּ֡וּעַ לֹא֩ כִלִּיתֶ֨ם חָקְ⁠כֶ֤ם לִ⁠לְבֹּן֙ כִּ⁠תְמ֣וֹל שִׁלְשֹׁ֔ם גַּם־תְּמ֖וֹל גַּם־הַ⁠יּֽוֹם 1 The taskmasters used this question to show they were angry with the lack of bricks. Alternate translation: “You are not producing enough bricks, either yesterday or today, as you did in the past!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
5:14 y67c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks מַדּ֡וּעַ לֹא֩ כִלִּיתֶ֨ם חָקְ⁠כֶ֤ם לִ⁠לְבֹּן֙ כִּ⁠תְמ֣וֹל שִׁלְשֹׁ֔ם גַּם־תְּמ֖וֹל גַּם־הַ⁠יּֽוֹם 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
5:14 oh6o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual כִלִּיתֶ֨ם חָקְ⁠כֶ֤ם 1 Here, **you** and **your** are plural. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. However, also see [[rc://*/tn/help/exo/05/14/emq7]]. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
5:14 emq7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche כִלִּיתֶ֨ם חָקְ⁠כֶ֤ם 1 Here, **you** and **your** do not simply refer to the officers; they refer to the groups of Israelite workers the officers are in charge of. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
5:14 liz8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom כִּ⁠תְמ֣וֹל שִׁלְשֹׁ֔ם 1 This is a Hebrew idiom meaning “in the past.” Here it specifically refers to the time before the Egyptians stopped giving the Israelites straw. See how you translated this in [5:7](../05/07md) Alternative translation: “before” or “previously” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
5:14 zklg גַּם־תְּמ֖וֹל גַּם־הַ⁠יּֽוֹם 1 This time expression refers to more recent days, ones since the Egyptians stopped providing the straw to the Israelites.
5:15 bk9h rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וַ⁠יָּבֹ֗אוּ 1 This begins a new scene, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. The officers have gone to where Pharaoh is. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
5:15 thlj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go וַ⁠יָּבֹ֗אוּ 1 You will need to decide if go or come is the better translation in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
5:15 en1t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks לָ֧⁠מָּה 1 This begins a direct quote that continues to the end of the [next verse](../05/16.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
5:15 m2nz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person לַ⁠עֲבָדֶֽי⁠ךָ 1 Here, the Israelite officers use the term **your servants** to refer to themselves in the third person as a way of showing humility. It is also possible that they mean to include all the Israelites. Either option is valid if your language must state who is meant by “your servants.” Alternate translation: “to us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
5:16 yeql rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive תֶּ֗בֶן אֵ֤ין נִתָּן֙ לַ⁠עֲבָדֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 The text does not specify who is not giving them straw. From context, the taskmasters and, by implication, Pharaoh himself are the ones not doing this. If your language cannot express this with the passive, you can make the taskmasters or Pharaoh the subject. Alternative translation: “You are not giving your servants any straw.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
5:16 qp5j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person לַ⁠עֲבָדֶ֔י⁠ךָ & עֲבָדֶ֛י⁠ךָ 1 Here, the Israelite officers use the term **your servants** to refer to themselves in the third person as a way of showing humility. It is also possible that they mean to include all the Israelites. Either option is valid if your language must state who is meant by “your servants.” Alternate translation: “to us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
5:16 hsa6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants אֹמְרִ֥ים 1 **They** refers to the Egyptian taskmasters. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
5:16 pxl3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks וּ⁠לְבֵנִ֛ים & עֲשׂ֑וּ 1 **Make bricks** is a second-level direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
5:16 m0go וְ⁠הִנֵּ֧ה 1 This is used to draw attention to surprising information that follows.
5:16 xrly rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive עֲבָדֶ֛י⁠ךָ מֻכִּ֖ים 1 The text does not specify who beat the officers. It was probably either the taskmasters or someone the taskmasters ordered to beat the officers. If your language cannot express this with the passive, you can make the taskmasters the subject. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
5:16 ff2k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism וְ⁠חָטָ֥את עַמֶּֽ⁠ךָ 1 The Israelites are indirectly accusing Pharaoh of doing wrong. To translate this, consider polite or indirect ways of making accusations in your culture. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
5:16 l7sn וְ⁠חָטָ֥את 1 “but it is the wrong-doing of”
5:17 svso rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual אַתֶּ֖ם & אַתֶּ֣ם 1 These uses of **you** are plural. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
5:17 xt4m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations נִרְפִּ֥ים אַתֶּ֖ם נִרְפִּ֑ים 1 Pharaoh repeats himself for emphasis. In your translation, make sure the idea of laziness or idleness is repeated or strengthened in a way that is natural. Alternative translation: “You are extremely lazy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
5:17 a8o2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks נֵלְכָ֖ה נִזְבְּחָ֥ה לַֽ⁠יהוָֽה 1 Here the king is quoting another person’s speech. This is a second-level quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
5:18 a8ax rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְ⁠תֶ֖בֶן לֹא־יִנָּתֵ֣ן לָ⁠כֶ֑ם 1 You can translate this in active voice if needed. The subject could be “I” (as in Pharaoh) or “we” (as in the Egyptians or Pharaoh and his taskmasters) or “my people.” See UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
5:18 z6wt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual לָ⁠כֶ֑ם & תִּתֵּֽנּוּ 1 This means all the Israelites or the officers as representatives of all the Israelites. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
5:19 x6pp rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result וַ⁠יִּרְא֞וּ שֹֽׁטְרֵ֧י בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֛ל אֹתָ֖⁠ם בְּ⁠רָ֣ע לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר לֹא־תִגְרְע֥וּ מִ⁠לִּבְנֵי⁠כֶ֖ם דְּבַר־י֥וֹם בְּ⁠יוֹמֽ⁠וֹ 1 You may need to reorder the events in this verse in your language to put the reason before the result. See UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
5:19 i3ot rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks לֹא־תִגְרְע֥וּ מִ⁠לִּבְנֵי⁠כֶ֖ם דְּבַר־י֥וֹם בְּ⁠יוֹמֽ⁠וֹ 1 This is a direct quotation of what Pharaoh said. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation of another person’s speech. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
5:19 l9d2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns אֹתָ֖⁠ם 1 Here the officers are both the subject and object, because they are thinking about their own situation. Different languages have different methods of marking this. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
5:19 a03u וַ⁠יִּרְא֞וּ & אֹתָ֖⁠ם בְּ⁠רָ֣ע לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר 1 “knew that they were in trouble, because the king said” or “perceived themselves in danger, because the king said”
5:20 ve3z rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וַֽ⁠יִּפְגְּעוּ֙ 1 A new scene begins here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
5:20 a0cj rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants וַֽ⁠יִּפְגְּעוּ֙ & לִ⁠קְרָאתָ֑⁠ם בְּ⁠צֵאתָ֖⁠ם 1 Here, **they** and **them** refer to the officers. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
5:21 jsbv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks יֵ֧רֶא יְהוָ֛ה עֲלֵי⁠כֶ֖ם וְ⁠יִשְׁפֹּ֑ט אֲשֶׁ֧ר הִבְאַשְׁתֶּ֣ם אֶת־רֵיחֵ֗⁠נוּ בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֤י פַרְעֹה֙ וּ⁠בְ⁠עֵינֵ֣י עֲבָדָ֔י⁠ו לָֽ⁠תֶת־חֶ֥רֶב בְּ⁠יָדָ֖⁠ם לְ⁠הָרְגֵֽ⁠נוּ 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
5:21 kv0v יֵ֧רֶא יְהוָ֛ה עֲלֵי⁠כֶ֖ם וְ⁠יִשְׁפֹּ֑ט 1 They used this form to curse Moses and Aaron.
5:21 wlou rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual עֲלֵי⁠כֶ֖ם וְ⁠יִשְׁפֹּ֑ט 1 **You** refers to Moses and Aaron. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a dual or plural form here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
5:21 j3zp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor הִבְאַשְׁתֶּ֣ם אֶת־רֵיחֵ֗⁠נוּ בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֤י פַרְעֹה֙ וּ⁠בְ⁠עֵינֵ֣י עֲבָדָ֔י⁠ו 1 The Egyptians responded to the Israelites the same way they would respond to a foul odor. Alternate translation: “you have caused Pharaoh and his servants to hate us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
5:21 d592 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy חֶ֥רֶב בְּ⁠יָדָ֖⁠ם 1 Here, **a sword into their hand** is a metonym for “a reason in their mind.” The Israelites are afraid that the Egyptians will feel that they are doing the right thing if they kill the Israelites, because Moses and Aaron are making demands to the king and because the Egyptians view the Israelites as lazy and dangerous. Alternate translation: “them a reason to think they would be right” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
5:22 pm0l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks וַ⁠יֹּאמַ֑ר 1 After this phrase, a direct quote begins that continues to the end of the chapter. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
5:22 g4d5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion לָ֥⁠מָּה זֶּ֖ה שְׁלַחְתָּֽ⁠נִי 1 This question shows how disappointed Moses was that the Egyptians were treating the Israelites even more harshly now. He is expressing that he thinks God has caused the opposite of what he promised to happen. Alternate translation: “You sent me to rescue them.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
5:23 v2k2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בִּ⁠שְׁמֶ֔⁠ךָ 1 Here, **in your name** indicates that Moses delivers Yahweh’s message. Alternate translation: “for you” or “your message for him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
5:23 fzir rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠הַצֵּ֥ל לֹא־הִצַּ֖לְתָּ 1 In Hebrew, **rescued** is repeated for emphasis. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
5:23 ce6s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom עַמֶּֽ⁠ךָ 1 After this phrase, the direct quote of Moses that began in the [previous verse](../05/22.md) ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
6:intro we5k 0 # Exodus 06 General Notes\n\n## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Repetition of events:\n\nMost of the content of this chapter is very similar to the events and dialogue in chapters 3-4. For consistency, translators should consult the decisions they made there while keeping in mind that this narrative is not exactly the same. Also, verses 10-12 and verses 28-30 are very similar to each other. These events are probably a recommissioning of Moses. After his first encounter with Pharaoh went very poorly and the Israelites seem to reject God, reminds Moses of God’s promises and power.\n\n### Referring to God\n\nA name for God (**Yahweh**) and a title for God (**El Shaddai**) are mentioned in this chapter ([6:2](../06/02.md)\-[6:3](../06/03.md)). The precise meaning of El Shaddai is not known, but most scholars think it means something like “almighty.” Translators who have worked on Genesis may find confusing the statement that Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob did not know Yahweh as the name of God.\n\n### Other possible translation difficulties:\n\nWith little explanation, a large portion of the chapter is devoted to the genealogy of Moses and Aaron. Some of the people in the genealogy lived much longer than is normal for humans today. If translators are not familiar with the lengths of people’s lives in the early days of the world (as recorded in Genesis, especially chapter 5), this may cause confusion.\n\n## Study concepts in this chapter\n\n### Promised Land\n\nAccording to the covenant Yahweh made with Abraham, Egypt is not the home of the Hebrew people. Their home is the Promised Land in Canaan. The people are to return home to their land. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])\n\n### “Let my people go”\n\nThis is a very important statement. Moses is not asking Pharaoh to “let go” of the Hebrew people. Instead, he is demanding that Pharaoh free the Hebrew people.\n\n### God and his people\n\nIn verse 7, note mention of a very important biblical theme of God being “your God” and the special relationship that his people have with him.
6:1 ip5i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks עַתָּ֣ה תִרְאֶ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר אֶֽעֱשֶׂ֖ה לְ⁠פַרְעֹ֑ה כִּ֣י בְ⁠יָ֤ד חֲזָקָה֙ יְשַׁלְּחֵ֔⁠ם וּ⁠בְ⁠יָ֣ד חֲזָקָ֔ה יְגָרְשֵׁ֖⁠ם מֵ⁠אַרְצֽ⁠וֹ 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
6:1 lu95 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential עַתָּ֣ה 1 This refers to future events starting very soon. Alternative translation: “Starting soon” or “Very soon” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
6:1 ece6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְ⁠יָ֤ד חֲזָקָה֙ & וּ⁠בְ⁠יָ֣ד חֲזָקָ֔ה 1 **Hand** is a metonym for power. Alternate translation: “by a strong power … and by a strong power” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
6:1 gwm5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְ⁠יָ֤ד חֲזָקָה֙ & וּ⁠בְ⁠יָ֣ד חֲזָקָ֔ה 1 It is not clear in the text whose **hand** is referred to here. The options are: (1) Both refer to God’s hand (forcing Pharaoh’s actions), (2) Both refer to Pharaoh’s hand (forcing the Israelites out), (3) They don’t refer to the same person’s hand; the first refers to God’s and the second to Pharaoh’s. The UST has followed (1) which is the most common interpretation. Alternate translation: (1) “by my strong hand … and by my strong hand” or (2) “by his strong hand … and by his strong hand” or (3) “by my strong hand … and by his strong hand”
6:1 dm4g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism כִּ֣י בְ⁠יָ֤ד חֲזָקָה֙ יְשַׁלְּחֵ֔⁠ם וּ⁠בְ⁠יָ֣ד חֲזָקָ֔ה יְגָרְשֵׁ֖⁠ם מֵ⁠אַרְצֽ⁠וֹ 1 These two phrases mean similar things. God says the same thing twice, in similar ways, for emphasis. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Instead, if it would be clearer in your language, you could combine them. Alternate translation: “I will force him to let my people leave the land” However, there is a slight difference in meaning, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. The second phrase intensifies the first by portraying Pharaoh as not merely letting the Israelites go, but as forcing them to leave the land. Alternate translation: “I will force him to let them go, in fact, I will force him to force them to leave his land” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
6:1 sdon מֵ⁠אַרְצֽ⁠וֹ 1 “from Egypt”
6:2 wm1a rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וַ⁠יְדַבֵּ֥ר אֱלֹהִ֖ים אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֑ה וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר אֵלָ֖י⁠ו 1 There is a transition here. Before this verse, Yahweh was answering Moses’ question more directly. At the beginning of this verse, Yahweh is reintroduced as “God” because he begins to make a clarifying statement about himself and his relationship with the Israelites and their ancestors as well as his plans for the Israelites. Much of this section repeats what Yahweh has already told Moses. You may want to consider a section break before this verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
6:2 kcty rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks וַ⁠יְדַבֵּ֥ר אֱלֹהִ֖ים אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֑ה וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר אֵלָ֖י⁠ו 1 After this phrase a direct quote begins that continues until the end of [verse 8](../06/08.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
6:3 l81y rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate בְּ⁠אֵ֣ל שַׁדָּ֑י 1 This is a title for God that many scholars think means “almighty.” You will need to decide if you will transliterate the term into your language or translate the meaning. Either approach has broad support. Alternative translation: “as the strongest God of all” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
6:3 m27p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וּ⁠שְׁמִ֣⁠י יְהוָ֔ה לֹ֥א נוֹדַ֖עְתִּי לָ⁠הֶֽם 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “but they did not know me by my name Yahweh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
6:3 e36z וּ⁠שְׁמִ֣⁠י יְהוָ֔ה לֹ֥א נוֹדַ֖עְתִּי לָ⁠הֶֽם 1 This statement is very difficult to understand as God’s name, Yahweh, is used throughout Genesis, including by Abraham and others. There are many theories about what it means; the view followed by the UST is that now God is revealing to the Israelites a fuller meaning of his divine name than what Abraham and others knew. Alternate translation: “but my name Yahweh was not understood by them”
6:4 zxvc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations לָ⁠תֵ֥ת לָ⁠הֶ֖ם אֶת־אֶ֣רֶץ כְּנָ֑עַן 1 This is the content of the covenant promise from God to his people. Some languages may need to make this part a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “ I said, ‘I will give you the land of Canaan’ ” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
6:4 gkkc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism אֶ֥רֶץ מְגֻרֵי⁠הֶ֖ם אֲשֶׁר־גָּ֥רוּ בָֽ⁠הּ 1 These two phrases mean similar things. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “the land they lived in as temporary residents”; otherwise, “the land that was not their home but where they lived as foreigners” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
6:5 l3yc נַאֲקַת֙ 1 This means making sad sounds because of pain and suffering.
6:5 al2p וָ⁠אֶזְכֹּ֖ר אֶת־בְּרִיתִֽ⁠י 1 **I have remembered my covenant** means God is going to take action. Alternative translation: “I will keep my promise”
6:6 rgh0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result לָ⁠כֵ֞ן 1 God is now telling Moses to deliver a message to the Israelites of what God is going to do because of everything that he said in verses 2-5. The reason-result relationship is strongly marked here, so translations should make sure to use a connector that marks verse 6-8 as a result of verses 2-5. Alternate translation: “Because of this” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
6:6 yv14 לָ⁠כֵ֞ן אֱמֹ֥ר לִ⁠בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֘ל 1 This is a command from Yahweh to Moses. Alternate translation: “So Yahweh told Moses to say to the Israelites”
6:6 yg2d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks אֲנִ֣י 1 This begins a second-level quotation that continues to the end of Yahweh’s speech at the close of [verse 8](../06/08.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
6:6 we3z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual אֶתְ⁠כֶ֗ם & אֶתְ⁠כֶ֖ם & אֶתְ⁠כֶם֙ 1 **You** refers to the Israelites. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
6:6 oqnw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche מִ⁠תַּ֨חַת֙ סִבְלֹ֣ת מִצְרַ֔יִם 1 This refers to all the hard work the Egyptians made the Israelites do. Alternate translation: “from the hard work the Egyptians force you to do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
6:6 xyn4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בִּ⁠זְר֣וֹעַ נְטוּיָ֔ה 1 **Arm** here is a figurative way of referring to God’s power, influence, and capacity for action. **Outstretched** means that he is using that power. Alternate translation: “by my great strength” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
6:6 efx1 וּ⁠בִ⁠שְׁפָטִ֖ים 1 Here, the term **judgments** refers to the plagues that God is about to send to harm Egypt and the Egyptians. Each plague is a response to Pharaoh’s stubbornness. Alternate translation: “and by [greatly] harming the Egyptians”
6:7 o3lb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual אֶתְ⁠כֶ֥ם & לָ⁠כֶ֖ם & וִֽ⁠ידַעְתֶּ֗ם & אֱלֹ֣הֵי⁠כֶ֔ם & אֶתְ⁠כֶ֔ם 1 Here every occurrence of **you** refers to the Israelites. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
6:7 e4ev rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche מִ⁠תַּ֖חַת סִבְל֥וֹת מִצְרָֽיִם 1 This refers to all the hard work the Egyptians forced upon the Israelites. See what you did in the previous verse at [[rc://*/tn/help/exo/06/07/oqnw]]. Alternate translation: “from the hard work the Egyptians force you to do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
6:8 h9ho rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual אֶתְ⁠כֶם֙ & לָ⁠כֶ֛ם 1 Here, every occurrence of **you** refers to the Israelites. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
6:8 g9ru rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction נָשָׂ֨אתִי֙ אֶת־יָדִ֔⁠י 1 This is an action that signifies making an oath. Raising the hand may not have the same meaning in your culture so you may need to use a different symbolic oath-taking action in your translation, or simply translate the meaning. Alternate translation: “I promised” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
6:8 i3vj מוֹרָשָׁ֖ה 1 This means the Israelites will own the land. Alternate translation: “as your own land”
6:8 ipnm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks אֲנִ֥י יְהוָֽה 1 After this phrase, the direct quote of Yahweh ends. Both the first-level and second-level quotes end. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level and second-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation and a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
6:9 aalj rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result וְ⁠לֹ֤א שָֽׁמְעוּ֙ אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֔ה מִ⁠קֹּ֣צֶר ר֔וּחַ וּ⁠מֵ⁠עֲבֹדָ֖ה קָשָֽׁה 1 In some languages it will be necessary to put the reason for the people not listening before the result. Alternate translation: “but because of shortness of spirit and because of hard service, they did not listen to Moses” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
6:9 yjc7 מִ⁠קֹּ֣צֶר ר֔וּחַ 1 Here, the people’s **spirit** is spoken of as something that could be measured. By calling it “short,” the author is saying they did not have very much motivation or hope. Alternate translation: “because they had no hope”
6:10 tpw4 לֵּ⁠אמֹֽר 1 This is used to mark the beginning of a direct quotation. It can be omitted if it is unnatural.
6:11 pi7a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks בֹּ֣א דַבֵּ֔ר אֶל־פַּרְעֹ֖ה מֶ֣לֶךְ מִצְרָ֑יִם וִֽ⁠ישַׁלַּ֥ח אֶת־בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל מֵ⁠אַרְצֽ⁠וֹ 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
6:11 fxf2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations וִֽ⁠ישַׁלַּ֥ח אֶת־בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל מֵ⁠אַרְצֽ⁠וֹ 1 This is an indirect quote; in some languages you will have to make it a direct quote. Be careful to change the third-person pronouns to second-person pronouns if you do this. Alternate translation: “saying, ‘You must let the sons of Israel go from your land’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
6:12 rsag rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks הֵ֤ן בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ לֹֽא־שָׁמְע֣וּ אֵלַ֔⁠י וְ⁠אֵיךְ֙ יִשְׁמָעֵ֣⁠נִי פַרְעֹ֔ה וַ⁠אֲנִ֖י עֲרַ֥ל שְׂפָתָֽיִם 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
6:12 h7o0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָ֖ה 1 Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of a person. There may also be a hint of impudence in Moses’ attitude that is conveyed by saying he **before the face of Yahweh** Alternate translation: “in the presence of Yahweh” or “boldly to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
6:12 iiui הֵ֤ן 1 **Behold** is a term meant to focus the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. If there is not a good way to translate this term in your language, this term can be omitted from the translation, or you can use an alternate translation like “as you know.”
6:12 k7hl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הֵ֤ן בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ לֹֽא־שָׁמְע֣וּ אֵלַ֔⁠י וְ⁠אֵיךְ֙ יִשְׁמָעֵ֣⁠נִי פַרְעֹ֔ה 1 Moses asked this question hoping God would change His mind about using Moses. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Since the Israelites did not listen to me, neither will Pharaoh!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
6:12 niul rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הֵ֤ן בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ לֹֽא־שָׁמְע֣וּ אֵלַ֔⁠י וְ⁠אֵיךְ֙ יִשְׁמָעֵ֣⁠נִי פַרְעֹ֔ה 1 Moses is presenting a reasoned argument: since this, then probably that. Use a natural way of expressing such arguments in your language. Alternate translation: “Since the sons of Israel have not listened to me, why would you think Pharaoh would listen to me?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
6:12 k3br rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וַ⁠אֲנִ֖י עֲרַ֥ל שְׂפָתָֽיִם 1 This is a metaphor that means that Moses was not a good speaker. It is somewhat crude; your translation of this phrase could convey that Moses spoke impolitely. Alternate translation: “And I do not speak well” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
6:13 oo6g וַ⁠יְצַוֵּ⁠ם֙ אֶל־בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל וְ⁠אֶל־פַּרְעֹ֖ה 1 This phrase is somewhat difficult to translate. Here, **command** could also be translated as “charge” or “commission.” Another difficulty is knowing to whom the command is directed: is it to Moses and Aaron or are they to give the command to Pharaoh and the Israelites, thus **to** could be translated as “for” or “regarding” Alternate translations: “and he charged them regarding the sons of Israel and regarding Pharaoh” or “and he gave them a command for the sons of Israel and for Pharaoh” or “and he gave them a commission to the sons of Israel and to Pharaoh”
6:14 hh3z rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background אֵ֖לֶּה 1 Verses 14-27 are background information. If your language marks background information with particular discourse features, use them here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
6:14 h195 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy רָאשֵׁ֣י 1 Here, “heads” refers to the original ancestors of the clan. Alternate translation: “the ancestors of ” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
6:14 wv89 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names רְאוּבֵ֜ן & יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל & חֲנ֤וֹךְ וּ⁠פַלּוּא֙ חֶצְר֣וֹן וְ⁠כַרְמִ֔י & רְאוּבֵֽן 1 These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
6:15 c1ni rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names שִׁמְע֗וֹן יְמוּאֵ֨ל וְ⁠יָמִ֤ין וְ⁠אֹ֨הַד֙ וְ⁠יָכִ֣ין וְ⁠צֹ֔חַר וְ⁠שָׁא֖וּל & שִׁמְעֽוֹן 1 These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
6:16 k64h rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names לֵוִי֙ & גֵּרְשׁ֕וֹן וּ⁠קְהָ֖ת וּ⁠מְרָרִ֑י & לֵוִ֔י 1 These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
6:16 m36f rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers שֶׁ֧בַע וּ⁠שְׁלֹשִׁ֛ים וּ⁠מְאַ֖ת 1 “one hundred thirty-seven” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
6:17 alm8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names גֵרְשׁ֛וֹן לִבְנִ֥י וְ⁠שִׁמְעִ֖י 1 These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
6:18 gzm3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names קְהָ֔ת עַמְרָ֣ם וְ⁠יִצְהָ֔ר וְ⁠חֶבְר֖וֹן וְ⁠עֻזִּיאֵ֑ל & קְהָ֔ת 1 These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
6:18 qu41 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers שָׁלֹ֧שׁ וּ⁠שְׁלֹשִׁ֛ים וּ⁠מְאַ֖ת 1 “one hundred thirty-three” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
6:19 p5sz rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names מְרָרִ֖י מַחְלִ֣י וּ⁠מוּשִׁ֑י 1 These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
6:20 ni1l rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names עַמְרָ֜ם & יוֹכֶ֤בֶד & אַהֲרֹ֖ן & מֹשֶׁ֑ה & עַמְרָ֔ם 1 These are the names of people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
6:20 mh02 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-kinship דֹּֽדָת⁠וֹ֙ 1 This word specifically means father’s sister. Some languages will have a term that is specific in this way, and translators should use it. Alternate translation: see UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-kinship]])
6:20 ti6q rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers שֶׁ֧בַע וּ⁠שְׁלֹשִׁ֛ים וּ⁠מְאַ֖ת 1 “one hundred thirty-seven years” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
6:21 f3yr rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names יִצְהָ֑ר קֹ֥רַח וָ⁠נֶ֖פֶג וְ⁠זִכְרִֽי׃ 1 These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
6:22 n7cl rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names עֻזִּיאֵ֑ל מִֽישָׁאֵ֥ל וְ⁠אֶלְצָפָ֖ן וְ⁠סִתְרִֽי 1 These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
6:23 n1xh rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אַהֲרֹ֜ן & אֱלִישֶׁ֧בַע & עַמִּינָדָ֛ב & נַחְשׁ֖וֹן & נָדָב֙ & אֲבִיה֔וּא & אֶלְעָזָ֖ר & אִֽיתָמָֽר 1 These are the names of people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
6:24 joae rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names קֹ֔רַח אַסִּ֥יר וְ⁠אֶלְקָנָ֖ה וַ⁠אֲבִיאָסָ֑ף 1 These are the names of people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
6:24 i6o7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names הַ⁠קָּרְחִֽי 1 This was the name of the clan of people descended from Korah. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
6:25 zvg2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וְ⁠אֶלְעָזָ֨ר & אַהֲרֹ֜ן & פּֽוּטִיאֵל֙ & פִּֽינְחָ֑ס 1 These are the names of people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
6:25 fck8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy רָאשֵׁ֛י 1 The word “heads” here represents family leaders. Alternate translation: “These were the leaders of the families” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
6:26 dqm8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks ⁠הֶ֔ם הוֹצִ֜יאוּ אֶת־בְּנֵ֧י יִשְׂרָאֵ֛ל מֵ⁠אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרַ֖יִם עַל־צִבְאֹתָֽ⁠ם 1 This is a direct quotation of what Yahweh said earlier. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation of a previous remark. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
6:26 ft6y rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown עַל־צִבְאֹתָֽ⁠ם 1 The term **hosts** refers to a large group of people often organized into groups for war. Alternate translation: “by their groups” or “by their divisions” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
6:27 o7xp rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal לְ⁠הוֹצִ֥יא 1 This expresses their goal when they spoke to Pharaoh. See UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
6:28 xssl rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וַ⁠יְהִ֗י בְּ⁠י֨וֹם 1 This marks a transition from the record of the genealogy back to the narrative. Consider placing a section break at the start of this verse. Alternate translation: “One day” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
6:29 os2n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks לֵּ⁠אמֹ֖ר 1 Here, **saying** is used to mark the beginning of a direct quotation. It can be omitted if unnatural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
6:29 vogm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks אֲנִ֣י יְהוָ֑ה דַּבֵּ֗ר אֶל־פַּרְעֹה֙ מֶ֣לֶךְ מִצְרַ֔יִם אֵ֛ת כָּל־אֲשֶׁ֥ר אֲנִ֖י דֹּבֵ֥ר אֵלֶֽי⁠ךָ 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
6:30 zyqs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה 1 Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of a person. There may also be a hint of impudence in Moses’ attitude that is conveyed by saying he spoke before **the face of Yahweh**. See how you translated this in [6:12](../06/12.md) Alternate translation: “in the presence of Yahweh” or “boldly to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
6:30 nf3w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הֵ֤ן אֲנִי֙ עֲרַ֣ל שְׂפָתַ֔יִם וְ⁠אֵ֕יךְ יִשְׁמַ֥ע אֵלַ֖⁠י פַּרְעֹֽה 1 Moses asks this question hoping to change God’s mind about sending him. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Behold, I am not a good speaker. Pharaoh will certainly not listen to me!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
6:30 qvxf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks הֵ֤ן אֲנִי֙ עֲרַ֣ל שְׂפָתַ֔יִם וְ⁠אֵ֕יךְ יִשְׁמַ֥ע אֵלַ֖⁠י פַּרְעֹֽה 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
6:30 y4g2 הֵ֤ן 1 **Behold** is a term meant to focus the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. If there is not a good way to translate this term in your language, this term can be omitted from the translation, or you can use an alternate translation like “as you know.”
6:30 j8l8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אֲנִי֙ עֲרַ֣ל שְׂפָתַ֔יִם 1 This is a metaphor that means that Moses thought he was not a good speaker. It is somewhat crude, and your translation of this phrase could convey that Moses spoke impolitely. See how you translated this in [6:12](../06/12.md) Alternate translation: “And I always fail to speak well” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
7:intro r9we 0 # Exodus 07 General Notes\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Miracles\nWhen Yahweh had Moses perform miracles, Pharaoh’s men were able to copy these miracles. It is unknown how they were able to do this, but since it was not from Yahweh, they were probably done under some evil power. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])\n\n### Pharaoh’s hard heart\nPharaoh’s heart is often described as hard, strong, or heavy in this chapter. This means that his heart was not open or willing to understand Yahweh’s instructions. \n\n### “Let my people go”\nThis is a very important statement. Moses is not asking Pharaoh to “let go” of the Hebrew people. Instead, he is demanding that Pharaoh free the Hebrew people.\n\n## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter include:\n- Moses as God to Pharaoh\n- A number of difficult terms: prophet, signs, wonders, miracles, sorcerers, magicians, magic, judgments, canals, reservoirs\n- The use of “heart” to refer to the seat of will and emotion\n- Up to third-level quotations
7:1 yvak rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 After this phrase, a direct quote begins that continues to the end of [verse 5](../07/05.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
7:1 gy1t רְאֵ֛ה 1 This is used to draw attention to surprising information that follows. Alternative translation: “Listen carefully”
7:1 dn1s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor נְתַתִּ֥י⁠ךָ אֱלֹהִ֖ים לְ⁠פַרְעֹ֑ה 1 This means Moses would represent the same authority to Pharaoh as God did to Moses. See how you translated the very similar phrase in [Exodus 4:16](../04/16.md), see [this note]([[rc://*/tn/help/exo/04/16/gn5v]]). Alternate translation: “I will cause Pharaoh to consider you as a god” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
7:1 z163 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֥ן אָחִ֖י⁠ךָ יִהְיֶ֥ה נְבִיאֶֽ⁠ךָ 1 This phrase compares Aaron to a prophet, because he will be the one actually to proclaim to Pharaoh what Moses tells him. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 4:16](../04/16.md), see [this note]([[rc://*/tn/help/exo/04/16/mnsp]]). Alternate translation: “and Aaron your brother will act like your prophet” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
7:2 l44v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-kinship אָחִ֨י⁠ךָ֙ 1 Aaron is older than Moses. Some languages will use a different term for the sibling relationship based on gender and age order. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-kinship]])
7:2 hdwo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations וְ⁠שִׁלַּ֥ח אֶת־בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל מֵ⁠אַרְצֽ⁠וֹ 1 Some languages may need to make this a direct quote. If so, be sure to mark it as a second-level quotation, subordinate to Yahweh’s main speech. Alternative translation: “saying, ‘You must let the sons of Israel go from your land’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
7:2 g04o מֵ⁠אַרְצֽ⁠וֹ 1 “Egypt”
7:3 adsq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אַקְשֶׁ֖ה אֶת־לֵ֣ב פַּרְעֹ֑ה 1 This means God will make him stubborn. His stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his heart were hard. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [Exodus 4:21](../04/21.md), but note the slightly different metaphor there: the heart being strong vs. hard. Alternate translation: “will cause Pharaoh to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
7:3 vtt1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet אֶת־אֹתֹתַ֛⁠י וְ⁠אֶת־מוֹפְתַ֖⁠י 1 The words **signs** and **wonders** mean basically the same thing. God uses them to emphasize the greatness of what he will do in Egypt. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
7:4 ar0l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual אֲלֵ⁠כֶם֙ 1 Here, **you** means Moses and Aaron. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a dual form (if you have one) or plural form (if not) here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
7:4 e2kv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy יָדִ֖⁠י 1 The words **my hand** represent God’s great power. Alternate translation: “my power” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
7:4 wr0r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּ⁠מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 **On Egypt** refers to the land and everything in it, including people, animals, and plants. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
7:4 nilu אֶת־צִבְאֹתַ֜⁠י אֶת־עַמִּ֤⁠י בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ 1 These phrases refer to the Israelites in three different ways; they do not refer to three different groups of people. **Armies** is the same word translated “hosts” in [Exodus 6:26](../06/26.md). Alternate translation: “the armies of my Israelite people”
7:5 cg3n rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result וְ⁠יָדְע֤וּ מִצְרַ֨יִם֙ כִּֽי־אֲנִ֣י יְהוָ֔ה 1 This is the result of God rescuing the Israelites. In some languages the result will have to be placed after the cause, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
7:5 npd6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בִּ⁠נְטֹתִ֥⁠י אֶת־יָדִ֖⁠י עַל 1 This phrase represents God’s great power. Alternate translation: “when I show my powerful acts against” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
7:5 dguc rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal וְ⁠הוֹצֵאתִ֥י אֶת־בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל מִ⁠תּוֹכָֽ⁠ם 1 The goal of God’s powerful acts was to rescue the Israelites. Alternate translation: “so that I bring the sons of Israel out from their midst” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
7:5 k576 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks מִ⁠תּוֹכָֽ⁠ם 1 At the end of this verse, the direct quote that began in [verse 1](../07/01.md) ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. Note that the UST is reordered. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
7:6 iii5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism וַ⁠יַּ֥עַשׂ & עָשֽׂוּ 1 This repetition emphasizes the statement. Some languages can use repetition for emphasis; others will need to use another way of expressing emphasis. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
7:7 liir rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background וּ⁠מֹשֶׁה֙ בֶּן־שְׁמֹנִ֣ים שָׁנָ֔ה וְ⁠אַֽהֲרֹ֔ן בֶּן־שָׁלֹ֥שׁ וּ⁠שְׁמֹנִ֖ים שָׁנָ֑ה בְּ⁠דַבְּרָ֖⁠ם אֶל־פַּרְעֹֽה 1 This verse contains background information. If your language marks background information with particular discourse features, use them here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
7:7 g7i5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers שְׁמֹנִ֣ים & שָׁלֹ֥שׁ וּ⁠שְׁמֹנִ֖ים 1 “eighty … eighty-three” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
7:7 zou3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom בֶּן־שְׁמֹנִ֣ים שָׁנָ֔ה & בֶּן־שָׁלֹ֥שׁ וּ⁠שְׁמֹנִ֖ים שָׁנָ֑ה 1 This is an idiom that refers to their age. See UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
7:8 pwph rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר יְהוָ֔ה 1 This verse marks the beginning of new sections, both major and minor. The major story of the plagues and Exodus itself unfolds from here until after Pharaoh’s army is defeated at the Red Sea.  The next minor event is the miracle of the rods becoming snakes. Either by using particular forms that your language uses to mark transitions or by making a section break and heading, this transition should be marked for readers.  (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
7:8 p2kf לֵ⁠אמֹֽר 1 Here, **saying** marks the beginning of a direct quote and is often omitted in translation when such a construction is unnatural in the target language. See UST.
7:9 b0jl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks כִּי֩ יְדַבֵּ֨ר אֲלֵ⁠כֶ֤ם פַּרְעֹה֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר תְּנ֥וּ לָ⁠כֶ֖ם מוֹפֵ֑ת וְ⁠אָמַרְתָּ֣ אֶֽל־אַהֲרֹ֗ן קַ֧ח אֶֽת־מַטְּ⁠ךָ֛ וְ⁠הַשְׁלֵ֥ךְ לִ⁠פְנֵֽי־פַרְעֹ֖ה יְהִ֥י לְ⁠תַנִּֽין 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
7:9 jt9z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations כִּי֩ יְדַבֵּ֨ר אֲלֵ⁠כֶ֤ם פַּרְעֹה֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר תְּנ֥וּ לָ⁠כֶ֖ם מוֹפֵ֑ת וְ⁠אָמַרְתָּ֣ אֶֽל־אַהֲרֹ֗ן קַ֧ח אֶֽת־מַטְּ⁠ךָ֛ וְ⁠הַשְׁלֵ֥ךְ לִ⁠פְנֵֽי־פַרְעֹ֖ה יְהִ֥י לְ⁠תַנִּֽין 1 The two quotations in this verse could be stated as indirect quotes. Alternate translation: “When Pharaoh tells you to do a miracle, then you will tell Aaron to take his staff and throw it down before Pharaoh so that it may become a snake” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
7:9 ye9j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks תְּנ֥וּ לָ⁠כֶ֖ם מוֹפֵ֑ת 1 This is a second-level direct quotation. If you did not decide to make it an indirect quotation, it may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
7:9 r0tp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks קַ֧ח אֶֽת־מַטְּ⁠ךָ֛ וְ⁠הַשְׁלֵ֥ךְ לִ⁠פְנֵֽי־פַרְעֹ֖ה יְהִ֥י לְ⁠תַנִּֽין 1 This is a second-level direct quotation. The second level may end after **Pharaoh.** If you did not decide to make it an indirect quotation, it may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
7:9 p3xh לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר 1 Here, **saying** marks the beginning of a direct quote and is often omitted in translation when such a construction is unnatural in the target language. See UST.
7:9 ms5o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual אֲלֵ⁠כֶ֤ם & לָ⁠כֶ֖ם 1 These are plural, referring to Moses and Aaron. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a dual form (if you have one) or plural form (if not) here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
7:9 shfg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes תְּנ֥וּ לָ⁠כֶ֖ם מוֹפֵ֑ת 1 This is a second-level quotation. It should be marked in some manner that distinguishes it from the outer level. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
7:9 s5a9 קַ֧ח אֶֽת־מַטְּ⁠ךָ֛ וְ⁠הַשְׁלֵ֥ךְ לִ⁠פְנֵֽי־פַרְעֹ֖ה יְהִ֥י לְ⁠תַנִּֽין 1 This is a second-level quotation. It should be marked in some manner that distinguishes it from the outer level. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
7:9 ogk9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵֽי־פַרְעֹ֖ה 1 Although **before the face of** still has the standard figurative meaning of “in the presence of,” it is a much more literal use here. Moses and Aaron are to actually do the miracles in front of Pharaoh so that Pharaoh can see them. Alternative translation: “so Pharaoh can see it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
7:10 pq7r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י פַרְעֹ֛ה וְ⁠לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י עֲבָדָ֖י⁠ו 1 This time, while **before the face of** still has the standard figurative meaning of “in the presence of,” it is a much more literal use here. Aaron actually does this right in front of Pharaoh and his servants so they could watch what happens. Alternative translation: “where Pharaoh and his servants could see it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
7:10 ldkq עֲבָדָ֖י⁠ו 1 **His servants** probably refers to important advisors that would be in the king’s court, and does not refer common servants.
7:11 mqde לַֽ⁠חֲכָמִ֖ים וְ⁠לַֽ⁠מְכַשְּׁפִ֑ים & חַרְטֻמֵּ֥י 1 Here, **magicians** probably describes both **wise men and sorcerers** rather than being a third group. See translationWords articles for each term.
7:12 u6np וַ⁠יִּבְלַ֥ע 1 “ate up” or “devoured”
7:12 m0kw rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast וַ⁠יִּבְלַ֥ע מַטֵּֽה־אַהֲרֹ֖ן אֶת־מַטֹּתָֽ⁠ם 1 This is a surprising and amusing twist which was not what the magicians expected. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
7:12 prnp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification מַטֵּֽה & מַטֹּתָֽ⁠ם 1 It may be necessary in some languages to translate the word **staff** as “snake” since it had turned into one. This may be true if it would not make sense in the target language to say (because it is not living) that a staff swallowed or ate something. It may also be not make sense in some languages to speak of the snakes as staffs once transformed. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
7:13 g42f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וַ⁠יֶּחֱזַק֙ לֵ֣ב פַּרְעֹ֔ה 1 Pharaoh’s stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his heart were **strong**. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [Exodus 4:21](../04/21.md), but note that this is a neutral statement (it does not say that anyone caused him to be stubborn, as many others in this part of the narrative do). Alternate translation: “Pharaoh was still defiant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
7:13 pfve כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֖ר דִּבֶּ֥ר יְהוָֽה 1 Because Yahweh’s prediction precedes this event, some languages may need to place the reference to that prediction before the statement that it was fulfilled. See UST.
7:14 d27r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor כָּבֵ֖ד לֵ֣ב פַּרְעֹ֑ה 1 Yahweh speaks of Pharaoh’s stubborn attitude as if Pharaoh’s heart were heavy. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. This is a neutral statement (it does not say that anyone caused him to be stubborn as many others in this part of the narrative do). See how you translated this in [Exodus 7:13](../07/13.md), but note the slightly different metaphor there: the heart being heavy vs strong. Alternate translation: “Pharaoh is defiant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
7:14 qiyx rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר 1 A new scene begins here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
7:14 t79b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 After this phrase, a direct quote begins that continues to the end of [verse 18](../07/18.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
7:15 ecby הִנֵּה֙ 1 This is used to draw attention to information that follows.
7:15 c5np יֹצֵ֣א הַ⁠מַּ֔יְמָ⁠ה 1 There are various theories as to what Pharaoh went down to the Nile to do, but there is no need to speculate or specify in the translation.
7:16 yqp7 וְ⁠אָמַרְתָּ֣ אֵלָ֗י⁠ו 1 “Say to Pharaoh”
7:16 i4yt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks יְהוָ֞ה 1 This begins a second-level quotation that continues until the end of [verse 18](../07/18.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
7:16 uvxe rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession אֱלֹהֵ֤י הָ⁠עִבְרִים֙ 1 Yahweh claimed the Hebrews (Israelites) as his own. They worshiped him. This is a possessive of social relationship. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
7:16 d16q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes שַׁלַּח֙ אֶת־עַמִּ֔⁠י וְ⁠יַֽעַבְדֻ֖⁠נִי בַּ⁠מִּדְבָּ֑ר וְ⁠הִנֵּ֥ה לֹא־שָׁמַ֖עְתָּ עַד־כֹּֽה 1 This is a third-level quotation. It should be marked in some manner that distinguishes it from the outer levels. Alternatively, you could translate it as an indirect quotation as in the UST. If you do this, take care to adjust the pronoun person (second/third) as appropriate. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
7:16 cwox וְ⁠הִנֵּ֥ה 1 **Behold** is used to draw attention to the information that follows. In some languages, it will not be translated.
7:17 j1ev כֹּ֚ה אָמַ֣ר יְהוָ֔ה 1 This quotation form is used to introduce commands from Yahweh. See [4:intro](../04/intro.md) for more information.
7:17 mywj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes בְּ⁠זֹ֣את 1 This begins a third-level quotation that continues until the end of verse 18. It should be marked in some manner that distinguishes it from the outer levels. It is possible that the third-level quote actually ends before **Behold,** in which case, in the rest of the quote **I** refers to Moses, not Yahweh. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
7:17 jjm3 הִנֵּ֨ה 1 **Behold** is a term meant to focus the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. Alternate translation: “Look at this”
7:18 bsjn rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result וּ⁠בָאַ֣שׁ הַ⁠יְאֹ֑ר 1 **The river will stink** will happen because the fish die. Alternate translation: “and because of that the river will stink” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
7:18 nx0q rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result וְ⁠נִלְא֣וּ מִצְרַ֔יִם לִ⁠שְׁתּ֥וֹת מַ֖יִם מִן־הַ⁠יְאֹֽר 1 In some languages you will need to put the reason before the result. Alternative translation: “In order to find water to drink from the river, the Egyptians will exhaust themselves.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
7:18 y50i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns וְ⁠נִלְא֣וּ מִצְרַ֔יִם 1 Here, **themselves** refers back to the subject (**the Egyptians**) to indicated that the Egyptians are the object of the verb as well. Different languages have different methods of marking this. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
7:18 grwh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks מִן־הַ⁠יְאֹֽר 1 After this phrase, the direct quote of Yahweh’s commands ends. Depending on your decisions about the embedded quotation levels, you may have up to three levels of quotations that need to be closed here. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with closing quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation and quotations within quotations. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
7:19 jima rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks אֱמֹ֣ר אֶֽל־אַהֲרֹ֡ן קַ֣ח מַטְּ⁠ךָ֣ וּ⁠נְטֵֽה־יָדְ⁠ךָ֩ עַל־מֵימֵ֨י מִצְרַ֜יִם עַֽל־נַהֲרֹתָ֣⁠ם׀ עַל־יְאֹרֵי⁠הֶ֣ם וְ⁠עַל־אַגְמֵי⁠הֶ֗ם וְ⁠עַ֛ל כָּל־מִקְוֵ֥ה מֵימֵי⁠הֶ֖ם וְ⁠יִֽהְיוּ־דָ֑ם וְ⁠הָ֤יָה דָם֙ בְּ⁠כָל־אֶ֣רֶץ מִצְרַ֔יִם וּ⁠בָ⁠עֵצִ֖ים וּ⁠בָ⁠אֲבָנִֽים 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
7:19 go1q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks קַ֣ח מַטְּ⁠ךָ֣ וּ⁠נְטֵֽה־יָדְ⁠ךָ֩ עַל־מֵימֵ֨י מִצְרַ֜יִם עַֽל־נַהֲרֹתָ֣⁠ם׀ עַל־יְאֹרֵי⁠הֶ֣ם וְ⁠עַל־אַגְמֵי⁠הֶ֗ם וְ⁠עַ֛ל כָּל־מִקְוֵ֥ה מֵימֵי⁠הֶ֖ם וְ⁠יִֽהְיוּ־דָ֑ם 1 This is a second-level direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
7:19 ysi7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism עַֽל־נַהֲרֹתָ֣⁠ם׀ עַל־יְאֹרֵי⁠הֶ֣ם וְ⁠עַל־אַגְמֵי⁠הֶ֗ם וְ⁠עַ֛ל כָּל־מִקְוֵ֥ה מֵימֵי⁠הֶ֖ם 1 This list is meant to expand on and reinforce the idea of all of the water in Egypt. You should translate the list in such a way that the locations of the blood are not limited to these specific places, but to imply universality. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
7:19 wxp2 בְּ⁠כָל־אֶ֣רֶץ 1 “in every part of”
7:19 msxp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession וּ⁠בָ⁠עֵצִ֖ים וּ⁠בָ⁠אֲבָנִֽים 1 This possessive show composition. Alternate translation: “and in containers made from wood and in containers made from stone” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
7:20 zy18 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בַּ⁠יְאֹ֔ר 1 The name of the river may be made explicit. Alternate translation: “in the Nile River” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
7:20 mj8v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לְ⁠עֵינֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֔ה וּ⁠לְ⁠עֵינֵ֖י עֲבָדָ֑י⁠ו 1 This means in their sight. Alternate translation: “in the sight of Pharaoh and his servants” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
7:22 lnjd rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown חַרְטֻמֵּ֥י 1 See how you translated this term in [7:11](../07/11.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
7:22 qdc7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וַ⁠יֶּחֱזַ֤ק לֵב־פַּרְעֹה֙ 1 Pharaoh’s stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his heart were strong. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. This is a neutral statement (it does not say that anyone caused him to be stubborn as many others in this part of the narrative do). See how you translated this in [Exodus 7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “Pharaoh was still defiant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
7:22 sbic כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֖ר דִּבֶּ֥ר יְהוָֽה 1 Because Yahweh’s prediction precedes this event, some languages may need to place the reference to that prediction before the statement that it was fulfilled. See UST and how you handled this in [7:13](../07/13.md) where the same sentence appears.
7:23 atdk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠לֹא־שָׁ֥ת לִבּ֖⁠וֹ גַּם־לָ⁠זֹֽאת 1 This is an idiom meaning Pharaoh did not think about the meaning of the miracle he had just seen. Alternate translation: “And he did not consider what even this meant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
7:24 m6zn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole כָל־מִצְרַ֛יִם 1 The word **all** here is a generalization that means “many.” At the least, the upper class would have sent their slaves to dig for them. Alternate translation: “Many of the Egyptians” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
7:25 v3t8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וַ⁠יִּמָּלֵ֖א 1 A new scene begins here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
7:25 qma1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּמָּלֵ֖א שִׁבְעַ֣ת יָמִ֑ים 1 This is an idiom meaning seven days later. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
7:25 paut rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers שִׁבְעַ֣ת 1 “7” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
8:intro ww1y 0 # Exodus 08 General Notes\n## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n- the exact insects in plagues 3-4 are not certain, translation teams will need to decide what insects they can use for each\n- Pharaoh makes his own heart heavy, that is, he determines to be proud and resist Yahweh twice in this chapter\n- the Israelites’ sacrifices are spoken of as an abomination to the Egyptians but it is not specified how or why that is\n\n\n### Lifting up the hand and staff: \nIn the next few chapters God will instruct Moses and/or Aaron to raise his hand and/or staff. The narrative will then record that whoever will raise his hand and/or staff. The instruction and the action do not always match exactly. God may say raise your hand and the narrative may say Moses raised his staff. These are not conflicting reports. Translators should understand that the hand and the staff are always understood together. They are one unit and they can both be mentioned or they can be mentioned separately. In each case, Moses or Aaron raises his hand with the staff in it. This fact is merely expressed differently.\n\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Pharaoh’s hard heart\nPharaoh’s heart is often described as hard in this chapter. This means that his heart was not open or willing to understand Yahweh’s instructions. When his heart was hardened, it became less and less receptive to Yahweh.\n\n### Let my people go\n\nThis is a very important statement. Moses does not ask Pharaoh for permission to “let go” of the Hebrew people. Instead, he is demanding that Pharaoh free the Hebrew people.
8:1 tf7b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations בֹּ֖א 1 This begins a direct quote that continues until the end of [verse 4](../08/04.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
8:1 v6ll כֹּ֚ה אָמַ֣ר יְהוָ֔ה 1 This quotation form is used to introduce commands from Yahweh. See [4:intro](../04/intro.md) for more information.
8:1 lndc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes כֹּ֚ה 1 This begins a second-level quote that continues until the end of [verse 4](../08/04.md). It should be marked in some manner that distinguishes it from the outer level. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
8:1 kure rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes שַׁלַּ֥ח 1 This begins a third-level quote that continues until the end of [verse 4](../08/04.md). It should be marked in some manner that distinguishes it from the outer levels. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
8:2 s7y1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis לְ⁠שַׁלֵּ֑חַ 1 What Pharaoh is to **let go** is not specified, but “my people” or “the Israelites” are the understood object. Alternate translation: “to let the Israelites go” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
8:2 aei8 הִנֵּ֣ה 1 **Behold** is an interjection meant to focus the attention of the listener on what comes next, in this case a dire warning. Alternate translation: “look out”
8:3 tzo6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism בְּ⁠בֵיתֶ֔⁠ךָ וּ⁠בַ⁠חֲדַ֥ר מִשְׁכָּבְ⁠ךָ֖ וְ⁠עַל־מִטָּתֶ֑⁠ךָ וּ⁠בְ⁠בֵ֤ית עֲבָדֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ וּ⁠בְ⁠עַמֶּ֔⁠ךָ וּ⁠בְ⁠תַנּוּרֶ֖י⁠ךָ וּ⁠בְ⁠מִשְׁאֲרוֹתֶֽי⁠ךָ 1 This long list means “everywhere in Egypt.” It is presented in this way for rhetorical effect, that is, to convince Pharaoh of how bad this plague will be so he will obey. You should translate the list in such a way that the frogs’ location is not limited to these specific places. The list should imply universality. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
8:4 okok rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks 0 Up to three levels of quotes end at the end of this verse. Depending on how many levels you chose to mark as direct quotations, you should indicate them ending here with closing second-level (and third-level) quotation mark(s) or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of quotations and quotations within a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
8:5 wll3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks אֱמֹ֣ר אֶֽל־אַהֲרֹ֗ן נְטֵ֤ה אֶת־יָדְ⁠ךָ֙ בְּ⁠מַטֶּ֔⁠ךָ עַל־הַ֨⁠נְּהָרֹ֔ת עַל־הַ⁠יְאֹרִ֖ים וְ⁠עַל־הָ⁠אֲגַמִּ֑ים וְ⁠הַ֥עַל אֶת־הַֽ⁠צְפַרְדְּעִ֖ים עַל־אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level opening and closing quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
8:5 ley6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר יְהוָה֮ אֶל־מֹשֶׁה֒ אֱמֹ֣ר אֶֽל־אַהֲרֹ֗ן 1 It may be helpful to translate this first quotation indirectly to avoid having two levels of quotations in this verse. Alternate translation: “And Yahweh told Moses to say to Aaron” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
8:5 vmyy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks נְטֵ֤ה אֶת־יָדְ⁠ךָ֙ בְּ⁠מַטֶּ֔⁠ךָ עַל־הַ֨⁠נְּהָרֹ֔ת עַל־הַ⁠יְאֹרִ֖ים וְ⁠עַל־הָ⁠אֲגַמִּ֑ים וְ⁠הַ֥עַל אֶת־הַֽ⁠צְפַרְדְּעִ֖ים עַל־אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם 1 This is a second-level direct quotation (if you chose to make **Say to Aaron** a direct quotation). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with second-level opening and closing quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation inside a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
8:5 jqzz יָדְ⁠ךָ֙ בְּ⁠מַטֶּ֔⁠ךָ 1 See note in the [introduction to chapter 8](../08/intro.md) regarding the hand and staff.
8:5 z19q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism עַל־הַ֨⁠נְּהָרֹ֔ת עַל־הַ⁠יְאֹרִ֖ים וְ⁠עַל־הָ⁠אֲגַמִּ֑ים 1 This list is meant to convey the idea of all the water in Egypt where frogs might live. You should translate the list in such a way that the locations are not limited to these specific places. The list should imply universality. This is made clear in [8:6](../08/06.md).(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
8:6 wf3a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יֵּ֤ט אַהֲרֹן֙ 1 It is implied that Moses told Yahweh’s instructions to Aaron. You may choose to make this explicit as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
8:6 tt7n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit יָד֔⁠וֹ 1 It is implied that Aaron was holding his staff as instructed. You may choose to make this explicit. See note in the [introduction to chapter 8](../08/intro.md) regarding the hand and staff. Alternate translation: “his hand holding his staff” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
8:6 j1w7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche וַ⁠יֵּ֤ט אַהֲרֹן֙ אֶת־יָד֔⁠וֹ עַ֖ל מֵימֵ֣י 1 Aaron would not have been able to reach his hand over all the water in Egypt. He likely stretched his hand over some nearby portion of the Nile symbolizing all the water of Egypt. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
8:6 drmg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠תַּ֨עַל֙ 1 [Verse 3](../08/03.md) has specified from where the frogs will come. Here it is implied, but you may make it explicit as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
8:6 rxze rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns הַ⁠צְּפַרְדֵּ֔עַ 1 There were so many frogs that the text uses the collective singular. If that does not make sense in your language, you may simply use the plural as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns]])
8:6 j83d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וַ⁠תַּ֨עַל֙ הַ⁠צְּפַרְדֵּ֔עַ וַ⁠תְּכַ֖ס אֶת־אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם 1 This means that there were frogs everywhere in Egypt. The image is like that of a blanket smothering the entire country. (Or more directly, like one giant, nation-sized frog sitting on top of the entire land). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
8:7 syzg rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown הַֽ⁠חֲרְטֻמִּ֖ים בְּ⁠לָטֵי⁠הֶ֑ם 1 See how you translated these in [7:11](../07/11.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
8:8 mhn3 וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֨א פַרְעֹ֜ה לְ⁠מֹשֶׁ֣ה וּֽ⁠לְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֗ן 1 “Then Pharaoh sent for Moses and Aaron” or “And the king summoned Moses and Aaron”
8:8 nfe3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֨א פַרְעֹ֜ה לְ⁠מֹשֶׁ֣ה וּֽ⁠לְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֗ן וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙ 1 It is implied that Moses and Aaron came between being called and Pharaoh speaking to them. You may need to make that explicit. Alternate translation: “And Pharaoh called for Moses and for Aaron, and after they came he said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
8:8 pc7e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks הַעְתִּ֣ירוּ אֶל־יְהוָ֔ה וְ⁠יָסֵר֙ הַֽ⁠צְפַרְדְּעִ֔ים מִמֶּ֖⁠נִּי וּ⁠מֵֽ⁠עַמִּ֑⁠י וַ⁠אֲשַׁלְּחָה֙ אֶת־הָ⁠עָ֔ם וְ⁠יִזְבְּח֖וּ לַ⁠יהוָֽה 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
8:8 tx3t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations אֶל־יְהוָ֔ה וְ⁠יָסֵר֙ הַֽ⁠צְפַרְדְּעִ֔ים מִמֶּ֖⁠נִּי וּ⁠מֵֽ⁠עַמִּ֑⁠י 1 In some languages you may have to make the content of Pharaoh’s prayer to Yahweh a direct quote. Note that this will make it a second-level quotation and you will need to mark it with second-level quotation markings if your language uses them. Alternate translation: “to Yahweh saying, ‘Please take away the frogs from Pharaoh and from his people.’ ” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
8:8 qku4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical וַ⁠אֲשַׁלְּחָה֙ אֶת־הָ⁠עָ֔ם וְ⁠יִזְבְּח֖וּ לַ⁠יהוָֽה 1 This promise is conditional on the frogs going away. Alternate translation: “Once the frogs are gone, I will let the people go, and they may sacrifice to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
8:9 bm7x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks הִתְפָּאֵ֣ר עָלַ⁠י֒ לְ⁠מָתַ֣י׀ אַעְתִּ֣יר לְ⁠ךָ֗ וְ⁠לַ⁠עֲבָדֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ וּֽ⁠לְ⁠עַמְּ⁠ךָ֔ לְ⁠הַכְרִית֙ הַֽ⁠צֲפַרְדְּעִ֔ים מִמְּ⁠ךָ֖ וּ⁠מִ⁠בָּתֶּ֑י⁠ךָ רַ֥ק בַּ⁠יְאֹ֖ר תִּשָּׁאַֽרְנָה 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
8:9 khfd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony הִתְפָּאֵ֣ר עָלַ⁠י֒ 1 Moses speaks with false humility here. He is ironically pointing out Pharaoh’s powerlessness before Yahweh. Alternate translation: “You can choose” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
8:9 g0lu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism לְ⁠ךָ֗ וְ⁠לַ⁠עֲבָדֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ וּֽ⁠לְ⁠עַמְּ⁠ךָ֔ & מִמְּ⁠ךָ֖ וּ⁠מִ⁠בָּתֶּ֑י⁠ךָ 1 These lists mean “for everyone” and “from everywhere” (in Egypt). This makes clear that Moses will ask for a complete end of the plague. You should translate the list in such a way that it does not convey limitation to these specifics, but is understood to imply universality. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
8:10 g5e7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks לְ⁠מָחָ֑ר 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
8:10 tvjo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks כִּ⁠דְבָ֣רְ⁠ךָ֔ 1 A direct quote begins here that continues to the end of the next verse. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
8:10 ofw3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal לְמַ֣עַן תֵּדַ֔ע כִּי־אֵ֖ין כַּ⁠יהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֵֽי⁠נוּ 1 This knowledge is the goal of Yahweh’s granting a respite from the frogs. In some languages you may need to place this at the end of [verse 11](../08/11.md) after Moses says the frogs will leave. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
8:10 m120 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive אֱלֹהֵֽי⁠נוּ 1 Here, **our** refers to the Israelites’ God, excluding Pharaoh and the Egyptians. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
8:11 zwqo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism מִמְּ⁠ךָ֙ וּ⁠מִ⁠בָּ֣תֶּ֔י⁠ךָ וּ⁠מֵ⁠עֲבָדֶ֖י⁠ךָ וּ⁠מֵ⁠עַמֶּ֑⁠ךָ 1 This list means “from everywhere and everyone” (in Egypt). This shows that the end of the plague will be as complete as its extent. You should translate the list in such a way that it does not convey limitation to these specifics, but is understood to imply universality. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
8:11 ttyr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks רַ֥ק בַּ⁠יְאֹ֖ר תִּשָּׁאַֽרְנָה 1 After this phrase, the direct quote of Moses that started in the previous verse ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
8:12 jjv2 שָׂ֥ם 1 “Yahweh had set”
8:12 nxyi rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֥א מֹשֶׁ֛ה וְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֖ן 1 A minor scene shift occurs here and may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
8:13 l0ei rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism מִן־הַ⁠בָּתִּ֥ים מִן־הַ⁠חֲצֵרֹ֖ת וּ⁠מִן־הַ⁠שָּׂדֹֽת 1 This list means “from everywhere” (in Egypt). This makes clear that there was a complete end of the plague. You should translate the list in such a way that it does not convey limitation to these specifics, but is understood to imply universality. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
8:14 a03n חֳמָרִ֣ם חֳמָרִ֑ם 1 Literally, “piles piles.” Repetition is used in Hebrew to emphasize how many or how big they were.
8:15 lv2n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְ⁠הַכְבֵּד֙ אֶת־לִבּ֔⁠וֹ 1 Pharaoh’s stubborn attitude is spoken of as if he made his own heart heavy. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [Exodus 7:14](../07/14.md), but note, there, that the state of Pharaoh’s heart is reported, whereas here, Pharaoh makes his own heart heavy. Alternate translation: “and Pharaoh determined to be defiant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
8:15 b47h כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֖ר דִּבֶּ֥ר יְהוָֽה 1 “just as Yahweh had said Pharaoh would do”
8:16 ytgc rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר יְהוָה֮ 1 A new scene begins here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. This is the start of the third plague sequence. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
8:16 s5gh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations אֱמֹר֙ אֶֽל־אַהֲרֹ֔ן נְטֵ֣ה אֶֽת־מַטְּ⁠ךָ֔ וְ⁠הַ֖ךְ אֶת־עֲפַ֣ר הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ וְ⁠הָיָ֥ה לְ⁠כִנִּ֖ם בְּ⁠כָל־אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. However, it may be helpful to translate one of the parts as an indirect quotation so that you do not have to have two levels of quotations here. Alternate translation: see UST or “[And Yahweh told Moses] to tell Aaron” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
8:16 xh9e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks נְטֵ֣ה אֶֽת־מַטְּ⁠ךָ֔ וְ⁠הַ֖ךְ אֶת־עֲפַ֣ר הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ וְ⁠הָיָ֥ה לְ⁠כִנִּ֖ם בְּ⁠כָל־אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם 1 This is a second-level direct quotation (unless you translated one portion as an indirect quotation). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level (or first-level) quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation (within a quotation). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
8:16 joxz נְטֵ֣ה אֶֽת־מַטְּ⁠ךָ֔ וְ⁠הַ֖ךְ 1 This is one action or motion but it is described with the two verbs that occur throughout this section of plague judgment.
8:16 fkyj מַטְּ⁠ךָ֔ 1 This is Aaron’s staff. See note in the [introduction to chapter 8](../08/intro.md) regarding the hand and staff.
8:16 w5el rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown לְ⁠כִנִּ֖ם 1 We do not know exactly what this word means. It is probably a tiny (as in dust-particle size) biting insect. You should choose a different insect here than in the next plague ([8:21](../08/21.md)-8:31). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
8:17 izno וַ⁠יֵּט֩ אַהֲרֹ֨ן אֶת־יָד֤⁠וֹ בְ⁠מַטֵּ֨⁠הוּ֙ וַ⁠יַּךְ֙ אֶת־עֲפַ֣ר הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ 1 Again, this is one action or motion but it is described with the two verbs that occur throughout this section of plague judgment. See how you translated it in the [previous verse](../08/16.md).
8:17 l784 יָד֤⁠וֹ בְ⁠מַטֵּ֨⁠הוּ֙ 1 See note in the [introduction to chapter 8](../08/intro.md) regarding the hand and staff.
8:17 nhgt rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown הַ⁠כִּנָּ֔ם & כִנִּ֖ים 1 Again, we do not know this term for certain, so see how you translated it in [8:16](../08/16.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
8:17 grs3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations בָּ⁠אָדָ֖ם 1 This includes women and children. Alternate translation: “people” or “mankind” or “humans” See UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
8:17 grg5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole כָּל־עֲפַ֥ר הָ⁠אָ֛רֶץ & בְּ⁠כָל־אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם 1 This extraordinary statement is used to emphasize the extent and severity of the plague. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
8:18 viqc rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown הַ⁠חַרְטֻמִּ֧ים בְּ⁠לָטֵי⁠הֶ֛ם 1 See how you translated these in [7:11](../07/11.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
8:18 ii85 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown הַ⁠כִּנִּ֖ים & הַ⁠כִּנָּ֔ם 1 See how you translated this term in [8:16](../08/16.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
8:18 mnj5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations בָּ⁠אָדָ֖ם 1 This includes women and children. Alternate translation: “people” or “mankind” or “humans” See UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
8:19 m2be rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown הַֽ⁠חַרְטֻמִּים֙ 1 See how you translated this term in [7:11](../07/11.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
8:19 lk2k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche אֶצְבַּ֥ע אֱלֹהִ֖ים הִ֑וא 1 The words “finger of God” represent the power of God. Alternate translation: “This is the powerful work of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
8:19 z1w2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וַ⁠יֶּחֱזַ֤ק לֵב־פַּרְעֹה֙ 1 Pharaoh’s stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his heart were strong. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [Exodus 7:13](../07/13.md). This is a neutral statement (it does not say that anyone caused him to be stubborn as many others in this part of the narrative do). Alternate translation: “Pharaoh was still defiant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
8:19 rp3i rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants אֲלֵ⁠הֶ֔ם 1 It is possible that **them** refers to the magicians here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
8:19 gjgg כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֖ר דִּבֶּ֥ר יְהוָֽה 1 Some languages will need to place this before the thing that Yahweh predicted, as in the UST.
8:20 j5n8 וְ⁠הִתְיַצֵּב֙ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֔ה 1 “and present yourself to Pharaoh”
8:20 frfn rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר יְהוָ֜ה 1 A new scene begins here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. This is the beginning of the fourth plague sequence. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
8:20 syv2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֔ה 1 Here, **face** figuratively means the presence of a person. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
8:20 mg25 הִנֵּ֖ה 1 This is used to draw attention to important information that is next. In some languages and translation styles it will make the most sense to omit this, as in the UST. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully”
8:20 uypa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations כֹּ֚ה אָמַ֣ר יְהוָ֔ה 1 This phrase opens a direct quote which continues until the end of [verse 23](../08/23.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. However, you may also consider making the opening portion an indirect quote so that you do not have a quote inside of a quote for the next verses. Alternate translation: “that Yahweh says” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
8:20 eqd2 כֹּ֚ה אָמַ֣ר יְהוָ֔ה 1 This quotation form is used to introduce commands from Yahweh. See [4:intro](../04/intro.md) for more information.
8:20 a7l7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks שַׁלַּ֥ח 1 This phrase opens a second-level direct quote which continues until the end of [verse 23](../08/23.md), unless you made **thus says Yahweh** an indirect quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
8:20 fgl3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal וְ⁠יַֽעַבְדֻֽ⁠נִי 1 This is the purpose of the people being let go. Alternate translation: “so they can serve me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
8:21 hitq הִנְ⁠נִי֩ 1 This is used to draw attention to important information that is next. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully”
8:21 hwcl rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-collectivenouns הֶ⁠עָרֹ֑ב & הֶ֣⁠עָרֹ֔ב 1 This is a collective singular noun that refers to a great number of swarming, biting insects. Alternate translation: “swarms of flies” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-collectivenouns]])
8:21 kg9v rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown הֶ⁠עָרֹ֑ב & הֶ֣⁠עָרֹ֔ב 1 These are probably the large common flies that bother humans and livestock. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
8:21 foli rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism בְּ⁠ךָ֜ וּ⁠בַ⁠עֲבָדֶ֧י⁠ךָ וּֽ⁠בְ⁠עַמְּ⁠ךָ֛ וּ⁠בְ⁠בָתֶּ֖י⁠ךָ & בָּתֵּ֤י מִצְרַ֨יִם֙ & וְ⁠גַ֥ם הָ⁠אֲדָמָ֖ה 1 This long list means, “everywhere in Egypt.” It is presented in this way for rhetorical effect, that is, to convince Pharaoh of how bad this plague will be so he will obey. You should translate the list in such a way that the flies’ location is not limited to these specific places, but is understood to imply universality. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]
8:22 mv8w rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result לְ⁠בִלְתִּ֥י הֱיֽוֹת־שָׁ֖ם עָרֹ֑ב 1 # General Information:\n\nThis is the result of Yahweh treating the land of Goshen differently. Alternate translation: “by keeping the swarm from there” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
8:22 apum rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-collectivenouns עָרֹ֑ב 1 This is a collective singular noun that refers to a great number of swarming, biting insects. See how you translated this in [8:21](../08/21.md). Alternate translation: “swarms of flies” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-collectivenouns]])
8:22 h5hp rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown עָרֹ֑ב 1 These are probably the large common flies that bother humans and livestock. See how you translated this in [8:21](../08/21.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
8:22 refq rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal לְמַ֣עַן תֵּדַ֔ע כִּ֛י אֲנִ֥י יְהוָ֖ה בְּ⁠קֶ֥רֶב הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 This is the goal of treating the Israelites differently. In some languages you may need to put this phrase the beginning of the verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
8:22 a28h אֲנִ֥י יְהוָ֖ה בְּ⁠קֶ֥רֶב הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 Here, **am** could be connecting **I** and **Yahweh** or it could be connecting **I, Yahweh** and **in the middle of the land**. Alternate translation: “I, Yahweh, am in the middle of the land”
8:23 tfsp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns פְדֻ֔ת 1 This is a noun derived from a verb meaning “to buy back.” Very broadly it can mean “to save or rescue.” See the next note regarding textual variants for more information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
8:23 tf4j rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants פְדֻ֔ת 1 Many translations follow the Septuagint here, which uses the word “division.” A minor change to the Hebrew would also produce the word translated “treat differently” in the [previous verse](../08/22.md). Alternate translation: “a division” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
8:23 u4gs עַמִּ֖⁠י 1 Yahweh’s people, that is, the Israelites. Alternate translation: “the Israelites”
8:23 rg2c עַמֶּ֑⁠ךָ 1 Pharaoh’s people, that is, the Egyptians. Alternate translation: “the Egyptians”
8:23 pc85 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks לְ⁠מָחָ֥ר יִהְיֶ֖ה הָ⁠אֹ֥ת הַ⁠זֶּֽה׃ 1 After this phrase, the three levels of direct quotations of Yahweh that started in [8:20](../08/20.md) ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with closing first-level, second-level, and third-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of quotations. You may not have three levels if you made any level an indirect quote. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
8:24 gw3c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יַּ֤עַשׂ יְהוָה֙ כֵּ֔ן 1 The UST supplies a brief sentence filling in the gap between Yahweh’s command to Moses and the onset of the plague. Some languages will need something like that to make the progression of events clear. Alternate translation: “Moses obeyed the instructions Yahweh gave him and Pharaoh responded as Yahweh had said he would. And Yahweh did so” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
8:24 lk5s rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וַ⁠יַּ֤עַשׂ יְהוָה֙ כֵּ֔ן 1 There is a minor scene change here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
8:24 ut0f rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown עָרֹ֣ב 1 There are probably the large common flies that bother humans and livestock. See how you translated this in [8:21](../08/21.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
8:24 dg0k rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-go וַ⁠יָּבֹא֙ 1 Some languages may need to translate this as going rather than coming. Alternate translation: “and … went” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
8:24 b7aq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism בֵּ֥יתָ⁠ה פַרְעֹ֖ה וּ⁠בֵ֣ית עֲבָדָ֑י⁠ו 1 This means “to everyone everywhere” (in Egypt) as made explicit in the next statement. This makes clear that the insects were throughout the land. You should translate this in such a way that it does not convey limitation to these specifics, but is understood to imply universality. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
8:24 nd6e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive תִּשָּׁחֵ֥ת הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ מִ⁠פְּנֵ֥י הֶ⁠עָרֹֽב 1 This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “The swarms of flies devastated the land” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
8:24 ngue rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy מִ⁠פְּנֵ֥י הֶ⁠עָרֹֽב 1 Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of the insects. Alternate translation: “because the insects were everywhere” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
8:25 e7l0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֣א 1 This happened during the plague. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
8:25 ciy5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks לְכ֛וּ זִבְח֥וּ לֵֽ⁠אלֹהֵי⁠כֶ֖ם בָּ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
8:25 gj2w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual לֵֽ⁠אלֹהֵי⁠כֶ֖ם 1 Here, **your** is plural. it could refer either to Moses and Aaron or to the Israelites. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a dual form (if you have one) if your team decides it means Moses and Aaron, otherwise use a plural form. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
8:26 tvnj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר מֹשֶׁ֗ה 1 After this phrase a direct quote begins that continues until the end of [8:27](../08/27.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
8:26 mx8p תּוֹעֲבַ֣ת מִצְרַ֔יִם & תּוֹעֲבַ֥ת מִצְרַ֛יִם 1 We do not know what about their sacrificing was an **abomination** to the Egyptians. The same term is used in Genesis 43:32 and 46:34 to describe the Egyptians’ feelings about eating with Hebrews and about the Hebrew profession of shepherding, respectively. Translators should attempt to convey the strong negative feelings that would be provoked in the Egyptians without speculating as to the cause.
8:26 j3cl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive נִזְבַּ֖ח & אֱלֹהֵ֑י⁠נוּ & נִזְבַּ֞ח & יִסְקְלֻֽ⁠נוּ 1 Here, **we, our,** and **us** should all be translated as exclusive (if your language makes that distinction). Pharaoh and the Egyptians are not included. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
8:26 i7dy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion וְ⁠לֹ֥א יִסְקְלֻֽ⁠נוּ 1 Moses asks this question to show Pharaoh that the Egyptians would not allow the Israelites to worship Yahweh by making a sacrifice repugnant to them. Alternate translation: “they will certainly stone us!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
8:26 gy7d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לְ⁠עֵינֵי⁠הֶ֖ם 1 This is a figurative way of saying “where they can see.” Alternate translation: “in their sight” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
8:27 ju3u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive נֵלֵ֖ךְ & וְ⁠זָבַ֨חְנוּ֙ & אֱלֹהֵ֔י⁠נוּ & אֵלֵֽי⁠נוּ 1 Here, **we, our,** and **us** should all be translated as exclusive (if your language makes that distinction). Pharaoh and his people are not included. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
8:27 clc3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks אֵלֵֽי⁠נוּ 1 After this phrase, the direct quote of Moses’ argument to Pharaoh ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
8:28 p3pd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks אָנֹכִ֞י אֲשַׁלַּ֤ח אֶתְ⁠כֶם֙ וּ⁠זְבַחְתֶּ֞ם לַ⁠יהוָ֤ה אֱלֹֽהֵי⁠כֶם֙ בַּ⁠מִּדְבָּ֔ר רַ֛ק הַרְחֵ֥ק לֹא־תַרְחִ֖יקוּ לָ⁠לֶ֑כֶת הַעְתִּ֖ירוּ בַּעֲדִֽ⁠י 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
8:28 qxes rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual אֶתְ⁠כֶם֙ & אֱלֹֽהֵי⁠כֶם֙ & תַרְחִ֖יקוּ 1 If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
8:28 mla2 אֶתְ⁠כֶם֙ 1 “the Israelites”
8:28 hnud rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom הַרְחֵ֥ק & תַרְחִ֖יקוּ 1 In Hebrew, **far** is repeated to emphasize (with **not**) that they are absolutely not to go too far. If your language does not use repeating words like this, express the emphasis in another way. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
8:29 kgkx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks הִנֵּ֨ה אָנֹכִ֜י יוֹצֵ֤א מֵֽ⁠עִמָּ⁠ךְ֙ וְ⁠הַעְתַּרְתִּ֣י אֶל־יְהוָ֔ה וְ⁠סָ֣ר הֶ⁠עָרֹ֗ב מִ⁠פַּרְעֹ֛ה מֵ⁠עֲבָדָ֥י⁠ו וּ⁠מֵ⁠עַמּ֖⁠וֹ מָחָ֑ר רַ֗ק אַל־יֹסֵ֤ף פַּרְעֹה֙ הָתֵ֔ל לְ⁠בִלְתִּי֙ שַׁלַּ֣ח אֶת־הָ⁠עָ֔ם לִ⁠זְבֹּ֖חַ לַֽ⁠יהוָֽה 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
8:29 fhwq הִנֵּ֨ה 1 This is a term meant to focus the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. If there is not a good way to translate this term in your language, this term can be omitted from the translation. Alternate translation: “Know this”
8:29 jirm rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown הֶ⁠עָרֹ֗ב 1 These are probably the large common flies that bother humans and livestock. See how you translated this in [8:21](../08/21.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
8:29 yvcl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person מִ⁠פַּרְעֹ֛ה & פַּרְעֹה֙ 1 Moses may be using the third person to refer to Pharaoh to show respect, because the king appears to be relenting. If use of the third person is not a way of showing respect in your culture or is not a valid way of addressing an individual at all, you may need to change the form. Alternate translation: “from you ... you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
8:29 la3z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism מִ⁠פַּרְעֹ֛ה מֵ⁠עֲבָדָ֥י⁠ו וּ⁠מֵ⁠עַמּ֖⁠וֹ 1 This list means “from everywhere and everyone” (in Egypt). This shows that the end of the plague will be as complete as its extent. You should translate the list in such a way that it does not convey limitation to these specifics, but is understood to imply universality. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
8:29 bf85 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives אַל־יֹסֵ֤ף פַּרְעֹה֙ הָתֵ֔ל לְ⁠בִלְתִּי֙ שַׁלַּ֣ח אֶת־הָ⁠עָ֔ם 1 This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “you must begin to deal truthfully with us and let our people go” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
8:29 hh4q רַ֗ק אַל־יֹסֵ֤ף פַּרְעֹה֙ הָתֵ֔ל 1 “But you must not deceive us” or “But you must not lie to us”
8:30 o9le rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֥א מֹשֶׁ֖ה 1 There is a minor scene shift here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
8:31 rj50 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown הֶ⁠עָרֹ֔ב 1 These are probably the large common flies that bother humans and livestock. See how you translated this in [8:21](../08/21.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
8:31 gifs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism מִ⁠פַּרְעֹ֖ה מֵ⁠עֲבָדָ֣י⁠ו וּ⁠מֵ⁠עַמּ֑⁠וֹ 1 This list means “from everyone and everywhere” (in Egypt). This makes clear that there was a complete end of the plague. You should translate the list in such a way that it does not convey limitation to these specifics, but is understood to imply universality. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
8:31 mb4r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole לֹ֥א נִשְׁאַ֖ר אֶחָֽד 1 This extreme statement emphasizes how thoroughly Yahweh removed the insects from the land. Alternate translation: “There was not a single one of these insects left in the whole land” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
8:32 sb5l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וַ⁠יַּכְבֵּ֤ד פַּרְעֹה֙ אֶת־לִבּ֔⁠וֹ 1 Pharaoh’s stubborn attitude is spoken of as if he made his own heart heavy. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [8:15](../08/15.md). Alternate translation: “Pharaoh determined to be defiant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
9:intro hqw8 0 # Exodus 09 General Notes\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Pharaoh’s hard heart\n\nPharaoh’s heart is often described as hard in this chapter. This means that his heart was not open or willing to understand Yahweh’s instructions. When his heart was hardened, it became less and less receptive to Yahweh.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Let my people go\n\nThis is a very important statement. Moses is not ask Pharaoh to “let go” of the Hebrew people. Instead, he is demanding that Pharaoh free the Hebrew people.
9:1 se3f rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יְהוָה֙ 1 # General Information:\n\nA new scene begins here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. This is the beginning of the fifth plague sequence. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
9:1 h8fo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 After this phrase, a direct quote begins that continues to the end of [9:4](../09/04.md) and contains two more levels of quotes. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
9:1 yhcz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks אֵלָ֗י⁠ו 1 After this phrase, a second-level direct quote begins which continues to the end of [9:4](../09/04.md) and contains one more level of quotes. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening second-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
9:1 fo4o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes וְ⁠דִבַּרְתָּ֣ אֵלָ֗י⁠ו כֹּֽה־אָמַ֤ר יְהוָה֙ אֱלֹהֵ֣י הָֽ⁠עִבְרִ֔ים 1 You may want to translate the quote beginning with **Thus says Yahweh** as an indirect quotation in order to reduce the levels of quotations in this passage. Alternative translation: “and say to him that Yahweh, the God of the Hebrews, says” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
9:1 w0lg כֹּֽה־אָמַ֤ר יְהוָה֙ 1 This quotation form is used to introduce commands from Yahweh. See [4:intro](../04/intro.md) for more information.
9:1 x4bd עַמִּ֖⁠י 1 “the Israelites”
9:2 l7ld rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism כִּ֛י אִם־מָאֵ֥ן אַתָּ֖ה לְ⁠שַׁלֵּ֑חַ וְ⁠עוֹדְ⁠ךָ֖ מַחֲזִ֥יק בָּֽ⁠ם 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Alternate translation: “If you continue refusing to let them go” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
9:3 fltr הִנֵּ֨ה 1 This is used to draw attention to surprising information that follows. Alternate translation: “look out”
9:3 ume2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy יַד־יְהוָ֜ה הוֹיָ֗ה בְּ⁠מִקְנְ⁠ךָ֙ 1 Here, **hand** represents Yahweh’s power to afflict their animals with disease. Alternate translation: “Then the power of Yahweh will afflict your livestock” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
9:3 cjt9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person יַד־יְהוָ֜ה 1 This is part of the reported speech that Yahweh wants Moses to say to Pharaoh. Therefore, you could change the third person **the hand of Yahweh** to first person if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “My hand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
9:3 tn3z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual בְּ⁠מִקְנְ⁠ךָ֙ 1 While the word **your** here is not plural, the next verse shows that it refers to all the people of Egypt who owned cattle. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, you may want to use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
9:3 v8ur rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism בַּ⁠סּוּסִ֤ים בַּֽ⁠חֲמֹרִים֙ בַּ⁠גְּמַלִּ֔ים בַּ⁠בָּקָ֖ר וּ⁠בַ⁠צֹּ֑אן 1 This long list is meant to reinforce the universal effects of the coming plague. It is presented in this way for rhetorical effect, that is, to convince Pharaoh of how bad this plague will be so he will obey. You should translate the list in such a way that it is not limiting, but is understood to imply universality. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]
9:3 lkqc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns בַּ⁠בָּקָ֖ר & וּ⁠בַ⁠צֹּ֑אן 1 These (**cattle** and **flock**) are collective singular nouns which refer to groups of animals. Alternate translation: “on your bulls and cows and on your sheep and goats” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns]])
9:3 aud8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor כָּבֵ֥ד 1 Here, the plague is spoken of as if it weighed a lot. This means it would be very bad. Alternate translation: “severe” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
9:4 x12r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person יְהוָ֔ה 1 This is part of the reported speech that Yahweh wants Moses to say to Pharaoh. Therefore you could change the third person **Yahweh** to first person if it would be clearer in your language. You should do the same as you did in the [previous verse](../09/04.md). Alternate translation: “I” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
9:4 c9ob rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession מִקְנֵ֣ה יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל & מִקְנֵ֣ה מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 This means the livestock owned by the two groups. Alternate translation: “the livestock that the Israelites own … the livestock that the Egyptians own” or “the livestock belonging to the Israelites ... the livestock belonging to the Egyptians” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
9:4 lp3t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 Here, **Israel** refers to the Israelites. Alternate translation: “the Israelite people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
9:4 u60c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 Here, **Israel** is used as a collective singular noun. If your language would not refer to a group of people in this way, you may need to translate it as plural. Alternate translation: “the Israelite people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns]])
9:4 fs25 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy מִקְנֵ֣ה מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 Here, **Egypt** refers to the Egyptians. Alternate translation: “the livestock of the Egyptian people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
9:4 s310 דָּבָֽר 1 “animal”
9:4 xk5d מִ⁠כָּל־לִ⁠בְנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 “which belongs to any of the sons of Israel”
9:4 cbsz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks וְ⁠לֹ֥א יָמ֛וּת מִ⁠כָּל־לִ⁠בְנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל דָּבָֽר 1 After this phrase, the three levels of direct quotes of Yahweh ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with closing quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of levels of quotations. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
9:5 vqz2 וַ⁠יָּ֥שֶׂם יְהוָ֖ה מוֹעֵ֣ד 1 “And Yahweh made an appointed time”
9:5 qjof לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר 1 This marks the beginning of a direct quotation. It can be omitted in translation if your language does not use a similar form. However, in this sentence it is the only verb related to speech, so you may need to translate it similarly to the way the UST does.\n.
9:5 dh4h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks מָחָ֗ר יַעֲשֶׂ֧ה יְהוָ֛ה הַ⁠דָּבָ֥ר הַ⁠זֶּ֖ה בָּ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
9:5 pxb1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person יְהוָ֛ה 1 Yahweh is speaking here. Therefore you could change the third person **Yahweh** to first person if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “I, Yahweh,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
9:6 iztr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יַּ֨עַשׂ יְהוָ֜ה 1 It is implied that Moses went and spoke to Pharaoh as directed. You may need to make that explicit in your translation in some languages. Alternate translation: “Moses did as Yahweh had commanded. And Yahweh did” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
9:6 cx5i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole כֹּ֖ל מִקְנֵ֣ה 1 This is exaggerated to emphasize the seriousness of the event. There were still some animals alive that were afflicted by later plagues. However, it may be best to translate this with the word “all.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
9:6 iccg מִקְנֵ֣ה מִצְרָ֑יִם & וּ⁠מִ⁠מִּקְנֵ֥ה בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 This means the livestock owned by the two groups. Alternate translation: “the livestock that the Egyptians owned … But from the livestock that the Israelites owned” or “the livestock belonging to the Egyptians ... But from the livestock belonging to the Israelites” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
9:6 gy7t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 Here, **Egypt** refers to the Egyptians. Alternate translation: “the Egyptian peoples’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
9:6 pewa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 Here, **sons** figuratively means descendants. The phrase speaks of all of the Israelites as descendants of the patriarch Jacob, who was also known as Israel. Alternate translation: “the Israelite peoples’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
9:6 i0bl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes וּ⁠מִ⁠מִּקְנֵ֥ה בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל לֹא־מֵ֥ת אֶחָֽד 1 This emphatic negative statement could be stated positively. Alternate translation: “But every single one of the Israelites’ livestock lived” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
9:7 md84 וְ⁠הִנֵּ֗ה 1 **Behold** is used to draw attention to surprising information that follows. Alternate translation: “and listen”
9:7 rtny rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes לֹא־מֵ֛ת מִ⁠מִּקְנֵ֥ה יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל עַד־אֶחָ֑ד 1 This emphatic negative statement could be stated positively. Alternate translation: “every single one of the Israelites’ livestock was alive” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
9:7 kkuc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 Here, **Israel** refers to the Israelites. Alternate translation: “of the Israelites” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
9:7 sfor rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 Here, **Israel** is a collective singular noun. If your language would not refer to a group of people in this way, you may need to translate it as plural. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns]])
9:7 j51j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וַ⁠יִּכְבַּד֙ לֵ֣ב פַּרְעֹ֔ה 1 Pharaoh’s stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his heart were heavy. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. This is a neutral statement (it does not say that anyone caused him to be stubborn as many others in this part of the narrative do). See how you translated this in [Exodus 7:14](../07/14.md). Alternate translation: “But Pharaoh was defiant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
9:8 brm6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר יְהוָה֮ 1 A new scene begins here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. This is the start of the sixth plague scene.(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
9:8 ik2i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֣ה וְ⁠אֶֽל־אַהֲרֹן֒ 1 After this phrase a direct quote begins. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
9:8 luhg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual לָ⁠כֶם֙ & חָפְנֵי⁠כֶ֔ם 1 **You** and **your** refer to both Moses and Aaron. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use dual form (if you have one) or plural forms (if not) here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
9:8 h1op קְח֤וּ לָ⁠כֶם֙ מְלֹ֣א חָפְנֵי⁠כֶ֔ם 1 “Each of you fill both your hands with”
9:8 u5wn פִּ֖יחַ כִּבְשָׁ֑ן 1 “ash from a furnace” or “ash produced by a furnace”
9:8 gk7f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns פִּ֖יחַ 1 Here, **ash** is singular. For some languages you may need to make it plural as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns]])
9:8 gu1v הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֖יְמָ⁠ה 1 “toward the sky”
9:8 p795 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לְ⁠עֵינֵ֥י פַרְעֹֽה 1 This means in his sight. Alternate translation: “in the sight of Pharaoh” or “so Pharaoh sees it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
9:9 d2v3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown לִ⁠שְׁחִ֥ין פֹּרֵ֛חַ אֲבַעְבֻּעֹ֖ת 1 This is a condition where the skin is red and hot, the skin breaks, and blood and puss come out. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
9:9 jlh0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations הָ⁠אָדָ֜ם 1 This includes women and children. Alternate translation: “people” or “mankind” or “humans” See UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
9:9 eyc7 הַ⁠בְּהֵמָ֗ה 1 “wild and domestic animals” or “wild animals and livestock”
9:10 wdcn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns פִּ֣יחַ 1 Here, **ash** is singular. For some languages you may need to make it plural as in the UST. See how you translated this in the [previous verse](../09/09.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns]])
9:10 dp3l פִּ֣יחַ הַ⁠כִּבְשָׁ֗ן 1 “ash from a furnace” or “ash produced by a furnace” See how you translated this in the [previous verse](../09/09.md).
9:10 ufpn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וַ⁠יַּֽעַמְדוּ֙ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֔ה 1 Here, **before the face of** means in Pharaoh’s presence. Alternate translation: “and stood in Pharaoh’s presence” See how you translated a similar statement in the [previous verse](../09/09.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
9:10 xmbw הַ⁠שָּׁמָ֑יְמָ⁠ה 1 “toward the sky” See how you translated this in the [previous verse](../09/09.md).
9:10 jhzb rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown שְׁחִין֙ אֲבַעְבֻּעֹ֔ת פֹּרֵ֕חַ 1 This is a condition where the skin is red and hot, the skin breaks, and blood and puss come out. See how you translated this in the [previous verse](../09/09.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
9:10 vq2q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations בָּ⁠אָדָ֖ם 1 This includes women and children. See how you translated this in the [previous verse](../09/09.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
9:10 iftm וּ⁠בַ⁠בְּהֵמָֽה 1 “and on wild and domestic animals” or “and on wild animals and livestock” See how you translated this in the [previous verse](../09/09.md).
9:11 jrc3 הַֽ⁠חַרְטֻמִּ֗ים & בַּֽ⁠חֲרְטֻמִּ֖ם 1 See how you translated **magicians** in [7:11](../07/11.md).
9:11 dxsx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לַ⁠עֲמֹ֛ד לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י מֹשֶׁ֖ה 1 Here, **before the face of** means in Moses’ presence. Alternate translation: “to stand in Moses’ presence” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
9:11 k9uu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מִ⁠פְּנֵ֣י הַ⁠שְּׁחִ֑ין 1 Here, **the face of** means the existence of or perhaps pain from the boils. Alternate translation: “because of the boils” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
9:11 lpmq rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown הַ⁠שְּׁחִ֑ין & הַ⁠שְּׁחִ֔ין 1 This is a condition where the skin is red and hot, the skin breaks, and blood and puss comes out. See how you translated this in [9:9](../09/09.md). However, this time only **boils** is used, without the description (“bursting blisters”) that is in the previous two verses. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
9:12 p5m5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וַ⁠יְחַזֵּ֤ק יְהוָה֙ אֶת־לֵ֣ב פַּרְעֹ֔ה 1 This means God made him stubborn. His stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his heart was strong. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [4:21](../04/21.md). Alternate translation: “But Yahweh caused Pharaoh to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
9:13 ifs8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יְהוָה֙ אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 A new scene begins here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. This is the beginning of the seventh plague sequence. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
9:13 zsvl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יְהוָה֙ אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 After this phrase a direct quote begins that continues until the end of [9:19](../09/19.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
9:13 zmrt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וְ⁠הִתְיַצֵּ֖ב לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֑ה 1 Here, **before the face of** means in Pharaoh’s presence. Alternate translation: “and stand in Pharaoh’s presence” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
9:13 q6cj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations וְ⁠אָמַרְתָּ֣ אֵלָ֗י⁠ו כֹּֽה־אָמַ֤ר יְהוָה֙ אֱלֹהֵ֣י הָֽ⁠עִבְרִ֔ים 1 After **and say to him**, a second-level quote begins which continues until the end of [9:19](../09/19.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening second-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation within a quotation. However, it may be useful to translate this short quote frame as an indirect quotation as the UST does. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
9:13 vha6 כֹּֽה־אָמַ֤ר יְהוָה֙ 1 This quotation form is used to introduce commands from Yahweh. See [4:intro](../04/intro.md) for more information.
9:13 zi15 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks שַׁלַּ֥ח 1 **Let** is the first word of a third-level direct quote which continues until the end of [9:19](../09/19.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening third-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a third-level quotation. If you chose to make the second level an indirect quote, this may only be a second-level quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
9:14 z68b rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֣י 1 Here, **For** means something like “I am warning you that unless you do this.” Alternate translation: “Otherwise,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
9:14 n6wq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche אֲנִ֨י שֹׁלֵ֜חַ אֶת־כָּל־מַגֵּפֹתַ⁠י֙ אֶֽל־לִבְּ⁠ךָ֔ 1 Here, **to your heart** is a synecdoche that means that even Pharaoh will be hurt by the plagues. Alternate translation: “I am about to send all my plagues against you personally” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
9:15 ym72 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary כִּ֤י עַתָּה֙ שָׁלַ֣חְתִּי אֶת־יָדִ֔⁠י וָ⁠אַ֥ךְ אוֹתְ⁠ךָ֛ וְ⁠אֶֽת־עַמְּ⁠ךָ֖ בַּ⁠דָּ֑בֶר וַ⁠תִּכָּחֵ֖ד מִן־הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 This verse presents two things that God could have done but did not do to the Egyptians. This is to set up the reason he gives in the [next verse](../09/16.md). Be sure that it is clear in your translation that these are hypothetical past events. See the note regarding Yahweh’s stated goals in the next verse. Some languages may need to reverse the order of these verses to put Yahweh’s goals before his non-action. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
9:15 a3l8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy שָׁלַ֣חְתִּי אֶת־יָדִ֔⁠י וָ⁠אַ֥ךְ אוֹתְ⁠ךָ֛ 1 Here, **my hand** refers to God’s power. Alternate translation: “I could have used my power to attack you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
9:15 hgfx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וָ⁠אַ֥ךְ אוֹתְ⁠ךָ֛ וְ⁠אֶֽת־עַמְּ⁠ךָ֖ בַּ⁠דָּ֑בֶר 1 Here, **a plague** is spoken about as if it were something that could be used to hit someone. Alternate translation: “and caused you and your people to suffer from a plague” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
9:16 hmjz rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal וְ⁠אוּלָ֗ם בַּ⁠עֲב֥וּר זֹאת֙ הֶעֱמַדְתִּ֔י⁠ךָ בַּ⁠עֲב֖וּר הַרְאֹתְ⁠ךָ֣ אֶת־כֹּחִ֑⁠י וּ⁠לְמַ֛עַן סַפֵּ֥ר שְׁמִ֖⁠י בְּ⁠כָל־הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ׃ 1 The statements from **to show** to the end of the verse are Yahweh’s stated goals, and thus, his reasons for not yet destroying Egypt and Pharaoh. You will need to translate, **However, for this reason I appointed you: in order** in a way that connects with the [previous verse](../09/15.md) in an action-goal manner. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
9:16 nec7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וּ⁠לְמַ֛עַן סַפֵּ֥ר שְׁמִ֖⁠י בְּ⁠כָל־הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 Here, **my name** represents Yahweh’s reputation. Alternate translation: “and so that people everywhere will know who I am” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
9:17 h3ed rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor עוֹדְ⁠ךָ֖ מִסְתּוֹלֵ֣ל בְּ⁠עַמִּ֑⁠י 1 Pharaoh’s opposition to letting the Israelites go to worship Yahweh is spoken of as if he were raising himself up as a barrier to them. Alternate translation: “You are still blocking my people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
9:17 sdav rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns מִסְתּוֹלֵ֣ל 1 Here, Pharaoh fills two different roles in the sentence. Different languages have different methods of marking this. Translate this in a way that conveys that Pharaoh is making Pharaoh (himself) proud (metaphorically expressed as Pharaoh making Pharaoh (himself) the obstacle in the Israelites’ way to freedom as discussed in the previous note.) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
9:17 r1wv מִסְתּוֹלֵ֣ל 1 Here, **you** is Pharaoh.
9:17 zfhb בְּ⁠עַמִּ֑⁠י 1 Here, **my people** are the Israelites.
9:18 fnd2 הִנְ⁠נִ֤י 1 “Pay attention to the important thing I am about to tell you”
9:18 h16v כָּ⁠עֵ֣ת & אֲשֶׁ֨ר לֹא־הָיָ֤ה כָמֹ֨⁠הוּ֙ 1 “at this time. There has never been anything like this”
9:19 th0u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy שְׁלַ֤ח הָעֵז֙ אֶֽת־מִקְנְ⁠ךָ֔ וְ⁠אֵ֛ת כָּל־אֲשֶׁ֥ר לְ⁠ךָ֖ בַּ⁠שָּׂדֶ֑ה 1 The form of address here is singular; Moses is speaking directly to Pharaoh. However, the next two verses make it clear that Pharaoh’s servants heard and understood this warning to be for them as well. In this sense Pharaoh represents the Egyptians. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
9:19 eo52 וְ⁠יָרַ֧ד עֲלֵ⁠הֶ֛ם הַ⁠בָּרָ֖ד 1 “the hail will come down on”
9:19 u329 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations כָּל־הָ⁠אָדָ֨ם 1 Here, **man** means humans and includes men, women, and children. Alternate translation: “everyone” or “anyone” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
9:19 itlv וְ⁠הַ⁠בְּהֵמָ֜ה 1 This includes domestic and wild animals.
9:19 f80e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וָ⁠מֵֽתוּ 1 The people and animals **will die** because they are hurt fatally by the hail. You may need to make this explicit. Alternate translation: “and the hail will kill them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
9:19 pz5d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks וָ⁠מֵֽתוּ 1 Up to three levels of direct quotation (depending on your earlier decision about converting a level to an indirect quotation) end at the end of this verse. You should indicate that ending here with closing first-level, second-level, and third-level (if required) quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of quotations within quotations. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
9:20 dp8j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit הַ⁠יָּרֵא֙ 1 As in some other occasions, Moses’ conversation with Pharaoh is not recorded. You may need to make explicit the fact that he did as Yahweh instructed. See UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
9:20 p3nz הַ⁠יָּרֵא֙ אֶת־דְּבַ֣ר יְהוָ֔ה מֵֽ⁠עַבְדֵ֖י פַּרְעֹ֑ה 1 “Those of Pharaoh’s servants who feared Yahweh’s warning”
9:21 sgcx וַ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר לֹא־שָׂ֛ם לִבּ֖⁠וֹ אֶל 1 Here, **set his heart** means he believed or thought something was true. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. Alternate translation: “but whoever did not respect” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
9:22 vtfl rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר יְהוָ֜ה 1 A minor scene shift occurs here and may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
9:22 zwvk יָֽדְ⁠ךָ֙ 1 See note in the [introduction to chapter 8](../08/intro.md) regarding the hand and staff.
9:22 h9cr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations הָ⁠אָדָ֣ם 1 This includes women and children. See UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
9:22 r0g4 הַ⁠בְּהֵמָ֗ה 1 This includes domestic and wild animals.
9:23 s538 מַטֵּ⁠הוּ֮ 1 See note in the [introduction to chapter 8](../08/intro.md) regarding the hand and staff.
9:25 vnpj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism מֵ⁠אָדָ֖ם וְ⁠עַד־בְּהֵמָ֑ה 1 This is a figure of speech used to emphasize the extent and severity of the hail. Alternate translation: “every living thing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
9:25 ft0o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations מֵ⁠אָדָ֖ם 1 This includes women and children. Alternate translation: “from people” or “from mankind” or “from humans” See UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
9:25 apbl בְּהֵמָ֑ה 1 This includes domestic and wild animals.
9:27 fu9c rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וַ⁠יִּשְׁלַ֣ח פַּרְעֹ֗ה 1 A minor scene shift occurs here and may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
9:27 sh1x חָטָ֣אתִי 1 Some commentators suggest translating **sinned** more literally, that is “missed the mark,” because Pharaoh is probably not admitting a moral failure, but instead, admitting that he misjudged.
9:27 joxy הַ⁠צַּדִּ֔יק & הָ⁠רְשָׁעִֽים 1 Many commentators suggest that Pharaoh is using these terms in a narrow, legal sense and only referring to this instance. That is, he is saying something like “I’ve lost this round in court.” See UST.
9:27 pp2i וְ⁠עַמִּ֖⁠י 1 **My people** refers to the Egyptians.
9:28 r0cs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes וְ⁠לֹ֥א תֹסִפ֖וּ⁠ן לַ⁠עֲמֹֽד 1 This negative statement strengthens the force of Pharaoh’s statement that he will let the people go. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
9:29 ajz3 וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר אֵלָי⁠ו֙ מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 “And Moses said to Pharaoh”
9:29 b787 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction אֶפְרֹ֥שׂ אֶת־כַּפַּ֖⁠י אֶל־יְהוָ֑ה 1 This symbolic gesture accompanies prayer. Alternate translation: “I will pray to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
9:30 tn94 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary וְ⁠אַתָּ֖ה וַ⁠עֲבָדֶ֑י⁠ךָ 1 This phrase is shifted to the beginning of the sentence to mark focus on Pharaoh and his servants because, despite Yahweh demonstrating his power, they are not yet afraid of him. If your language has a form or discourse feature that draws contrastive focus to participants, use it here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
9:30 srx4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy מִ⁠פְּנֵ֖י יְהוָ֥ה 1 Here, **face** means presence or power. Alternate translation: “of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
9:31 p1v8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְ⁠הַ⁠פִּשְׁתָּ֥ה & וְ⁠הַ⁠פִּשְׁתָּ֖ה 1 **Flax** is a plant that produces fibers that can be made into linen cloth. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
9:31 lzar rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown אָבִ֔יב 1 This means the seeds at the top of the stalk were developing but still green. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
9:31 bxjc גִּבְעֹֽל 1 “was flowering”
9:32 jmq3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְ⁠הַ⁠כֻּסֶּ֖מֶת 1 **Spelt** is a kind of wheat. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
9:33 fa2j rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וַ⁠יִּפְרֹ֥שׂ כַּפָּ֖י⁠ו אֶל־יְהוָ֑ה 1 This symbolic gesture accompanies prayer. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 9:29](../09/29.md). Alternate translation: “lifted up his hands toward Yahweh and prayed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
9:34 ke5k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וַ⁠יַּכְבֵּ֥ד לִבּ֖⁠וֹ 1 Pharaoh’s stubborn attitude is spoken of as if he made his own heart heavy. This time his servants do the same. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [8:15](../08/15.md). Alternate translation: “Pharaoh determined to be defiant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
9:34 nz0e וַ⁠יֹּ֣סֶף לַ⁠חֲטֹ֑א 1 This statement is from the author’s perspective. Therefore, unlike in [9:27](../09/27.md), **sin** should be translated with the word your language uses for “sin.”
9:34 ooed וַ⁠יַּכְבֵּ֥ד לִבּ֖⁠וֹ ה֥וּא וַ⁠עֲבָדָֽי⁠ו 1 “and he caused his heart to be heavy. His servants did also” or “and he caused his heart to be heavy. His servants did the same”
9:35 yxt8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וַֽ⁠יֶּחֱזַק֙ לֵ֣ב פַּרְעֹ֔ה 1 Pharaoh’s stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his heart were strong. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [Exodus 7:13](../07/13.md). This is a neutral statement (it does not say that anyone caused him to be stubborn as many others in this part of the narrative do). Alternate translation: “Pharaoh was still defiant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
9:35 hcbh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֛ר דִּבֶּ֥ר יְהוָ֖ה בְּ⁠יַד־מֹשֶֽׁה 1 This is similar to [9:12](../09/12.md). In this case, what Yahweh said is figuratively spoken of as if it were something that could be held in someone’s hand. This means that Moses delivered a message from Yahweh that Pharaoh would be stubborn. It is not clear if this message was given to the Israelites or if this refers to Moses’ statement to Pharaoh in [9:30](../09/30.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
10:intro s5g1 0 # Exodus 10 General Notes\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Pharaoh’s hard heart\n\nPharaoh’s heart is often described as hard in this chapter. This means that his heart was not open or willing to understand Yahweh’s instructions. When his heart was hardened, it became less and less receptive to Yahweh.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Let my people go\n\nThis is a very important statement. Moses does not ask Pharaoh to “let go” of the Hebrew people. Instead, he demands that Pharaoh free the Hebrew people.
10:1 w4pw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor כִּֽי־אֲנִ֞י הִכְבַּ֤דְתִּי אֶת־לִבּ⁠וֹ֙ וְ⁠אֶת־לֵ֣ב עֲבָדָ֔י⁠ו 1 This means God made Pharaoh and his servants stubborn. Their stubborn attitude is spoken of as if their hearts were heavy. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [4:21](../04/21.md), but note that the metaphor is slightly different here. Alternate translation: “for I have caused Pharaoh and his servants to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
10:2 zg4c הִתְעַלַּ֨לְתִּי֙ בְּ⁠מִצְרַ֔יִם 1 “I mocked Egypt”
10:3 h614 וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֣וּ אֵלָ֗י⁠ו 1 After this phrase, a direct quote begins that continues until near the end of [10:6](../10/06.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
10:3 db3a וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֣וּ אֵלָ֗י⁠ו כֹּֽה־אָמַ֤ר יְהוָה֙ אֱלֹהֵ֣י הָֽ⁠עִבְרִ֔ים 1 It may be helpful to turn the introductory quotation into an indirect quotation so that you do not have to use quotes within quotes. Alternate translation: “and told him that Yahweh, the God of the Hebrews, said thus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
10:3 vze4 כֹּֽה־אָמַ֤ר יְהוָה֙ 1 This quotation form is used to introduce commands from Yahweh. See [4:intro](../04/intro.md) for more information.
10:3 cicf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy עַד־מָתַ֣י מֵאַ֔נְתָּ לֵ⁠עָנֹ֖ת מִ⁠פָּנָ֑⁠י 1 Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of Yahweh. Particularly, it means the presence of his judgment (the plagues). Alternate translation: “Until when will you refuse to be humble when I judge you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
10:4 ge67 הִנְ⁠נִ֨י 1 **Behold me** adds emphasis to what is said next. Alternate translation: “beware”
10:4 uwtp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns אַרְבֶּ֖ה 1 **Locust** is a singular noun referring to the group as one. Alternate translation: “locusts” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns]])
10:5 zu5r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism וְ⁠כִסָּה֙ אֶת־עֵ֣ין הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ וְ⁠לֹ֥א יוּכַ֖ל לִ⁠רְאֹ֣ת אֶת־הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ 1 These parallel statements have a similar meaning. They are used to emphasize the great number of locusts that are coming. In some languages this will not have the same rhetorical effect, and you will need to use another device to emphasize the statement. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
10:5 rdav וְ⁠כִסָּה֙ אֶת־עֵ֣ין הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ 1 “And it will cover the land from sight”
10:5 oj3i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns וְ⁠כִסָּה֙ & וְ⁠אָכַ֣ל & וְ⁠אָכַל֙ 1 Here the pronoun **it** agrees in number with the collective singular “locust” in the previous verse. Insects are often referred to without gender in English, but you will need to use whatever number, gender, and/or noun class is required in your language to agree with the word for “locust” that you used in the [previous verse](../10/04.md). See UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns]])
10:6 ir5l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole עַל־הָ֣⁠אֲדָמָ֔ה 1 This could either mean **on the earth** (planet) or “on the land” (Egypt). Either way, it is meant to emphasize an extremely long time, meaning never. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
10:6 cmno rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יִּ֥פֶן 1 [Verse 3](../10/03.md) says that Aaron came in to see the king with Moses. It is implied that he left with him as well. You may make this explicit if it would help your readers. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
10:7 xn8j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion עַד־מָתַי֙ יִהְיֶ֨ה זֶ֥ה לָ֨⁠נוּ֙ לְ⁠מוֹקֵ֔שׁ 1 Pharaoh’s servants ask this question to show Pharaoh that he is stubbornly causing the destruction of Egypt. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “We cannot allow this man to continue to bring trouble to us!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
10:7 jqbh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations הָ֣⁠אֲנָשִׁ֔ים 1 Here, **men** may be literal or it may refer to the Israelites, including the women and children. In [verse 10](../10/10.md) the king rejects the idea of letting the women and children go, and in [verse 11](../10/11.md) he specifically says that the men can go. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
10:7 xdm5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הֲ⁠טֶ֣רֶם תֵּדַ֔ע כִּ֥י אָבְדָ֖ה מִצְרָֽיִם 1 Pharaoh’s servants ask this question to bring Pharaoh to recognize what he refuses to see. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should realize that Egypt is destroyed!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
10:7 c6pr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive כִּ֥י אָבְדָ֖ה מִצְרָֽיִם 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that these plagues have destroyed Egypt” or “that their God has destroyed Egypt” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
10:8 uukg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וַ⁠יּוּשַׁ֞ב אֶת־מֹשֶׁ֤ה וְ⁠אֶֽת־אַהֲרֹן֙ אֶל־פַּרְעֹ֔ה 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “And a servant brought Moses and Aaron back to Pharaoh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
10:8 q733 מִ֥י וָ⁠מִ֖י 1 “Who all”
10:9 fnnl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive נֵלֵ֑ךְ & נֵלֵ֔ךְ 1 **We** means the Israelites and does not include Pharaoh or the Egyptians. Use an exclusive form here if your language has this distinction. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
10:10 hjc9 יְהִ֨י כֵ֤ן יְהוָה֙ עִמָּ⁠כֶ֔ם כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֛ר אֲשַׁלַּ֥ח אֶתְ⁠כֶ֖ם וְ⁠אֶֽת־טַפְּ⁠כֶ֑ם 1 **May Yahweh be with you** is usually a blessing but is almost certainly not here. It likely means something like “It will take Yahweh’s power to make me let you and your children go,” or “May Yahweh be as favorable to you as I am to the idea of letting your children go.” Pharaoh is saying that it will take Yahweh to make him do what Moses wants, but he does not think that will happen. Alternate translation: “It will be clear that Yahweh is with you if I let you and your children go”
10:10 w8x4 רְא֕וּ כִּ֥י רָעָ֖ה נֶ֥גֶד פְּנֵי⁠כֶֽם 1 The phrase **for evil is before your faces** could either be a warning from Pharaoh that Moses’ actions will lead to evil for the Israelites, or it could mean that Pharaoh thinks the Israelites plan something that he considers evil. **Faces** is a metonym for the whole person. Alternate translations: “I see that you plan evil” or “Be careful! Your actions will have bad consequences” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
10:11 pkm4 הַ⁠גְּבָרִים֙ 1 This interjection clarifies who may go. Alternate translation: “the leaders”
10:11 vdjk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy מֵ⁠אֵ֖ת פְּנֵ֥י פַרְעֹֽה 1 Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of Pharaoh. Alternate translation: “from his presence” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
10:12 kchn rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר יְהוָ֜ה 1 There is a minor scene change here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
10:12 nfa6 יָדְ⁠ךָ֜ 1 See note in the [introduction to chapter 8](../08/intro.md) regarding the hand and staff.
10:12 qikq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns בָּֽ⁠אַרְבֶּ֔ה 1 **Locust** is a singular noun referring to the group as one. See how you translated this in [10:4](../10/04.md). Alternate translation: “locusts” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns]])
10:12 gzwa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns וְ⁠יַ֖עַל & וְ⁠יֹאכַל֙ 1 Here, the pronoun **it** agrees in number with the collective singular “locust.” See how you translated this in [10:5](../10/05.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns]])
10:13 xqsz מַטֵּ⁠הוּ֮ 1 See note in the [introduction to chapter 8](../08/intro.md) regarding the hand and staff.
10:13 vee8 ר֥וּחַ קָדִים֙ 1 The wind blew from east to west.
10:13 z5bf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns הָ⁠אַרְבֶּֽה 1 See how you translated this in [10:4](../10/04.md). Alternate translation: “locusts” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns]])
10:14 kuuu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns הָֽ⁠אַרְבֶּ֗ה & אַרְבֶּה֙ 1 See how you translated this in [10:4](../10/04.md). Alternate translation: “locusts” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns]])
10:15 b3h5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns וַ⁠יְכַ֞ס & וַ⁠יֹּ֜אכַל 1 Here the pronoun **it** agrees in number with the collective singular “locust.” See how you translated this in [10:5](../10/05.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns]])
10:15 peo5 וַ⁠יְכַ֞ס אֶת־עֵ֣ין כָּל־הָ⁠אָרֶץ֮ 1 See how you translated this in [10:5](../10/05.md).
10:15 ill1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism וַ⁠יֹּ֜אכַל אֶת־כָּל־עֵ֣שֶׂב הָ⁠אָ֗רֶץ וְ⁠אֵת֙ כָּל־פְּרִ֣י הָ⁠עֵ֔ץ אֲשֶׁ֥ר הוֹתִ֖יר הַ⁠בָּרָ֑ד וְ⁠לֹא־נוֹתַ֨ר כָּל־יֶ֧רֶק בָּ⁠עֵ֛ץ וּ⁠בְ⁠עֵ֥שֶׂב הַ⁠שָּׂדֶ֖ה בְּ⁠כָל־אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם 1 These parallel statements reinforce one another. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
10:16 ty9f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual אֱלֹֽהֵי⁠כֶ֖ם וְ⁠לָ⁠כֶֽם 1 Here, **you** and **your** are plural. These could refer either to Moses and Aaron or to all the Israelites. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
10:17 h53e שָׂ֣א 1 “take away”
10:17 ttog אַ֣ךְ הַ⁠פַּ֔עַם & רַ֖ק 1 Pharaoh could either be desperate and using **just this once ... only** to attempt to make his request as small as possible to increase the chances of it being granted, or he could be still too proud to admit guilt beyond this single incident (which is probably his bold statement about Yahweh being with the Israelites in [10:10](../10/10.md)). The former seems more likely given that he terms this plague “this death.” If your culture has a way of making a request seem as small as possible, you may want to use it to translate Pharaoh’s request.
10:17 kd6d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual אֱלֹהֵי⁠כֶ֑ם 1 Here, **your** is plural. This could refer either to Moses and Aaron or to all the Israelites. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
10:17 doeg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy הַ⁠מָּ֥וֶת הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 The word **death** here refers to the destruction by the locusts of all plants in Egypt, which would eventually lead to the deaths of people, because there would be no crops. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
10:17 nn2b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit הַ⁠מָּ֥וֶת הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 The word **death** here refers to the destruction by the locusts of all plants in Egypt, which would eventually lead to the deaths of people because there would be no crops. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “this destruction that will lead to our deaths” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
10:18 p9hz וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֖א 1 Moses and Aaron were summoned to the king in [10:16](../10/16.md) so some translations will need to say that they both left.
10:19 xhsv רֽוּחַ־יָם֙ חָזָ֣ק מְאֹ֔ד 1 “a very strong west wind” or “a very strong wind from the west”
10:19 mdp5 וַ⁠יִּשָּׂא֙ אֶת־הָ֣⁠אַרְבֶּ֔ה 1 “and it moved the locusts upwards”
10:19 fcpb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns הָ֣⁠אַרְבֶּ֔ה & אַרְבֶּ֣ה 1 See how you translated this in [10:4](../10/04.md). Alternate translation: “the locusts … of the locusts” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns]])
10:19 q8aj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns וַ⁠יִּתְקָעֵ֖⁠הוּ 1 Here, the first **it** refers to the wind, the second agrees in number with the collective singular “locust.” See how you translated this in [10:5](../10/05.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns]]
10:20 dw1d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וַ⁠יְחַזֵּ֥ק יְהוָ֖ה אֶת־לֵ֣ב פַּרְעֹ֑ה 1 This means God made him stubborn. His stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his heart were strong. If heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [4:21](../04/21.md). Alternate translation: “But Yahweh caused Pharaoh to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
10:21 x6xk rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר יְהוָ֜ה 1 A new scene begins here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. This is the start of the third plague sequence. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
10:21 utyz יָֽדְ⁠ךָ֙ 1 See note in the [introduction to chapter 8](../08/intro.md) regarding the hand and staff.
10:21 m38s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מִצְרָ֑יִם וְ⁠יָמֵ֖שׁ חֹֽשֶׁךְ 1 This is a somewhat puzzling construction which describes the darkness. Most English translations take it as a passive, which restated actively means, “people will feel the darkness,” meaning metaphorically what is expressed in different ways in the UST and the alternate translation here. Another option is to view the Hebrew verb form as causative and translate as such: “and the darkness will cause people to feel,” meaning people will have to feel where they are going because they will not be able to see. A final option would be a personification of darkness such that the darkness gropes around, filling in every place in the land. Alternate translation: “Egypt — an extremely oppressive darkness” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
10:22 z4ge יָד֖⁠וֹ 1 See note in the [introduction to chapter 8](../08/intro.md) regarding the hand and staff.
10:22 vbzj rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers שְׁלֹ֥שֶׁת 1 “for 3” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
10:23 wcqx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לֹֽא־רָא֞וּ אִ֣ישׁ אֶת־אָחִ֗י⁠ו 1 This phrase means that people could not see the people who lived closest to them, whether or not that person was literally their brother. Alternate translation: “No one could see the people who lived with them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
10:23 xud1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations אִ֣ישׁ & אִ֥ישׁ 1 Here, **man** refers to any human in general. Alternate translation: “person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
10:23 qstu rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers שְׁלֹ֣שֶׁת 1 “for 3” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
10:24 ojkp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks לְכוּ֙ עִבְד֣וּ אֶת־יְהוָ֔ה רַ֛ק צֹאנְ⁠כֶ֥ם וּ⁠בְקַרְ⁠כֶ֖ם יֻצָּ֑ג גַּֽם־טַפְּ⁠כֶ֖ם יֵלֵ֥ךְ עִמָּ⁠כֶֽם 1 This is a direct quote of what the king said. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
10:24 vp7b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual לְכוּ֙ עִבְד֣וּ & צֹאנְ⁠כֶ֥ם וּ⁠בְקַרְ⁠כֶ֖ם & טַפְּ⁠כֶ֖ם & עִמָּ⁠כֶֽם 1 Every instance of **you** and **your**, as well as the imperative verb forms in this verse, are plural. They refer to the Israelites. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
10:25 hnt5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 After this phrase, a direct quote begins that continues until the end of [10:26](10:26). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
10:25 rsr4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy גַּם־אַתָּ֛ה תִּתֵּ֥ן בְּ⁠יָדֵ֖⁠נוּ זְבָחִ֣ים וְ⁠עֹל֑וֹת 1 The construction here is difficult. Based on context, Moses is probably not saying that Pharaoh needs to provide his own animals to the Israelites. He is asking Pharaoh to let the Israelites take their own animals. **Give in our hands** means to take with them, by whatever means, which may include holding a rope in the hand to lead the animals or any other means of herding the animals. See UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
10:25 cj78 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy זְבָחִ֣ים וְ⁠עֹל֑וֹת 1 Here, **sacrifices and burnt offerings** refers to the animals of their flocks and herds that they must take. Alternate translation: “animals for sacrifices and burnt offerings” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
10:25 bjy0 וְ⁠עָשִׂ֖ינוּ לַ⁠יהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֵֽי⁠נוּ 1 Here, **do** means “do the sacrifices and burnt offerings.” Alternate translation: “and we will make those sacrifices and burnt offerings to Yahweh our God”
10:25 ngzr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive בְּ⁠יָדֵ֖⁠נוּ & וְ⁠עָשִׂ֖ינוּ & אֱלֹהֵֽי⁠נוּ 1 Here, **we** and **us** refers to the Israelites (same group as the speaker’s) while excluding Pharaoh and the Egyptians (listeners’ group). If your language distinguishes between forms of we and us based on who is included, be sure to use the one appropriate to the described group. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
10:26 k0pi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive מִקְנֵ֜⁠נוּ & עִמָּ֗⁠נוּ & נִקַּ֔ח & אֱלֹהֵ֑י⁠נוּ וַ⁠אֲנַ֣חְנוּ & נֵדַ֗ע & נַּעֲבֹד֙ & בֹּאֵ֖⁠נוּ 1 Here, **we, our,** and **us** each refers to the Israelites (same group as the speaker’s) while excluding Pharaoh and the Egyptians (listeners’ group). If your language distinguishes between forms of we, our, and us based on who is included, be sure to use the one appropriate to the described group. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
10:26 ys4v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive לֹ֤א תִשָּׁאֵר֙ פַּרְסָ֔ה 1 This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “We cannot leave behind a single animal” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
10:26 v9uc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche פַּרְסָ֔ה 1 Here the word **hoof** refers to the entire animal. Alternate translation: “a single animal” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
10:26 uiom שָֽׁמָּ⁠ה 1 The destination is unspecified. Previous context suggests it would be at the mountain of God (see [3:1](../03/01.md), especially [3:12](../03/12.md), and [4:27](../04/27.md)) which would take three days to travel to (see [3:18](../03/18.md) and [5:3](../05/03.md)).
10:27 n588 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וַ⁠יְחַזֵּ֥ק יְהוָ֖ה אֶת־לֵ֣ב פַּרְעֹ֑ה 1 This means God made him stubborn. His stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his heart were strong. If heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [4:21](../04/21.md). Alternate translation: “But Yahweh caused Pharaoh to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
10:27 mv8t וְ⁠לֹ֥א אָבָ֖ה לְ⁠שַׁלְּחָֽ⁠ם 1 “and Pharaoh would not consent to let them go”
10:28 rd1y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns הִשָּׁ֣מֶר לְ⁠ךָ֗ 1 Here, the listener, Moses, fills two different roles in the sentence. He is the person told to look (subject) and he himself is what he is told to look at (object). Different languages have different methods of marking this. Alternate translation: “You watch yourself” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
10:28 lcz2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit תָּמֽוּת 1 Pharaoh means he will have Moses killed. You may choose to make this explicit as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
10:28 te45 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche פָּנַ֔⁠י & פָנַ֖⁠י 1 Here, **face** refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: see UST (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
10:29 h1jf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom כֵּ֣ן דִּבַּ֑רְתָּ 1 With these words, Moses emphasizes that Pharaoh has spoken the truth. Alternate translation: “What you have said is true” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
10:29 rg18 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche פָּנֶֽי⁠ךָ 1 Here, **face** refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
11:intro pu3u 0 # Exodus 11 General Notes\n\n\nChapter 11 is a transition point in the book. The previous nine plagues (in their three sequences of three) have come to an end and the last plague, the death of the firstborn, is about to occur, along with the Passover and the Exodus itself. It is difficult to know if the events in chapter 11 all are recorded in the order in which they happened. For translation, you should follow the order of the text if it will not confuse your readers.\n\nIt may be helpful to think that after the end of chapter 10, Yahweh spoke to Moses immediately, before he actually left Pharaoh’s presence (v. [1](../11/01.md)-[2](../11/02.md)). [Verse 3](../11/03.md) is a comment suggesting that the Egyptians will be willing to do as the Israelites are told to ask them to do in [v. 2](../11/02.md). In verses [4](../11/04.md)-[7](../11/07.md) Moses gives Pharaoh and his officials a message from Yahweh that Yahweh is giving to Moses right at that moment. At the end of [v. 8](../11/08.md) Moses leaves Pharaoh’s presence (completing the interaction from the [end of ch. 10](../10/28.md)). [Verse 9](../11/09.md) may either be Yahweh telling Moses what is going to happen, or it could be part of the summary that occurs in [v. 10](../11/10.md). Verse 10 summarizes what has happened in chs. 5-10 (especially the plagues in chs. 7-10) in preparation for the great last plague.\n\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Pharaoh’s hard heart\n\nPharaoh’s heart is often described as hard in this chapter. This means that his heart was not open or willing to understand Yahweh’s instructions. When his heart was hardened, it became less and less receptive to Yahweh.\n\n### Let my people go\n\nIn the previous chapters, Moses did not ask Pharaoh’s permission for the Hebrew people to leave. Instead, he demanded that Pharaoh free the Hebrew people. In this chapter, the same wording is used to refer to Pharaoh “allowing” the Hebrew people to leave Egypt.
11:1 yqgc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֗ה 1 After this phrase, a direct quote begins that continues until the end of [11:2](../11/02.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
11:1 hktt rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential כְּ⁠שַׁ֨לְּח֔⁠וֹ & יְגָרֵ֥שׁ 1 These verbs (**lets go** and **drive away**) are meant to immediately follow one another. When you translate, make sure they are almost simultaneous in time; the letting go happens and then immediately the driving away happens. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
11:1 iocd כָּלָ֕ה גָּרֵ֛שׁ יְגָרֵ֥שׁ 1 The wording here is very forceful. Use strong words, forms, or phrasing when you are translating.
11:1 i87h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual אֶתְ⁠כֶ֖ם & אֶתְ⁠כֶ֖ם 1 Each occurrence of the word **you** in this verse is plural and refers to Moses and the rest of the Israelites. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
11:2 ss6a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-aside דַּבֶּר־נָ֖א בְּ⁠אָזְנֵ֣י הָ⁠עָ֑ם וְ⁠יִשְׁאֲל֞וּ אִ֣ישׁ׀ מֵ⁠אֵ֣ת רֵעֵ֗⁠הוּ וְ⁠אִשָּׁה֙ מֵ⁠אֵ֣ת רְעוּתָ֔⁠הּ כְּלֵי־כֶ֖סֶף וּ⁠כְלֵ֥י זָהָֽב 1 In this verse the author interjects a comment about the situation. Some translations choose to put the verse in parenthesis to indicate this. You may mark it in a way that is natural to your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-aside]])
11:2 t14c נָ֖א 1 Here, **now** conveys urgency, indicating that Moses should speak soon, without delaying for other things. If you have a way of giving a command that shows that it is important for someone to do it quickly, it would be better to translate in that way than in a way that means “now” in a time sense (versus earlier or later).
11:2 nlsk בְּ⁠אָזְנֵ֣י הָ⁠עָ֑ם 1 “so the people hear you” or “when all the people are listening”
11:2 ew6r כְּלֵי־כֶ֖סֶף וּ⁠כְלֵ֥י זָהָֽב 1 These could be any sort of thing made from silver or gold (for instance: utensils, cups, pitchers, plates, candleholders), not just jewelry.
11:2 tl0a וְ⁠יִשְׁאֲל֞וּ אִ֣ישׁ׀ מֵ⁠אֵ֣ת רֵעֵ֗⁠הוּ וְ⁠אִשָּׁה֙ מֵ⁠אֵ֣ת רְעוּתָ֔⁠הּ כְּלֵי־כֶ֖סֶף וּ⁠כְלֵ֥י זָהָֽב 1 [Exodus 3:22](../03/22.md) contains similar instructions; see how you translated there.
11:2 jyqa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks זָהָֽב 1 At the end of this verse, the direct quote of Yahweh that started in the previous verse ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
11:3 hng9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom חֵ֥ן הָ⁠עָ֖ם בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֣י מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 Here, **in the eyes of the Egyptians** is an idiom for the Egyptian’s feelings or opinion. **Favor** means those feelings are positive. Taken together, this means that when the Egyptians see the Israelites leaving Egypt, they will gladly help them. (Because the Egyptians have suffered under Gods judgment, the Egyptians want so badly to see them leave). If your language has the same or a similar idiom, you can translate or use it. Otherwise, you can translate the meaning. See how you translated this in [3:21](../03/21.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
11:3 zet2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֥י עַבְדֵֽי־פַרְעֹ֖ה וּ⁠בְ⁠עֵינֵ֥י הָ⁠עָֽם 1 Here, **in the eyes of the servants of Pharaoh and in the eyes of the people** is an idiom for their feelings or opinions. If your language has the same or a similar idiom, you can translate or use it. Otherwise, you can translate the meaning. See how you translated a similar idiom in [3:21](../03/21.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
11:3 j2gp וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֧ן יְהוָ֛ה אֶת־חֵ֥ן הָ⁠עָ֖ם בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֣י מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 [Exodus 3:21](../03/21.md) contains a related phrase; see how you translated it there.
11:4 sewb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 After this phrase, a direct quote begins that continues until the end of [11:8](../11/08.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
11:4 kpb5 כֹּ֖ה אָמַ֣ר יְהוָ֑ה 1 This quotation form is used to introduce commands from Yahweh. See [4:intro](../04/intro.md) for more information.
11:4 vyvr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks כֹּ֖ה אָמַ֣ר יְהוָ֑ה 1 After this phrase, a second-level direct quote begins which continues until the end of [11:7](../11/07.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening second-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
11:5 hv8k בְּכוֹר֮ & מִ⁠בְּכ֤וֹר & בְּכ֣וֹר & בְּכ֥וֹר 1 The “firstborn” always refers to the oldest male offspring.
11:5 k42h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism מִ⁠בְּכ֤וֹר פַּרְעֹה֙ הַ⁠יֹּשֵׁ֣ב עַל־כִּסְא֔⁠וֹ עַ֚ד בְּכ֣וֹר הַ⁠שִּׁפְחָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֖ר אַחַ֣ר הָ⁠רֵחָ֑יִם וְ⁠כֹ֖ל בְּכ֥וֹר בְּהֵמָֽה 1 This is a merism. First, two extremes are mentioned: the highest of society (**Pharaoh, who sits on his throne**) and the lowest (**the slave girl who is behind the mill**). Then the animals (**beasts**) are added making it a three- item list of parts of society and even economy to show the totality of the coming judgment. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
11:5 hr1x אֲשֶׁ֖ר אַחַ֣ר הָ⁠רֵחָ֑יִם 1 “who is grinding at the handmill” or “who is behind the handmill grinding grain”
11:6 hui7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism אֲשֶׁ֤ר כָּמֹ֨⁠הוּ֙ לֹ֣א נִהְיָ֔תָה וְ⁠כָמֹ֖⁠הוּ לֹ֥א תֹסִֽף 1 This is a merism that uses the extremes of past and future to emphasize the concept of “never.” Alternate translation: “such as has never been and never will be” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
11:7 b60a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom לֹ֤א יֶֽחֱרַץ & לְשֹׁנ֔⁠וֹ 1 This means make an unfriendly noise. Alternate translation: “will not growl” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
11:7 t61i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual תֵּֽדְע֔וּ⁠ן 1 Here, **you** is plural. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
11:7 fl78 אֲשֶׁר֙ יַפְלֶ֣ה יְהוָ֔ה בֵּ֥ין מִצְרַ֖יִם וּ⁠בֵ֥ין יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 9:4](../09/04.md).
11:7 wicm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 After this phrase, the second-level direct quote ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing second-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
11:8 nzor rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וְ⁠הִשְׁתַּֽחֲוּוּ־לִ֣⁠י 1 This does not mean to bow for worshiping. **They will bow to** Moses to beg him to leave. They will do this to show how desperate they will be for Moses and the Israelites to go. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
11:8 l678 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠הִשְׁתַּֽחֲוּוּ־לִ֣⁠י 1 **They will bow to** Moses to beg him to leave. They will do this to show how desperate they will be for Moses and the Israelites to go. If this action would not mean the same thing in your culture, you may need to make the reason they are bowing explicit. Alternate translation: “and they will bow down to me to beg” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
11:8 sb8i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְ⁠כָל־הָ⁠עָ֣ם אֲשֶׁר־בְּ⁠רַגְלֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 Here, the people are figuratively pictured as below Moses, as his followers. The reference to **feet** also can mean they go the same place he goes, again, meaning “follower.” If your language uses a similar image to mean follower, you can translate the image; if not, you may use another image from your culture or translate the meaning. Alternate translation: “and all the people who are following you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
11:8 ria5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠אַחֲרֵי־כֵ֖ן אֵצֵ֑א 1 This means that Moses and the Israelites will leave Egypt. Alternate translation: “After that I will leave here” or “After that I will go out from Egypt” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
11:8 awcj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks אֵצֵ֑א 1 After this phrase, the direct quote ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
11:8 u6oj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom בָּ⁠חֳרִי־אָֽף 1 This is an idiom meaning that Moses is angry. Alternate translation: “enraged” (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom)
11:9 xk4l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks לֹא־יִשְׁמַ֥ע אֲלֵי⁠כֶ֖ם פַּרְעֹ֑ה לְמַ֛עַן רְב֥וֹת מוֹפְתַ֖⁠י בְּ⁠אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
11:10 zcqt rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory וּ⁠מֹשֶׁ֣ה וְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֗ן עָשׂ֛וּ אֶת־כָּל־הַ⁠מֹּפְתִ֥ים הָ⁠אֵ֖לֶּה לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֑ה וַ⁠יְחַזֵּ֤ק יְהוָה֙ אֶת־לֵ֣ב פַּרְעֹ֔ה וְ⁠לֹֽא־שִׁלַּ֥ח אֶת־בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל מֵ⁠אַרְצֽ⁠וֹ 1 This verse is summarizing and wrapping up the story of the plagues. If your language has a way of summarizing information at the end of a story, try to translate this verse (and possibly verse 9 - see the the introductory notes to this chapter) in this way. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
11:10 um4u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וַ⁠יְחַזֵּ֤ק יְהוָה֙ אֶת־לֵ֣ב פַּרְעֹ֔ה 1 This means God made him stubborn. His stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his heart were strong. If heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [4:21](../04/21.md). Alternate translation: “But Yahweh caused Pharaoh to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
12:intro fd2f 0 # Exodus 12 General Notes\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThe events of this chapter are known as the Passover. They are remembered in the celebration of Passover. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])\n1. Instruction v. 1-28\n - v. 1-20: Yahweh gives instructions\n - v. 1-11: how to eat this Passover\n - v. 12-13: description of the plague\n - v. 14-20: directions for future celebration of Passover\n - v. 21-28: Moses repeats Yahweh’s instructions to Israelites\n2. Narrative v. 29-42: Passover and Exodus\n3. Instruction v. 43-49: which foreigners may eat Passover\n4. Summary Narrative v. 50-51\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Unleavened bread\nThe concept of unleavened bread is introduced in this chapter. Its significance stems from its connection to the events in this chapter. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/unleavenedbread]])\n\n### Ethnic segregation\nThe Hebrew people were to be separate from the rest of the world. Because of this, they separated themselves from other people groups. At this time, these foreigners were looked upon as unholy. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])\n\n\n## Potential translation issues:\n\n### Passover\n\n\n### Pronoun usage\nIn the long quotation (verses 3-20) that Yahweh tells Moses and Aaron to convey to the Israelites, he speaks of them in the third person (“they must”) in [verses 3](../12/03.md)–4 and [verses 7](../12/07.md)–8 and to them in the second person (“you must”) for all the rest of the instruction. Some languages may need to keep the pronoun person consistent throughout the quotation.\n\n\n### You plural\nIn this chapter, almost every occurrence of “you” or “your” is plural. Each one refers to all the Israelites. Those that are not will be marked. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form throughout unless otherwise noted. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
12:2 z785 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks הַ⁠חֹ֧דֶשׁ הַ⁠זֶּ֛ה לָ⁠כֶ֖ם רֹ֣אשׁ חֳדָשִׁ֑ים 1 The start of this verse is the beginning of a direct quote which continues until the end of [verse 20](../12/20.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
12:2 gtgb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism הַ⁠חֹ֧דֶשׁ הַ⁠זֶּ֛ה לָ⁠כֶ֖ם רֹ֣אשׁ חֳדָשִׁ֑ים רִאשׁ֥וֹן הוּא֙ לָ⁠כֶ֔ם לְ⁠חָדְשֵׁ֖י הַ⁠שָּׁנָֽה 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize that the month in which the events of this chapter take place will be the beginning of their calendar year. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
12:3 arfd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual דַּבְּר֗וּ 1 The command here is to both Moses and Aaron. If your language uses a different form if two are people addressed, use a dual form here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
12:2 uy4w rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths רִאשׁ֥וֹן הוּא֙ לָ⁠כֶ֔ם לְ⁠חָדְשֵׁ֖י הַ⁠שָּׁנָֽה 1 The first month of the Hebrew calendar includes the last part of March and the first part of April on Western calendars. It marks when Yahweh rescued the Israelites from the Egyptians. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
12:3 nu6r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר בֶּ⁠עָשֹׂ֖ר 1 After **saying**, a second level direct quotation begins which continues until the end of [verse 20](../12/20.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening second-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation within a quotation. **Saying** is used to mark the beginning of a quote. Many times it can be omitted in translation if the target language does not use a similar structure. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
12:3 jjw0 וְ⁠יִקְח֣וּ לָ⁠הֶ֗ם אִ֛ישׁ שֶׂ֥ה לְ⁠בֵית־אָבֹ֖ת שֶׂ֥ה לַ⁠בָּֽיִת 1 This seems to be indicating that if multiple families live in one house, the man who is the leader of the family group that lives there should take one lamb for that whole household. Alternate translation: “the father of each household must take a lamb for his household, one per household”
12:3 d1f5 שֶׂ֥ה לַ⁠בָּֽיִת 1 “one lamb per house”
12:3 qzct שֶׂ֥ה & שֶׂ֥ה 1 This word literally means, “of the flock,” and could also be translated as a sheep or a goat. Here, the ULT uses **lamb** (a young sheep), because [verse 5](../12/05.md) specifies that it must be one year old. “Kid” (a young goat) would be equally valid as verse 5 also says that it could be either a sheep or a goat. You may translate it as whatever would be most familiar of sheep or goat—preferably a word that means a young sheep or goat.
12:4 xzn3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠אִם־יִמְעַ֣ט הַ⁠בַּיִת֮ מִ⁠הְיֹ֣ת מִ⁠שֶּׂה֒ 1 This means that there are not enough people in the family to eat an entire lamb. Alternate translation: “If there are not enough people in the household to eat an entire lamb” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
12:4 r67d וּ⁠שְׁכֵנ֛⁠וֹ הַ⁠קָּרֹ֥ב אֶל־בֵּית֖⁠וֹ בְּ⁠מִכְסַ֣ת נְפָשֹׁ֑ת 1 This phrase could either mean simply a neighbor that lives nearby or it could refer to a family of similar size, or of the right size to split a lamb with.
12:4 fu2g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations אִ֚ישׁ 1 This refers to each person, whether man, woman, or child. Alternate translation: “each family member” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
12:6 lz76 בֵּ֥ין הָ⁠עַרְבָּֽיִם 1 This refers to the time of evening after the sun has set but while there is still some light.
12:7 cjt7 עַל־שְׁתֵּ֥י הַ⁠מְּזוּזֹ֖ת וְ⁠עַל־הַ⁠מַּשְׁק֑וֹף עַ֚ל הַ⁠בָּ֣תִּ֔ים 1 “on the sides and top of the way into the house”
12:8 uxn6 מְרֹרִ֖ים 1 These are small plants that have a strong and usually bad taste.
12:9 ny3a אַל־תֹּאכְל֤וּ מִמֶּ֨⁠נּוּ֙ נָ֔א 1 “Do not eat the lamb or goat uncooked”
12:11 ks7d חֲגֻרִ֔ים 1 **Belts** are strips of leather or fabric for tying around the waist.
12:11 nzw2 וַ⁠אֲכַלְתֶּ֤ם אֹת⁠וֹ֙ בְּ⁠חִפָּז֔וֹן 1 “And you must eat it quickly”
12:11 r789 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit פֶּ֥סַח ה֖וּא לַ⁠יהוָֽה 1 Here the word **it** refers to eating the animal on the tenth day of the month. Alternate translation: “This observance is Yahweh’s Passover” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
12:12 sa5n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns וּ⁠בְ⁠כָל־אֱלֹהֵ֥י מִצְרַ֛יִם אֶֽעֱשֶׂ֥ה שְׁפָטִ֖ים 1 This can be stated with a verbal form as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
12:13 tywz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns לְ⁠מַשְׁחִ֔ית 1 This can be stated with a verbal form as in the UST. Alternate translation: “to destroy you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
12:13 o912 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְ⁠לֹֽא־יִֽהְיֶ֨ה בָ⁠כֶ֥ם נֶ֨גֶף֙ 1 This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “and I will not put the plague on you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
12:13 ox3l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּ⁠אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם 1 Yahweh is going to strike the people and animals who live in **the land of Egypt**. Alternate translation: “on everything living in the land of Egypt” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
12:14 lwsd וְ⁠הָיָה֩ הַ⁠יּ֨וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֤ה 1 Verses 14-[20](../12/20.md) are instructions for the Israelites’ future celebration of the Passover. If your language makes a distinction between near and far future events or between near and general commands, you may need to make clear that these verses primarily have a later application.
12:14 usns rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths הַ⁠יּ֨וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֤ה 1 **This day** means the tenth day of the first month of every year. On this day every year, they must celebrate the Passover. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
12:15 xsb9 אַ֚ךְ 1 “Surely” or “Indeed”
12:15 i9n3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְ⁠נִכְרְתָ֞ה הַ⁠נֶּ֤פֶשׁ הַ⁠הִוא֙ מִ⁠יִּשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 The metaphor **cut off** has at least three possible meanings. The following alternate translations express those: (1) “he must be sent away” or (2) “he will no longer be considered to be one of the people of Israel” or (3) “he must be killed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
12:15 e8wc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְ⁠נִכְרְתָ֞ה הַ⁠נֶּ֤פֶשׁ הַ⁠הִוא֙ מִ⁠יִּשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 The metaphor **cut off** has at least three possible meanings. They can be expressed in active form. Who will cut off that person is also not specified, it could be the Israelites or Yahweh. The following alternate translations express those: (1) “the people of Israel must send him away” or (2) “I will no longer consider him to be one of the people of Israel” or (3) “the people of Israel must kill him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
12:15 eqzu rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns מִ⁠יִּשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 **Israel** is a collective noun referring to the nation or people group. Alternate translation: “from the Israelites” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
12:16 bzj6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וּ⁠בַ⁠יּ֤וֹם הָ⁠רִאשׁוֹן֙ מִקְרָא־קֹ֔דֶשׁ וּ⁠בַ⁠יּוֹם֙ הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֔י מִקְרָא־קֹ֖דֶשׁ יִהְיֶ֣ה לָ⁠כֶ֑ם 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “And on the first day and on the seventh day, you shall have an assembly of holiness” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
12:16 u3ed rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal וּ⁠בַ⁠יּ֤וֹם הָ⁠רִאשׁוֹן֙ & וּ⁠בַ⁠יּוֹם֙ הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֔י 1 **First** and **seventh** are ordinal numbers. Alternate translation: “And on day one of the month ... and on day seven of the month” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
12:16 l7pj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive כָּל־מְלָאכָה֙ לֹא־יֵעָשֶׂ֣ה בָ⁠הֶ֔ם 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “You will do no work on these days” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
12:16 qr65 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ה֥וּא לְ⁠בַדּ֖⁠וֹ יֵעָשֶׂ֥ה לָ⁠כֶֽם 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that must be the only work that you do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
12:17 r3qj rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown צִבְאוֹתֵי⁠כֶ֖ם 1 The term **hosts** refers to a large group of people, often organized into groups for war. See how you translated this in [Exodus 6:26](../06/26.md). Alternate translation: “your groups” or “your divisions” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
12:18 boat rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal בָּ⁠רִאשֹׁ֡ן בְּ⁠אַרְבָּעָה֩ עָשָׂ֨ר י֤וֹם לַ⁠חֹ֨דֶשׁ֙ & עַ֠ד י֣וֹם הָ⁠אֶחָ֧ד וְ⁠עֶשְׂרִ֛ים לַ⁠חֹ֖דֶשׁ 1 **First**, **fourteenth**, and **twenty-first** are ordinal numbers. Alternate translation: “In month one, on day fourteen ... until day twenty-one of the month” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
12:18 l57q rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal בָּ⁠רִאשֹׁ֡ן בְּ⁠אַרְבָּעָה֩ עָשָׂ֨ר י֤וֹם לַ⁠חֹ֨דֶשׁ֙ & עַ֠ד י֣וֹם הָ⁠אֶחָ֧ד וְ⁠עֶשְׂרִ֛ים לַ⁠חֹ֖דֶשׁ 1
12:18 m475 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths בָּ⁠רִאשֹׁ֡ן בְּ⁠אַרְבָּעָה֩ עָשָׂ֨ר י֤וֹם לַ⁠חֹ֨דֶשׁ֙ 1 This is the first month of the Hebrew calendar. The fourteenth day is near the beginning of April on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
12:18 uss3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths י֣וֹם הָ⁠אֶחָ֧ד וְ⁠עֶשְׂרִ֛ים לַ⁠חֹ֖דֶשׁ 1 This is near the middle of April on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
12:19 aej1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive שְׂאֹ֕ר לֹ֥א יִמָּצֵ֖א בְּ⁠בָתֵּי⁠כֶ֑ם 1 This can be stated in active form. Note that the UST is much more accurate to the meaning here as the alternate translation in this note could suggest to someone that you must simply hide the yeast very well. Alternate translation: “no one must be able to find any yeast in your houses” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
12:19 vy72 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְ⁠נִכְרְתָ֞ה הַ⁠נֶּ֤פֶשׁ הַ⁠הִוא֙ מֵ⁠עֲדַ֣ת יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 The metaphor **cut off** has at least three possible meanings. The following alternate translations express those: (1) “that person must be sent away” or (2) “that person will no longer be considered to be one of the people of Israel” or (3) “that person must be killed” See how you translated **cut off** in [Exodus 12:15](../12/15.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
12:19 cwvs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְ⁠נִכְרְתָ֞ה הַ⁠נֶּ֤פֶשׁ הַ⁠הִוא֙ מֵ⁠עֲדַ֣ת יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 The metaphor **cut off** has at least three possible meanings. Who will cut off that person is also not specified, it could be the Israelites or Yahweh. They can be expressed in active form. See how you translated **cut off** in [Exodus 12:15](../12/15.md). The following alternate translations express those: (1) “the people of Israel must send that person away” or (2) “I will no longer consider that person to be one of the people of Israel” or (3) “the people of Israel must kill that person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
12:20 o07n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks מַצּֽוֹת 1 After this phrase, the direct quote of Yahweh’s commands to Moses and Aaron for the Israelites ends (two levels). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with closing second-level and first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of quotations. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
12:21 y9qt rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent summoned 1 A new scene begins at this verse, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
12:21 ohw6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אֲלֵ⁠הֶ֑ם 1 After this phrase, a direct quote begins that continues until the end of [12:27](../12/27.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
12:22 qwv1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown אֲגֻדַּ֣ת אֵז֗וֹב 1 **Hyssop** is a woody plant with small leaves that can be used for sprinkling liquids. If this plant is unknown, you can use a descriptor phrase. Alternate translation: “part of a plant with small branches and many leaves” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
12:22 c1cf אֶל־הַ⁠מַּשְׁקוֹף֙ וְ⁠אֶל־שְׁתֵּ֣י הַ⁠מְּזוּזֹ֔ת 1 “on the sides and top of the way into the house.” See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 12:7](../12/07.md).
12:22 vdlj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations לֹ֥א & אִ֥ישׁ 1 Here, **man** includes women and children. Alternate translation: “no person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
12:23 uu61 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche וּ⁠פָסַ֤ח יְהוָה֙ עַל־הַ⁠פֶּ֔תַח 1 Here the word **door** implies the entire house. This means that God will spare the Israelites in houses with blood on the door frames. Alternate translation: “and Yahweh will pass over the house” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
12:23 onpu עַל־הַ⁠מַּשְׁק֔וֹף וְ⁠עַ֖ל שְׁתֵּ֣י הַ⁠מְּזוּזֹ֑ת 1 “on the sides and top of the way into the house” See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 12:7](../12/07.md).
12:24 v7z5 הַ⁠דָּבָ֣ר הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה 1 These words refer to the Passover or Festival of Unleavened Bread. Observing the Passover was an act of worshiping Yahweh.
12:24 bzm0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd לְ⁠ךָ֥ וּ⁠לְ⁠בָנֶ֖י⁠ךָ 1 Here, **you** and **your** are singular but they refer to the whole nation. You may need to continue to use a plural form of “you,” if your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
12:24 ch73 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations וּ⁠לְ⁠בָנֶ֖י⁠ךָ 1 Here, **sons** includes everyone. Alternate translation: see UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
12:25 l8ls הָ⁠עֲבֹדָ֥ה הַ⁠זֹּֽאת 1 These words refer to the Passover or Festival of Unleavened Bread. Observing the Passover was an act of worshiping Yahweh.
12:26 ebx1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations בְּנֵי⁠כֶ֑ם 1 This refers to all children, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
12:26 odj0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes אֲלֵי⁠כֶ֖ם & מָ֛ה הָ⁠עֲבֹדָ֥ה הַ⁠זֹּ֖את לָ⁠כֶֽם 1 After **you**, a second-level quotation begins. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation.\nHowever, you may want to translate this as an indirect quotation in order to reduce the layers of quotations in this passage. Alternative translation: “to you what this ritual means to you,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
12:27 qft1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks זֶֽבַח־פֶּ֨סַח ה֜וּא לַֽ⁠יהוָ֗ה אֲשֶׁ֣ר פָּ֠סַח עַל־בָּתֵּ֤י בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ בְּ⁠מִצְרַ֔יִם בְּ⁠נָגְפּ֥⁠וֹ אֶת־מִצְרַ֖יִם וְ⁠אֶת־בָּתֵּ֣י⁠נוּ הִצִּ֑יל 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
12:27 t779 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠אֶת־בָּתֵּ֣י⁠נוּ הִצִּ֑יל 1 This means that Yahweh spared the Israelites’ firstborn sons. Alternate translation: “He did not kill the firstborn sons in our houses” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
12:28 r5cj כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֨ר צִוָּ֧ה יְהוָ֛ה אֶת־מֹשֶׁ֥ה וְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֖ן כֵּ֥ן עָשֽׂוּ 1 “everything that Yahweh told Moses and Aaron to do”
12:29 rvg9 0 The next few verses are the climax of this part of Exodus. A number of literary features mark it out. First, it is specially introduced with **and so it happened,** which is used to mark major breaks in the narrative. Second, it uses repetition: **firstborn** is repeated four times in verse 29 so that the reader cannot possibly miss what is happening. **Night** is repeated in verse 29, 30, and 31. **Got up/get up** is repeated in verse 30 and 31. In verses 31 and 32 “also” occurs five times (it is translated as “both” once in the ULT). Third, the places of both **Pharaoh** and **the captive** are elaborated on to slow the pace and create a vivid mental image for the reader. In verse 30 there is the listing of sorts of people who got up; note the use of the double negative for emphasis. Your translation should attempt to use the same or similar literary features of your own language that slow down the pace, create vivid imagery, and emphasize that this is a climax point.
12:29 zm1l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism מִ⁠בְּכֹ֤ר פַּרְעֹה֙ הַ⁠יֹּשֵׁ֣ב עַל־כִּסְא֔⁠וֹ עַ֚ד בְּכ֣וֹר הַ⁠שְּׁבִ֔י אֲשֶׁ֖ר בְּ⁠בֵ֣ית הַ⁠בּ֑וֹר וְ⁠כֹ֖ל בְּכ֥וֹר בְּהֵמָֽה 1 This is a merism used to indicate that there was no person or household excluded from Yahweh’s judgment. It both speaks of extreme parts of society and then makes this into a list by including the animals. Alternate translation: “the firstborn of Pharaoh who sits on the throne and the firstborn of the captive who was in the house of the pit and the firstborn of everyone in between was struck; even all the firstborn of the beasts were struck” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
12:29 uj6u בְּכוֹר֮ & מִ⁠בְּכֹ֤ר & בְּכ֣וֹר & בְּכ֥וֹר 1 In theses usages, **firstborn** always refers to the oldest male offspring. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 11:5](../11/05.md).
12:29 g9z1 עַ֚ד בְּכ֣וֹר הַ⁠שְּׁבִ֔י אֲשֶׁ֖ר בְּ⁠בֵ֣ית הַ⁠בּ֑וֹר 1 “to the firstborn of people in the house of the pit” This refers to prisoners in general and not to a specific person in prison.
12:30 gt4w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives כִּֽי־אֵ֣ין בַּ֔יִת אֲשֶׁ֥ר אֵֽין־שָׁ֖ם מֵֽת׃ 1 This double negative emphasizes the positive. Alternate translation: “because someone was dead in every house” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
12:31 j8k5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual אַתֶּ֖ם & כְּ⁠דַבֶּרְ⁠כֶֽם 1 Here, Pharaoh speaking is to both Moses and Aaron. If your language uses a different form if two are people addressed, use a dual form here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
12:33 j5u4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כֻּלָּ֥⁠נוּ מֵתִֽים 1 The Egyptians were afraid that they would die if the Israelites did not leave Egypt. Alternate translation: “We will all die if you do not leave” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
12:34 diw8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive מִשְׁאֲרֹתָ֛⁠ם צְרֻרֹ֥ת בְּ⁠שִׂמְלֹתָ֖⁠ם עַל־שִׁכְמָֽ⁠ם 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “They tied up their bread- making bowls in their clothes and placed them on their shoulders” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
12:36 l79h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom אֶת־חֵ֥ן הָ⁠עָ֛ם בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֥י מִצְרַ֖יִם 1 Here, **in the eyes of the Egyptians** is an idiom for the Egyptian’s feelings or opinion. **Favor** means that those feelings are positive. Taken together, this means that when the Egyptians saw the Israelites leaving Egypt, they gladly helped them (because they wanted them to leave so badly due to the Egyptians suffering under God’s judgment). If your language has the same or a similar idiom, you can translate or use it. Otherwise, you can translate the meaning. See how you translated this in [3:21](../03/21.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
12:37 n1ha rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names מֵ⁠רַעְמְסֵ֖ס 1 **Rameses** was a major Egyptian city where grain was stored. See how you translated this in [Exodus 1:11](../01/11.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
12:37 u81l rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers כְּ⁠שֵׁשׁ־מֵא֨וֹת אֶ֧לֶף 1 “about six hundred thousand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
12:39 pva6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive כִּֽי־גֹרְשׁ֣וּ מִ⁠מִּצְרַ֗יִם 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “because the Egyptians had driven them out of Egypt” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
12:40 qsi5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers שְׁלֹשִׁ֣ים & וְ⁠אַרְבַּ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת 1 “four hundred thirty” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
12:41 d8yh rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers שְׁלֹשִׁ֣ים & וְ⁠אַרְבַּ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת 1 “four hundred thirty” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
12:41 xlf4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown צִבְא֥וֹת 1 The term **hosts** refers to a large group of people, often organized into groups for war. See how you translated this in [Exodus 6:26](../06/26.md). Alternate translation: “your groups” or “your divisions” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
12:42 w6mj לַֽ⁠יהוָ֔ה שִׁמֻּרִ֛ים לְ⁠כָל־בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל לְ⁠דֹרֹתָֽ⁠ם 1 You could combine **for all the sons of Israel to observe for Yahweh throughout their generations** into one noun phrase as subject. Alternate translation: “for all the sons of Israel throughout their generations to observe for Yahweh”
12:43 zwac rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks וְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֔ן 1 After this phrase, a direct quote begins that continues until the end of [12:49](../12/49.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
12:44 n9wn וְ⁠כָל־עֶ֥בֶד אִ֖ישׁ 1 “But any slave of an Israelite”
12:44 cfp2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical וּ⁠מַלְתָּ֣ה אֹת֔⁠וֹ אָ֖ז 1 This is a hypothetical situation. You will need to use whatever form your language uses to mark something as potentially true. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
12:44 f0e8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular וּ⁠מַלְתָּ֣ה 1 Here **you** is singular. It refers to a specific man and his slave. It might make more sense to use the third person here. Alternate translation: “if he circumcised” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
12:46 j242 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive בְּ⁠בַ֤יִת אֶחָד֙ יֵאָכֵ֔ל 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “You must eat it in one house” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
12:46 iovj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd לֹא־תוֹצִ֧יא 1 Here, **you** is singular, however it is used to address a crowd, so you may need to translate it using a plural form if your languages uses one. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
12:48 j7ob rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical וְ⁠כִֽי־יָג֨וּר אִתְּ⁠ךָ֜ גֵּ֗ר וְ⁠עָ֣שָׂה פֶסַח֮ לַ⁠יהוָה֒ 1 This is a two-part hypothetical situation. It describes the circumstance and desire of the sojourner, the next portion says what he must do. You will need to use whatever form your language uses to mark something as potentially true. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
12:48 jdh9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd אִתְּ⁠ךָ֜ 1 Here, **you** is singular, however it is used to address a crowd, so you may need to translate it using a plural form if your languages uses one. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
12:48 h7k9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive הִמּ֧וֹל ל֣⁠וֹ כָל־זָכָ֗ר 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “someone must circumcise all males in his household” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
12:48 n3fz rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal הִמּ֧וֹל ל֣⁠וֹ כָל־זָכָ֗ר וְ⁠אָז֙ יִקְרַ֣ב לַ⁠עֲשֹׂת֔⁠וֹ 1 The sojourner will be circumcised in order to **draw near to keep** the Passover. Some languages may need to place the purpose clause first. Alternate translation: “in order draw near to keep it all his males must be circumcised” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
12:48 hi4z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy כְּ⁠אֶזְרַ֣ח הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ 1 Here, **land** refers to Canaan—which is the land that the Israelites will soon live in. The expression **a native of the land** means a person who is a native Israelite. Alternate translation: “those who are Israelites by birth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
12:48 f9ti rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives וְ⁠כָל־עָרֵ֖ל לֹֽא־יֹ֥אכַל בּֽ⁠וֹ 1 This can be stated in positive terms. Alternate translation: “And only a circumcised person may eat it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
12:51 e3z3 וַ⁠יְהִ֕י בְּ⁠עֶ֖צֶם הַ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה 1 This phrase is used here to mark an important event in the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
12:51 tyj3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown צִבְאֹתָֽ⁠ם 1 The term **hosts** refers to a large group of people often organized into groups for war. See how you translated this in [Exodus 6:26](../06/26.md). Alternate translation: “your groups” or “your divisions” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
13:intro g9qi 0 # Exodus 13 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Instruction v. 1-2: First mention of setting apart the firstborn v. 3-10: Reiteration of the Passover instructions from [12:14-20](../12/14.md) and [24-27](../12/24.md), with a focus on telling to Yahweh’s deeds to the future generations of Israelites v. 11-13: More details on setting apart the firstborn v. 14-16: Reiteration of purpose: telling to future generations\n2. Narrative v. 17-22: Some details of the exodus\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n* There are several concepts that will be important to understand and translate with care (some have already been encountered in Exodus). They are: set apart, sign, symbol, redemption, and sacrifice.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n* There are a number of names of people groups and places in this chapter. However, many have been translated in earlier passages.\n* Transporting the bones of Joseph may be an unknown concept in some places.\n* It may take some time to decide on a good translation for the pillars of fire and cloud that lead the Israelites.
13:2 de3u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks קַדֶּשׁ־לִ֨⁠י כָל־בְּכ֜וֹר פֶּ֤טֶר כָּל־רֶ֨חֶם֙ בִּ⁠בְנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל בָּ⁠אָדָ֖ם וּ⁠בַ⁠בְּהֵמָ֑ה לִ֖⁠י הֽוּא 1 This entire verse is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
13:3 kjzb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks אֶל־הָ⁠עָ֗ם 1 After this phrase, a direct quote begins that continues until the end of [verse 16](../13/16.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
13:3 en1s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מִ⁠בֵּ֣ית עֲבָדִ֔ים 1 Moses speaks of Egypt as if it were a house where people keep slaves. Alternate translation: “the place where you were slaves” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
13:3 yjy5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּ⁠חֹ֣זֶק יָ֔ד 1 Here, **hand** refers to power. See how you translated “strong hand” in [Exodus 6:1](../06/01.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
13:3 c6ee rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְ⁠לֹ֥א יֵאָכֵ֖ל חָמֵֽץ 1 This can be stated in active form, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
13:4 y1f3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths הָ⁠אָבִֽיב 1 This is the name of the first month of the Hebrew calendar. Aviv is during the last part of March and the first part of April on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
13:4 c6uy rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names הָ⁠אָבִֽיב 1 **Aviv** is the name of the first month of the Hebrew calendar. Aviv is during the last part of March and the first part of April on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
13:5 x89s וְ⁠הָיָ֣ה כִֽי־יְבִֽיאֲ⁠ךָ֣ יְהוָ֡ה אֶל־אֶ֣רֶץ & וְ⁠עָבַדְתָּ֛ אֶת־הָ⁠עֲבֹדָ֥ה הַ⁠זֹּ֖את בַּ⁠חֹ֥דֶשׁ הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 When the Israelites live in Canaan, they must celebrate the Passover on this day each year. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 12:25](../12/25.md).
13:5 u37l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לַ⁠אֲבֹתֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ 1 Here, **fathers** figuratively means “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “to your ancestors” (See:[[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
13:5 e287 אֶ֛רֶץ זָבַ֥ת חָלָ֖ב וּ⁠דְבָ֑שׁ 1 The same description occurs in [Exodus 3:8](../03/08.md). See how you translated it there and in the several notes for it.
13:6 vwy9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers שִׁבְעַ֥ת 1 “7” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
13:6 mde6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֔י 1 “7th” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
13:7 n41m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive מַצּוֹת֙ יֵֽאָכֵ֔ל 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “You must eat unleavened bread” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
13:7 zm8p rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers שִׁבְעַ֣ת 1 “7” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
13:7 le33 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְ⁠לֹֽא־יֵרָאֶ֨ה לְ⁠ךָ֜ חָמֵ֗ץ 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you may not have any bread with yeast among you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
13:7 c9kr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְ⁠לֹֽא־יֵרָאֶ֥ה לְ⁠ךָ֛ שְׂאֹ֖ר 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “You may not have any yeast” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
13:7 dmv1 בְּ⁠כָל־גְּבֻלֶֽ⁠ךָ 1 “inside any of the borders of your land”
13:8 qum9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes בַּ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠ה֖וּא לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר בַּ⁠עֲב֣וּר זֶ֗ה עָשָׂ֤ה יְהוָה֙ לִ֔⁠י בְּ⁠צֵאתִ֖⁠י מִ⁠מִּצְרָֽיִם 1 The quotation can be stated as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “on that day that this is because of what Yahweh did for you when you came out of Egypt” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
13:9 p21h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism וְ⁠הָיָה֩ לְ⁠ךָ֨ לְ⁠א֜וֹת עַל־יָדְ⁠ךָ֗ וּ⁠לְ⁠זִכָּרוֹן֙ בֵּ֣ין עֵינֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 These are two different types of physical reminders so people will not forget something important. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
13:9 s7zg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לְ⁠ךָ֨ לְ⁠א֜וֹת עַל־יָדְ⁠ךָ֗ 1 Moses speaks of celebrating the festival as if it were an object one could tie around their hands to remind them of what Yahweh had done. Alternate translation: “like something you tie around your hand as a reminder” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
13:9 mru4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ⁠לְ⁠זִכָּרוֹן֙ בֵּ֣ין עֵינֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 Moses speaks of celebrating the festival as if it were an object one could tie on their foreheads to remind them of what Yahweh had done. Alternate translation: “like something you tie around your head as a reminder” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
13:9 b6ny rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לְמַ֗עַן תִּהְיֶ֛ה תּוֹרַ֥ת יְהוָ֖ה בְּ⁠פִ֑י⁠ךָ 1 Here, **in your mouth** refers to the words that they speak. Alternate translation: “so you may always be speaking of the law of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
13:9 w5rm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּ⁠יָ֣ד חֲזָקָ֔ה 1 Here, **hand** refers to power. See how you translated “strong hand” in [Exodus 6:1](../06/01.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
13:10 rxel rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism מִ⁠יָּמִ֖ים יָמִֽימָ⁠ה 1 “for all time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
13:11 e886 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְ⁠לַֽ⁠אֲבֹתֶ֑י⁠ךָ 1 Here, **fathers** figuratively means “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “to your ancestors” (See:[[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
13:11 iqh5 וּ⁠נְתָנָ֖⁠הּ לָֽ⁠ךְ 1 “when he gives the land of the Canaanites to you”
13:12 mqgs וְ⁠הַעֲבַרְתָּ֥ 1 This is a deliberate word-play with [Exodus 12:12](../12/12.md) and [Exodus 12:23](../12/23.md) because these memorial sacrifices are to be reminders of what happened at the first Passover. It would be good to make a similar word-play in your translation, if possible, but following the meaning as in the UST is fine.
13:13 lwv5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בְ⁠שֶׂ֔ה & וַ⁠עֲרַפְתּ֑⁠וֹ 1 You may need to make explicit that either the **lamb** or **donkey** must be killed, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
13:13 jxw3 לֹ֥א תִפְדֶּ֖ה 1 “you do not ransom the donkey”
13:14 s8cm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes כִּֽי־יִשְׁאָלְ⁠ךָ֥ בִנְ⁠ךָ֛ מָחָ֖ר לֵ⁠אמֹ֣ר מַה־זֹּ֑את וְ⁠אָמַרְתָּ֣ אֵלָ֔י⁠ו 1 The first quotation can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “when your son asks you later what this means, then you are to tell him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
13:14 qr7q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּ⁠חֹ֣זֶק יָ֗ד 1 Here, **hand** represents God’s actions or works. See how you translated this in [Exodus 6:1](../06/01.md). Alternate translation: “With his powerful works” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
13:14 rcz7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מִ⁠בֵּ֥ית עֲבָדִֽים 1 Moses speaks of Egypt as if it were a house where people keep slaves. See how you translated this in [Exodus 13:3](../13/03.md). Alternate translation: “from the place where you were slaves” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
13:15 fgvg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor כִּֽי־הִקְשָׁ֣ה פַרְעֹה֮ לְ⁠שַׁלְּחֵ⁠נוּ֒ 1 This means he was stubborn. His stubborn attitude is spoken of as if he were hard. Alternate translation: “that when Pharaoh resisted letting us go” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
13:15 atxz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism מִ⁠בְּכֹ֥ר אָדָ֖ם וְ⁠עַד־בְּכ֣וֹר בְּהֵמָ֑ה 1 This is a figure of speech used to emphasize the extent of the plague. Alternate translation: “whether he was a person or an animal” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
13:16 bse4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism וְ⁠הָיָ֤ה לְ⁠אוֹת֙ עַל־יָ֣דְ⁠כָ֔ה וּ⁠לְ⁠טוֹטָפֹ֖ת בֵּ֣ין עֵינֶ֑י⁠ךָ 1 This expresses two ways to remember the importance of the passover event. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 13:9](./09.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
13:16 pkt7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּ⁠חֹ֣זֶק יָ֔ד 1 Here, **hand** represents God’s actions or works. See how you translated this in [Exodus 6:1](../06/01.md). Alternate translation: “with his powerful works” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
13:17 z2x6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וַ⁠יְהִ֗י 1 This marks the transition from instruction to narrative. You should mark the resumption of the narrative in a natural way in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
13:17 pum6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary וְ⁠לֹא־נָחָ֣⁠ם אֱלֹהִ֗ים דֶּ֚רֶךְ אֶ֣רֶץ פְּלִשְׁתִּ֔ים כִּ֥י קָר֖וֹב ה֑וּא 1 The route on which God took the Israelites was not the expected route. In some languages you may need to put the portion that describes the expectation first. Alternate translation: “although it was nearby, God did not lead them by way of the land of the Philistines.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
13:17 upop rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical פֶּֽן־יִנָּחֵ֥ם הָ⁠עָ֛ם בִּ⁠רְאֹתָ֥⁠ם מִלְחָמָ֖ה וְ⁠שָׁ֥בוּ מִצְרָֽיְמָ⁠ה 1 In some languages you may need to put the reason before the hypothetical result. Alternate translation: “When they see war, they may repent and return to Egypt” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
13:17 evck יִנָּחֵ֥ם 1 “turn back”
13:18 c4tw וַ⁠חֲמֻשִׁ֛ים 1 The meaning of this term (**by fives**) is uncertain. Many English translations opt for something like “prepared for battle” because this seems to be the meaning in Numbers 32:17 and the related verses in Joshua 1:14 and 4:12. Because of what the previous verse said about war, it may mean that they went out in formation—like an army would march—but perhaps not armed. Alternate translation: “And … in formation like an army”
13:19 cxyk וַ⁠יִּקַּ֥ח מֹשֶׁ֛ה אֶת־עַצְמ֥וֹת יוֹסֵ֖ף עִמּ֑⁠וֹ 1 See Joshua 24:32 regarding the burial of Jospeh’s bones.
13:19 dnlp פָּקֹ֨ד יִפְקֹ֤ד אֱלֹהִים֙ אֶתְ⁠כֶ֔ם וְ⁠הַעֲלִיתֶ֧ם אֶת־עַצְמֹתַ֛⁠י מִ⁠זֶּ֖ה אִתְּ⁠כֶֽם 1 This is an almost exact quote of what Joseph said in Genesis 50:25; reference your translation there when translating this.
13:20 mv94 מִ⁠סֻּכֹּ֑ת וַ⁠יַּחֲנ֣וּ בְ⁠אֵתָ֔ם 1 “from a place named Succoth and they camped at a place named Etham”
13:20 xq5d rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names בְ⁠אֵתָ֔ם 1 Etham was possibly located south of the route heading towards the Philistines, at the border of the wilderness. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
13:21 yi2p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וַֽ⁠יהוָ֡ה הֹלֵךְ֩ לִ⁠פְנֵי⁠הֶ֨ם 1 Here, **before their faces** means “in front of the people.” Alternate translation: “And Yahweh led them by going in front of them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
13:21 jnv8 בְּ⁠עַמּ֤וּד עָנָן֙ & בְּ⁠עַמּ֥וּד אֵ֖שׁ 1 “in a cloud in the shape of a column … in a fire in the shape of a column”
13:21 tpzk לְ⁠הָאִ֣יר לָ⁠הֶ֑ם 1 “to be light for them”
13:21 i7yl rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result אֵ֖שׁ לְ⁠הָאִ֣יר לָ⁠הֶ֑ם לָ⁠לֶ֖כֶת יוֹמָ֥ם וָ⁠לָֽיְלָה 1 They could travel by either day or night because God provided light at night. You could reorder the cause and effect if that is more natural in your language. Alternate translation: “fire. They could go by day or by night because he was light to them.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
13:22 iiuj עַמּ֤וּד הֶֽ⁠עָנָן֙ יוֹמָ֔ם וְ⁠עַמּ֥וּד הָ⁠אֵ֖שׁ לָ֑יְלָה 1 “the pillar of cloud by day or the pillar of fire by night”
13:22 qxks rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֖י הָ⁠עָֽם 1 Here, **from the face of the people** means “from in front of the people” where they could see it. Alternate translation: “from where they could see it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
14:intro jq4u 0 # Exodus 14 General Notes\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter contains an important event in the history of Israel known as the “parting of the sea of reeds (Red Sea).”\nThroughout this chapter and chapter 15, the word “sea” is used. The context shows that this is the sea of reeds (Red Sea). Since the text does not explicitly say that though, the ULT will only say “sea.” In your translation, it may help people to be more specific than the text, if just using “sea” is confusing.\n\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Pharaoh’s hard heart\n\nPharaoh’s heart is often described as hard in this chapter. This means that his heart was not open or willing to understand Yahweh’s instructions. When his heart was hardened, it became less and less receptive to Yahweh.\n\n### Pharaoh’s chariots\nThese chariots were a fighting force. Pharaoh took an army to kill the Hebrew people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Rhetorical Questions\nThe Israelites asked a few rhetorical questions of Moses. These questions were not really directed at Moses, but at Yahweh. This showed their lack of faith in Yahweh. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])
14:2 cf0c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks דַּבֵּר֮ 1 This verse begins a direct quote which continues into [verse 4](../13/04.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
14:2 mb4e rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names פִּ֣י הַחִירֹ֔ת & מִגְדֹּ֖ל & בַּ֣עַל צְפֹ֔ן 1 These are locations on Egypt’s eastern border. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
14:2 m4vg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵל֒ וְ⁠יָשֻׁ֗בוּ וְ⁠יַחֲנוּ֙ לִ⁠פְנֵי֙ פִּ֣י הַחִירֹ֔ת בֵּ֥ין מִגְדֹּ֖ל וּ⁠בֵ֣ין הַ⁠יָּ֑ם לִ⁠פְנֵי֙ בַּ֣עַל צְפֹ֔ן 1 The portion after **that** could be translated as a direct quotation. That would make a second-level direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “the sons of Israel, ‘Turn and camp before the face of Pi Hahiroth, between Migdol and the sea, before the face of Baal Zephon.’ ” \n(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
14:2 c9r8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual תַחֲנ֖וּ 1 Here, **you** is plural and refers to Moses and the Israelites. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
14:3 c81b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations וְ⁠אָמַ֤ר פַּרְעֹה֙ לִ⁠בְנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל נְבֻכִ֥ים הֵ֖ם בָּ⁠אָ֑רֶץ סָגַ֥ר עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֖ם הַ⁠מִּדְבָּֽר 1 This can be stated as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “Pharaoh will say that the Israelites are confused in the land and the wilderness has closed in on them” \n(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
14:3 tz6j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification סָגַ֥ר עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֖ם הַ⁠מִּדְבָּֽר 1 Pharaoh speaks of **the wilderness** as a person who has trapped the Israelites. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “It is as if the wilderness is closing in on them.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
14:4 dv62 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְ⁠חִזַּקְתִּ֣י אֶת־לֵב־פַּרְעֹה֮ 1 This means God will make him stubborn. His stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his heart were strong. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [4:21](../04/21.md). Alternate translation: “But I will cause Pharaoh to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
14:4 tw2m וְ⁠רָדַ֣ף אַחֲרֵי⁠הֶם֒ 1 “and Pharaoh will pursue the Israelites”
14:4 d5x1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְ⁠אִכָּבְדָ֤ה 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “And people will glorify me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
14:4 a7m2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis וְ⁠אִכָּבְדָ֤ה בְּ⁠פַרְעֹה֙ וּ⁠בְ⁠כָל־חֵיל֔⁠וֹ 1 Yahweh is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “And I will be glorified because of what I do to Pharaoh and to all his army” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
14:4 dms1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יַּֽעֲשׂוּ־כֵֽן 1 This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “So the Israelites turned and camped as Yahweh had instructed them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
14:5 t4cn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וַ⁠יֻּגַּד֙ לְ⁠מֶ֣לֶךְ מִצְרַ֔יִם 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Then someone told the king of Egypt” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
14:5 it5s בָרַ֖ח 1 “had run away”
14:5 k67b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וַ֠⁠יֵּהָפֵךְ לְבַ֨ב פַּרְעֹ֤ה וַ⁠עֲבָדָי⁠ו֙ אֶל־הָ⁠עָ֔ם 1 Here, **heart** refers to their attitudes towards the Israelites. Alternate translation: “and Pharaoh and his servants changed their attitude about the people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
14:5 go8u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וַ֠⁠יֵּהָפֵךְ לְבַ֨ב פַּרְעֹ֤ה וַ⁠עֲבָדָי⁠ו֙ אֶל־הָ⁠עָ֔ם 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “and Pharaoh and his servants turned their hearts to the people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
14:5 wljw אֶל־הָ⁠עָ֔ם 1 “against the Israelites”
14:5 v236 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion מַה־זֹּ֣את עָשִׂ֔ינוּ כִּֽי־שִׁלַּ֥חְנוּ אֶת־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל מֵ⁠עָבְדֵֽ⁠נוּ 1 They asked this question to show they thought they had done a foolish thing. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “We should not have let the Israelites go free from working for us!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
14:5 fjuz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks מַה־זֹּ֣את עָשִׂ֔ינוּ כִּֽי־שִׁלַּ֥חְנוּ אֶת־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל מֵ⁠עָבְדֵֽ⁠נוּ 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
14:5 h075 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 This is a collective singular noun. If your language would not refer to a group of people in this way, you may need to translate it as plural. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
14:7 ry11 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers וַ⁠יִּקַּ֗ח שֵׁשׁ־מֵא֥וֹת רֶ֨כֶב֙ בָּח֔וּר 1 “He took 600 of his best chariots” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
14:7 p4cg וְ⁠שָׁלִשִׁ֖ם 1 The precise meaning of this term is not known. Alternate translations: “and officers” or “and shield-bearers” or “and three men”
14:8 a1r1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וַ⁠יְחַזֵּ֣ק יְהֹוָ֗ה אֶת־לֵ֤ב פַּרְעֹה֙ 1 This means God made him stubborn. His stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his heart were strong. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [4:21](../04/21.md). Alternate translation: “And Yahweh caused Pharaoh to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
14:8 nbki בְּ⁠יָ֥ד רָמָֽה 1 “boldly” or “defiantly”
14:9 q29n כָּל־סוּס֙ רֶ֣כֶב פַּרְעֹ֔ה וּ⁠פָרָשָׁ֖י⁠ו וְ⁠חֵיל֑⁠וֹ 1 It is unclear exactly what the groupings here are. **Horses of the chariots** (probably meaning “horse-drawn chariots”) and **horsemen** could be two groups or two references to the same group. **Army** could mean another group, perhaps on foot (see [15:19](../15/19.md)), or it could be a summary grouping. Furthermore, most translations render **horses of the chariots** as “horses and chariots,” suggesting four total groups (possibly because of [v. 23](../14/23.md)). Alternate translation: “all the horse-drawn chariots of Pharaoh, and his horsemen, and his foot soldiers”
14:9 q0jo ⁠יַּשִּׂ֤יגוּ אוֹתָ⁠ם֙ חֹנִ֣ים 1 “the Israelites as they were camping”
14:9 sb7x rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names פִּי֙ הַֽחִירֹ֔ת & בַּ֥עַל צְפֹֽן 1 These are places on Egypt’s eastern border. See how you translated them in [Exodus 14:2](../14/02.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
14:10 s1xa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche וּ⁠פַרְעֹ֖ה הִקְרִ֑יב 1 Here, **Pharaoh** represents the entire Egyptian army. Alternate translation: “Then Pharaoh and his army approached” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
14:10 vyp9 וַ⁠יִּשְׂאוּ֩ בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֨ל אֶת־עֵינֵי⁠הֶ֜ם 1 “and the sons of Israel looked up” or “and the sons of Israel looked back”
14:10 qcy1 וְ⁠הִנֵּ֥ה 1 **Behold** is used to draw attention to surprising information that follows. Use a word, phrase, or structure in your language that indicates that the next information is very surprising.
14:11 vzw5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הַֽ⁠מִ⁠בְּלִ֤י אֵין־קְבָרִים֙ בְּ⁠מִצְרַ֔יִם לְקַחְתָּ֖⁠נוּ לָ⁠מ֣וּת בַּ⁠מִּדְבָּ֑ר 1 The Israelites ask this question to express their frustration and fear of dying. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “There were plenty of graveyards in Egypt for us to be buried in. You did not have to take us into the wilderness to die!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
14:11 x4n2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion מַה־זֹּאת֙ עָשִׂ֣יתָ לָּ֔⁠נוּ לְ⁠הוֹצִיאָ֖⁠נוּ מִ⁠מִּצְרָֽיִם 1 The Israelites ask this question to rebuke Moses for bringing them to the desert to die. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should not have treated us like this by bringing us out of Egypt!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
14:12 itb2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הֲ⁠לֹא־זֶ֣ה הַ⁠דָּבָ֗ר אֲשֶׁר֩ דִּבַּ֨רְנוּ אֵלֶ֤י⁠ךָ בְ⁠מִצְרַ֨יִם֙ 1 The Israelites ask this question to emphasize that this is what they had told Moses. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “This is exactly what we told you while we were in Egypt” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
14:12 ix25 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations בְ⁠מִצְרַ֨יִם֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר חֲדַ֥ל מִמֶּ֖⁠נּוּ וְ⁠נַֽעַבְדָ֣ה אֶת־מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 The portion following **saying** can be stated as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “in Egypt? We told you to leave us alone so we could work for the Egyptians.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
14:13 phy1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns וּ⁠רְאוּ֙ אֶת־יְשׁוּעַ֣ת יְהוָ֔ה אֲשֶׁר־יַעֲשֶׂ֥ה לָ⁠כֶ֖ם הַ⁠יּ֑וֹם 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **salvation** with a verb. Alternate translation: “and see that Yahweh will save you, he will do that for you today” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
14:13 sj05 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks אֶל־הָ⁠עָם֮ 1 After this phrase, a direct quote begins that continues until the end of [verse 14](../14/14.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
14:13 rrd4 לֹ֥א תֹסִ֛יפוּ לִ⁠רְאֹתָ֥⁠ם ע֖וֹד עַד־עוֹלָֽם 1 This statement is very extended for emphasis on its certainty. Alternate translation: “you will not see them again forever”
14:14 vcdc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns יְהוָ֖ה יִלָּחֵ֣ם 1 The form **Yahweh himself** is reflexive, emphasizing what Yahweh will do in contrast to what the Israelites will do. Alternate translation: “As for Yahweh, he will fight” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
14:14 hr44 תַּחֲרִישֽׁוּ⁠ן 1 Here, **silent** could mean “still.” The Israelites’ lack of action is in contrast to Yahweh’s fighting. It is not a total lack of motion or sound. Alternate translation: “you will not fight”
14:15 zsgk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 After this phrase, a direct quote begins that continues until the end of [verse 18](../14/18.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
14:15 a727 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion מַה־תִּצְעַ֖ק אֵלָ֑⁠י 1 Moses apparently had been praying to God for help, so God uses this question to compel Moses to act. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Do not call out to me any longer, Moses.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
14:16 stla הָרֵ֣ם אֶֽת־מַטְּ⁠ךָ֗ וּ⁠נְטֵ֧ה אֶת־יָדְ⁠ךָ֛ 1 See note in the [introduction to chapter 8](../08/intro.md) regarding **hand** and **staff**.
14:16 t3e4 וּ⁠בְקָעֵ֑⁠הוּ 1 “and divide the sea into two parts”
14:17 z5ub וַ⁠אֲנִ֗י הִנְ⁠נִ֤י 1 **Behold** is a term meant to focus the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. In this case Yahweh is drawing attention to his next actions. Alternate translation: “Look at what I will do”
14:17 qd3l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מְחַזֵּק֙ אֶת־לֵ֣ב מִצְרַ֔יִם 1 This means God will make them stubborn. Their stubborn attitude is spoken of as if their hearts were strong. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [4:21](../04/21.md). Alternate translation: “I will cause the Egyptians to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
14:17 asz9 וְ⁠יָבֹ֖אוּ אַחֲרֵי⁠הֶ֑ם 1 “so that the Egyptians will go into the sea after the Israelites”
14:17 hjyh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis וְ⁠אִכָּבְדָ֤ה בְּ⁠פַרְעֹה֙ וּ⁠בְ⁠כָל־חֵיל֔⁠וֹ בְּ⁠רִכְבּ֖⁠וֹ וּ⁠בְ⁠פָרָשָֽׁי⁠ו 1 Yahweh is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from the context. See how you translated a similar phrase in [verse 4](../14/04.md) Alternate translation: “And I will be glorified because of what I do to Pharaoh, all his army, his chariots, and his horsemen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
14:17 rbbz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְ⁠אִכָּבְדָ֤ה 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “And people will glorify me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
14:18 ytnm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive בְּ⁠הִכָּבְדִ֣⁠י 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “when I cause people to glorify me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
14:18 cji1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis בְּ⁠הִכָּבְדִ֣⁠י בְּ⁠פַרְעֹ֔ה בְּ⁠רִכְבּ֖⁠וֹ וּ⁠בְ⁠פָרָשָֽׁי⁠ו 1 Yahweh is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from the context. See how you translated a similar phrase in [verse 4](../14/04.md) Alternate translation: “when I get glory because of what I do to Pharaoh, his chariots, and his horsemen” or “when I show my glory by what I do to Pharaoh, his chariots, and his horsemen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
14:19 hsih rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵי֙ מַחֲנֵ֣ה & מִ⁠פְּנֵי⁠הֶ֔ם 1 Here, **face** means “front.” Alternate translation: “in front of the camp of … from in front of them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
14:19 ysv9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 This is a collective singular noun. If your language would not refer to a group of people in this way, you may need to translate it as plural. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
14:20 jyz2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 This is a collective singular noun. If your language would not refer to a group of people in this way, you may need to translate it as plural. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
14:20 c4u5 וַ⁠יְהִ֤י הֶֽ⁠עָנָן֙ וְ⁠הַ⁠חֹ֔שֶׁךְ וַ⁠יָּ֖אֶר אֶת־הַ⁠לָּ֑יְלָה 1 “and the cloud became dark and light all night”
14:21 qbzp וַ⁠יֵּ֨ט מֹשֶׁ֣ה אֶת־יָד⁠וֹ֮ עַל־הַ⁠יָּם֒ 1 See note in the [introduction to chapter 8](../08/intro.md) regarding the hand and staff.
14:21 dfx5 בְּ⁠ר֨וּחַ קָדִ֤ים 1 An **east wind** originates in the east and blows towards the west.
14:21 f9zh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וַ⁠יִּבָּקְע֖וּ הַ⁠מָּֽיִם 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “And Yahweh divided the waters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
14:24 iz9t rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown בְּ⁠אַשְׁמֹ֣רֶת הַ⁠בֹּ֔קֶר 1 This is the last third of the night. It is approximately the three hours before sunrise. Alternate translation: “very early in the morning” or “in the time before the sun rises” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
14:24 nljq מַחֲנֵ֣ה מִצְרַ֔יִם & מַחֲנֵ֥ה מִצְרָֽיִם 1 “the army of the Egyptians … the army of the Egyptians”
14:25 qdp8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks אָנ֨וּסָה֙ מִ⁠פְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל כִּ֣י יְהוָ֔ה נִלְחָ֥ם לָ⁠הֶ֖ם בְּ⁠מִצְרָֽיִם 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
14:25 qzkw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy מִ⁠פְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 Here, **the face of Israel** means the presence of Israel. See UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
14:26 dfg1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks נְטֵ֥ה אֶת־יָדְ⁠ךָ֖ עַל־הַ⁠יָּ֑ם וְ⁠יָשֻׁ֤בוּ הַ⁠מַּ֨יִם֙ עַל־מִצְרַ֔יִם עַל־רִכְבּ֖⁠וֹ וְ⁠עַל־פָּרָשָֽׁי⁠ו 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
14:26 p5ds rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יְהוָה֙ אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֔ה נְטֵ֥ה אֶת־יָדְ⁠ךָ֖ עַל־הַ⁠יָּ֑ם וְ⁠יָשֻׁ֤בוּ הַ⁠מַּ֨יִם֙ עַל־מִצְרַ֔יִם עַל־רִכְבּ֖⁠וֹ וְ⁠עַל־פָּרָשָֽׁי⁠ו׃ 1 This can be stated as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “Yahweh told Moses to reach out with his hand over the sea so that the waters would come back onto the Egyptians, their chariots, and their horsemen.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
14:26 pw8g נְטֵ֥ה אֶת־יָדְ⁠ךָ֖ עַל־הַ⁠יָּ֑ם 1 See note in the [introduction to chapter 8](../08/intro.md) regarding the hand and staff.
14:26 d46y rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns עַל־רִכְבּ֖⁠וֹ וְ⁠עַל־פָּרָשָֽׁי⁠ו 1 Here, **his** refers to Pharaoh, king of Egypt. Alternate translation: “on Pharaoh’s chariots, and on Pharaoh’s horsemen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
14:27 wn3q וַ⁠יֵּט֩ מֹשֶׁ֨ה אֶת־יָד֜⁠וֹ עַל־הַ⁠יָּ֗ם 1 See note in the [introduction to chapter 8](../08/intro.md) regarding the hand and staff.
14:27 yklz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנ֥וֹת בֹּ֨קֶר֙ 1 Here, **before the face of** means “before the occurrence of.” Alternate translation: “before it was morning” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
14:27 h64r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וַ⁠יְנַעֵ֧ר יְהוָ֛ה אֶת־מִצְרַ֖יִם בְּ⁠ת֥וֹךְ הַ⁠יָּֽם 1 Here, Yahweh is pictured as acting towards the Egyptians as if they were dirt or dust on his clothing that he shakes to be rid of them. Alternate translation: “and Yahweh threw the Egyptians back into the middle of the sea” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
14:28 o9qo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes לֹֽא־נִשְׁאַ֥ר בָּ⁠הֶ֖ם עַד־אֶחָֽד 1 This negative statement is meant to strongly convey the idea that all the Egyptians were gone. Alternate translation: “Every one of them was gone” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
14:30 zvbe rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 This is a collective singular noun. If your language would not refer to a group of people in this way, you may need to translate it as plural. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
14:30 e2lf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy מִ⁠יַּ֣ד מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 Here, **hand** refers to power. Alternate translation: “from the Egyptians’ power” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
14:30 p5zw עַל־שְׂפַ֥ת הַ⁠יָּֽם 1 “on the land along the edge of the sea”
14:31 o1oc rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns יִשְׂרָאֵ֜ל 1 This is a collective singular noun. If your language would not refer to a group of people in this way, you may need to translate it as plural. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
14:31 np6s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy אֶת־הַ⁠יָּ֣ד הַ⁠גְּדֹלָ֗ה 1 Here, **hand** refers to power. Alternate translation: “the great power” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
15:intro ni4b 0 # Exodus 15 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nVerses 1b-18 and 21b of chapter 15 verses are poetry. They are a song of praise to Yahweh because he defeated and destroyed the Egyptian army ([Exodus 14:26-28](../14/26.md).). Translating poetry should be done by someone who is a skilled poet in the target language. Because the forms of poetry are so different in different languages, a translation that is good poetry in the target language may seem very different from the original poem. The structure may look quite different. The poet will be well served by looking at the entire poem from multiple perspectives. He will need to know the meaning of the poem, the themes and discourse structure of the poem, and the feelings that the poem is supposed to create in the reader at each point (UST, tNotes). He will need to understand how that was accomplished by the original form and structure (ULT). Then he will need to compose the translated poem using forms and structures that have the same or similar meaning, themes, discourse elements, and feelings.\n\n### Structure\n\nThis song follows a basic AB structure which is given to us in verse 1b-c and 21b-c:\n\n* A - praise to Yahweh - he is magnificent (expressed in various words)\n* B - because he defeats our enemies\n\nThe song can be divided into three major sections, each of which is patterned as: AB(a)b. Each section starts with an AB portion which is characterized by fewer verbs (or participles, how to express) (especially the A portion). The section then elaborates on each. Note that there are other possible analyses of the structure of the poem.\n\nHere is an outline of the structure according to this model:\n\n* Section 1 (see alternate breakdown below):\n * 1b: A “Let me sing to Yahweh, for he has triumphantly triumphed;”\n * 1c: B “the horse and the one riding it he threw into the sea.”\n * 2-3: a\n * 4-5: b\n* Section 2:\n * 6a: A\n * 6b: B\n * 7a: a “And in the abundance of your majesty”\n * 7a-10: b  “you overthrow those who rise up against you … ”\n* Section 3:\n * 11: A\n * 12: B\n * 13a: a (possibly) “In your covenant loyalty”\n * 13a-17: b\n* 18: finale\n\nAlternate breakdown of section 1: it is possible to view 1b-c as the introduction and divide verse 2 such that:\n\n* 2a: A “Yah is my strength and my song”\n* 2b: B “and he has become my salvation”\n* 2c-3: a\n* 4-5: b\n\n### Themes:\n\nThere are several images and themes that are throughout the song as well as some that are throughout an individual section.\n\n* “High” versus “low”: Yahweh is high, while his enemies are low.\n * The following words are all related to the idea of being high or rising up: **triumph** ([v1](../15/01.md)), **exalt** ([v2](../15/02.md)), **majestic** ([v6](../15/06.md), [v11](../15/11.md)), **majesty** ([v7](../15/07.md)), and **the mountain of** \[Yahweh’s\] **possession** ([v17](../15/17.md)). In the last case Yahweh’s people are brought to a high place with him.\n * In contrast, his enemies are low. Note in [verse 7](../15/07.md), Yahweh overthrows those who **rise up against** \[him\]. Ideas of being low are as follows: **sank** ([v4](../15/04.md), [v10](../15/19.md)), **deeps** ([v5](../15/05.md)), **descended into the depths** ([v5](../15/05.md)), **melted away** ([v15](../15/15.md)), and **fall on them** ([v16](../15/16.md)).\n* The strength of Yahweh in [verses 2](../15/02.md), [6](../15/06.md), and [13](../15/13.md).\n* The effectiveness of Yahweh’s hand versus the enemy's hand. Yahweh’s hand (and arm) is effective in [verses 6](../15/06.md), [12](../15/12.md), [16](../15/16.md), and [17](../15/17.md) but the enemy’s hand is ineffective despite his boasting in [verse 9](../15/09.md).\n* There is parallel imagery near the end of each section. The enemy is compared three times by simile to a heavy, inert object. In [verses 5](../15/05.md) and [16](../15/16.md) that is a **stone**, in [verse 10](../15/10.md) that is **lead**.\n* More parallel imagery occurs at the end of sections one ([v5](../15/05.md)) and two ([v10](../15/10.md)): that of the enemy sinking in the water and being covered by it.\n* In sections two and three the water ([v8](../15/08.md)) and the other peoples ([v16](../15/16.md)) are made still by Yahweh.\n* Section two begins and ends with **majestic** ([v6](../15/06.md), [v10](../15/10.md)) and that word is picked up in the beginning of section three ([v11](../15/11.md)).\n* In section two ([v9](../15/09.md)), the enemies seek to **dispossess** (or disinherit) the Israelites; in section three ([v16](../15/16.md)), the Israelites come to live in the land of Yahweh’s **possession** (or inheritance).\n* In [verse 11](../15/11.md), three themes for the third section are introduced. These are each expanded on in that section. \n * **Holiness** occurs again in [verses 13](../15/13.md) and [16](../15/16.md)\n * **Fear** is vividly described in [verses 14-16](../15/14.md) (shake, terror, panic, trembling, melted away, dread)\n * Yahweh **does miracles** to protect and build a home for his people\n* [Verses 14](../15/14.md)-16a are a chiasm, a complex parallel structure where concepts are repeated in reverse order:\n * A: 14a: peoples (nations) *become* afraid\n * B: 14b: *inhabitants* of Philistia are afraid\n * C: 15a: *rulers* of Edom are afraid\n * C': 15b: *rulers* of Moab are afraid\n * B': 15c: *inhabitants* of Canaan are afraid\n * A': 16a: people *become* afraid\n* In section three, there is another parallel structure:\n * [v13](../15/13.md): you led this people => [v16](../15/16.md): your people pass by\n * v13: this people you redeemed => v16: this people you acquired (or purchased or ransomed)\n * v13: you led them to the home => [v17](../15/17.md): you will bring them … \[to\] the place … you made\n * v13: of your holiness => v17: the holy place\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### The Israelite’s discontent\nIn [verse 24](../15/24.md) the word **murmur** is introduced for the first time. This is a very strong term for “grumble” or “complain” that is used to describe the Israelites’ attitude throughout their time in the wilderness. It occurs several times in Exodus and Numbers.\n\n### Yahweh’s laws\n\nIn verses [24-26](../15/24.md), there is an introductory revelation of the requirement that Israel keep the covenant by obeying the law of Moses. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])
15:1 kw29 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit גָאֹ֣ה גָּאָ֔ה 1 It can be stated explicitly over whom Yahweh triumphed. Alternate translation: “he has achieved a glorious victory over the army of Egypt” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
15:1 bpyj גָאֹ֣ה גָּאָ֔ה 1 “he is highly exalted” or “he is extremely high” or “he is exaltedly exalted”
15:1 f6ue rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ס֥וּס וְ⁠רֹכְב֖⁠וֹ רָמָ֥ה בַ⁠יָּֽם 1 Moses sang about God causing the sea to cover and drown the horse and rider as if God had thrown them into the sea. Alternate translation: “he has made the horse and rider drown in the sea” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
15:1 cr5u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun ס֥וּס וְ⁠רֹכְב֖⁠וֹ 1 This refers to all or many of the Egyptian horses and riders that were chasing the Israelites. Alternate translation: “the horses and their riders” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
15:1 ex3p וְ⁠רֹכְב֖⁠וֹ 1 Here, **rider** could either refer to a person who sits on a horse or who travels in a chariot that a horse is pulling.
15:2 pb23 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy עָזִּ֤⁠י & יָ֔הּ 1 Possible meanings are (1) “Yahweh is the one who gives me strength” or (2) “Yahweh is the strong one who protects me.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
15:2 vk6l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וְ⁠זִמְרָת֙ יָ֔הּ 1 Moses calls Yahweh his song because Yahweh is the one he sings about. Alternate translation: “the one I sing about” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
15:2 kbv7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וַֽ⁠יְהִי־לִ֖⁠י לִֽ⁠ישׁוּעָ֑ה 1 Moses calls Yahweh his salvation because Yahweh saved him. Alternate translation: “he has saved me” or “he is the one who saves me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
15:2 rgtu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism זֶ֤ה אֵלִ⁠י֙ וְ⁠אַנְוֵ֔⁠הוּ אֱלֹהֵ֥י אָבִ֖⁠י וַ⁠אֲרֹמְמֶֽ⁠נְהוּ 1 These lines are expressing very similar ideas for emphasis. If that is a normal way to make an emphatic (poetic) statement or if it would be understood in your language you can translate in a similar way. If, however, repetition like this would create a different meaning, find a structure in your language that would fit. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
15:3 p1d5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יְהוָ֖ה אִ֣ישׁ מִלְחָמָ֑ה 1 Moses calls Yahweh a **man of war** because he powerfully fought against the Egyptians and won. Alternate translation: “Yahweh is like a warrior” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
15:4 pc8d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism מַרְכְּבֹ֥ת פַּרְעֹ֛ה וְ⁠חֵיל֖⁠וֹ יָרָ֣ה בַ⁠יָּ֑ם וּ⁠מִבְחַ֥ר שָֽׁלִשָׁ֖י⁠ו טֻבְּע֥וּ בְ⁠יַם־סֽוּף 1 These lines are synonymous parallels where the second strengthens what is said in the first. Alternate translation: “He threw all of Pharaoh’s army into the sea, including the chariots; even his chosen officers sank in the sea of reeds” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
15:4 p8w6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מַרְכְּבֹ֥ת פַּרְעֹ֛ה וְ⁠חֵיל֖⁠וֹ יָרָ֣ה בַ⁠יָּ֑ם 1 Moses sings about Yahweh causing the sea to cover Pharaoh’s chariots and army as if Yahweh had thrown them into the sea. Alternate translation: “He has made Pharaoh’s chariot riders and army drown in the sea” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
15:5 vdlx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism תְּהֹמֹ֖ת יְכַסְיֻ֑⁠מוּ יָרְד֥וּ בִ⁠מְצוֹלֹ֖ת כְּמוֹ־אָֽבֶן׃ 1 These lines are synonymous parallels where the second clarifies what is said in the first. Alternate translation: “The deeps covered them; because they had descended into the depths like a stone” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
15:5 nqe4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile יָרְד֥וּ בִ⁠מְצוֹלֹ֖ת כְּמוֹ־אָֽבֶן 1 Just ***like a stone*** does not float but sinks to the bottom of the sea, the enemy soldiers sank to the bottom of the sea. Alternate translation: “they went down into the deep water like a stone sinking to the bottom of the sea” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
15:6 ges4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism יְמִֽינְ⁠ךָ֣ יְהוָ֔ה נֶאְדָּרִ֖י בַּ⁠כֹּ֑חַ יְמִֽינְ⁠ךָ֥ יְהוָ֖ה תִּרְעַ֥ץ אוֹיֵֽב׃ 1 These lines are synonymous parallels where the second takes the abstract idea in the first and makes it concrete (though still with poetic imagery). Alternate translation: “Yahweh, you show how majestic in power your right hand is by shattering the enemy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
15:6 x1fz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy יְמִֽינְ⁠ךָ֣ יְהוָ֔ה נֶאְדָּרִ֖י בַּ⁠כֹּ֑חַ 1 Moses speaks of Yahweh as if Yahweh had hands. The **right hand** refers to Yahweh’s power or the things Yahweh does powerfully. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, your power is glorious” or “Yahweh, what you do is gloriously powerful” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
15:6 p1u6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy יְמִֽינְ⁠ךָ֥ יְהוָ֖ה תִּרְעַ֥ץ אוֹיֵֽב 1 Moses speaks of Yahweh as if Yahweh had hands. The **right hand** refers to Yahweh’s power. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, your power has shattered the enemy” or “Yahweh, by your power you have shattered the enemy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
15:6 rmd4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor תִּרְעַ֥ץ אוֹיֵֽב 1 Moses speaks of the enemy as if it were fragile and could be **shattered** like glass or pottery. Alternate translation: “completely destroys the enemy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
15:7 i2x4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism תַּהֲרֹ֣ס קָמֶ֑י⁠ךָ תְּשַׁלַּח֙ חֲרֹ֣נְ⁠ךָ֔ יֹאכְלֵ֖⁠מוֹ כַּ⁠קַּֽשׁ 1 These lines are synonymous parallels where the second takes the abstract idea in the first portion (**you overthrow those who rise up against you**) and makes it concrete (though still with poetic imagery). Alternate translation: “you overthrow those who rise up against you by sending out your heat to devour them like stubble” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
15:7 kmv4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns וּ⁠בְ⁠רֹ֥ב גְּאוֹנְ⁠ךָ֖ 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract nouns **abundance** and **majesty** as an adverb and adjective respectively. Alternate translation: “You are abundantly majestic and” or "Because you are abundantly majestic” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
15:7 nd3t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor קָמֶ֑י⁠ךָ 1 Rebelling against Yahweh is spoken of as rising up against him. Alternate translation: “those who rebel against you” or “your enemies” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
15:7 kst4 חֲרֹ֣נְ⁠ךָ֔ 1 “your wrath” or “your fury”
15:7 glq7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification תְּשַׁלַּח֙ חֲרֹ֣נְ⁠ךָ֔ 1 Moses speaks of Yahweh’s wrath (literally **heat**) as if it were a servant that Yahweh sent out to do something. Alternate translation: “You show your wrath” or “You acted according to your wrath” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
15:7 a5x7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יֹאכְלֵ֖⁠מוֹ כַּ⁠קַּֽשׁ׃ 1 Moses speaks of God’s wrath as if it were fire that could completely burn up things. His enemies were completely destroyed like stubble in a fire. Alternate translation: “it completely destroys your enemies like a fire that burns up straw” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
15:7 guap rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile יֹאכְלֵ֖⁠מוֹ כַּ⁠קַּֽשׁ 1 Here the enemies (or **those who rise up against** Yahweh) are pictured as if they were a highly flammable piece of dried grass. Alternate translation: “it devoured the enemy as if they were stubble” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
15:8 ic8v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification וּ⁠בְ⁠ר֤וּחַ אַפֶּ֨י⁠ךָ֙ 1 Moses speaks of God as if God had a nose, and he speaks of the wind as if God blew the wind from his nose. Alternate translation: “You blew on the sea and” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
15:8 qg9g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וּ⁠בְ⁠ר֤וּחַ אַפֶּ֨י⁠ךָ֙ נֶ֣עֶרְמוּ מַ֔יִם נִצְּב֥וּ כְמוֹ־נֵ֖ד נֹזְלִ֑ים 1 This can be expressed with an active form. Alternate translation: “The blast of your nostrils piled the waters up and made the flowing waters stand upright in a heap” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
15:8 t67e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism נֶ֣עֶרְמוּ מַ֔יִם נִצְּב֥וּ כְמוֹ־נֵ֖ד נֹזְלִ֑ים קָֽפְא֥וּ תְהֹמֹ֖ת בְּ⁠לֶב־יָֽם 1 These lines are synonymous parallels where each line means basically the same thing, but each gives the reader a different poetic image. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
15:8 uevt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בְּ⁠לֶב־יָֽם 1 The center or deepest part of the sea is spoken of as if the sea had a **heart**. Alternate translation: “in the center of the sea” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
15:9 d8nk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive תִּמְלָאֵ֣⁠מוֹ נַפְשִׁ֔⁠י 1 This can be expressed with an active form. Alternate translation: “I will satisfy my desire on them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
15:9 lu0e תּוֹרִישֵׁ֖⁠מוֹ יָדִֽ⁠י 1 The meaning of this phrase is unclear. The word translated **dispossess** could also mean ”possess” or ”inherit.” What seems clear is that the Egyptians plan to use their power to prevent the Israelites from possessing good things. Whether this is a reference back to **plunder** earlier in the verse, or to recapturing them as slaves, or to taking over the Israelites’ place in the land of Goshen, or of keeping them from reaching the promised land (of Yahweh’s possession, see [verse 17](../15/17.md) regarding where Yahweh will bring his people), or something else is not so clear. **Dispossess** was chosen rather than another term because the verb is in a causative form here. Alternate translation: “my hand will possess them” or “my hand will inherit them”
15:9 sm77 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy תּוֹרִישֵׁ֖⁠מוֹ יָדִֽ⁠י 1 Here **hand** is used figuratively of the Egyptians’ power (that is, their military strength). Alternate translation: “my power will dispossess them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
15:10 yrj5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor נָשַׁ֥פְתָּ בְ⁠רוּחֲ⁠ךָ֖ 1 Moses spoke about God making the wind blow as if God blew the wind through his nose or mouth. Alternate translation: “But you made the wind blow” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
15:10 f7d3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile צָֽלֲלוּ֙ כַּֽ⁠עוֹפֶ֔רֶת בְּ⁠מַ֖יִם אַדִּירִֽים 1 **Lead** is a heavy metal that is commonly used to make things sink in water. It is used here to show how fast God’s enemies were destroyed. Alternate translation: “sank as fast as a heavy piece of metal in the deep turbulent waters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
15:11 wq2s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion מִֽי־כָמֹ֤⁠כָה בָּֽ⁠אֵלִם֙ יְהוָ֔ה 1 Moses uses this question to show how great God is. Alternate translation: “O Yahweh, no one is like you among the gods!” or “Yahweh, none of the gods is like you!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
15:11 pp57 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion מִ֥י כָּמֹ֖⁠כָה נֶאְדָּ֣ר בַּ⁠קֹּ֑דֶשׁ נוֹרָ֥א תְהִלֹּ֖ת עֹ֥שֵׂה פֶֽלֶא 1 Moses uses this question to show how great God is. Alternate translation: “No one is like you. No one is majestic in holiness as you are, no one is honored in praises as you are, and no one does miracles as you do!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
15:12 cid8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy יְמִ֣ינְ⁠ךָ֔ 1 The phrase **right hand** represents the strong power of God. Alternate translation: “with your strong power” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
15:12 bkg2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor נָטִ֨יתָ֙ יְמִ֣ינְ⁠ךָ֔ 1 Moses speaks about God causing something to happen as if God reached out with his hand. Alternate translation: “With your strong power you made it happen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
15:12 g7bv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification תִּבְלָעֵ֖⁠מוֹ אָֽרֶץ 1 Moses personifies the earth as if it could swallow or devour with it’s mouth. Alternate translation: “the earth devoured them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
15:13 cvea rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism נָחִ֥יתָ בְ⁠חַסְדְּ⁠ךָ֖ עַם־ז֣וּ גָּאָ֑לְתָּ נֵהַ֥לְתָּ בְ⁠עָזְּ⁠ךָ֖ 1 These lines are structural parallels where the lines are saying similar things but the parallelism is more in the construction of the lines. **In your** is repeated and the concepts of **led** and **guided** are very similar to one another. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
15:14 qlpy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism tremble 1 Verses 14-16a form a complex parallel structure where things are repeated in reverse. (See the [introduction to chapter 15](../15/intro.md) and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
15:14 zi1m יִרְגָּז֑וּ⁠ן 1 This means to shake because you are afraid.
15:14 uqf7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification חִ֣יל אָחַ֔ז יֹשְׁבֵ֖י פְּלָֽשֶׁת 1 Moses speaks of **terror** as if it were a person that could forcefully grab hold of someone and make them extremely afraid. Alternate translation: “the inhabitants of Philistia will be afraid” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
15:15 qyix rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification אֵילֵ֣י מוֹאָ֔ב יֹֽאחֲזֵ֖⁠מוֹ רָ֑עַד 1 Moses speaks of **trembling** as if it were a person that could forcefully grab hold of someone and make them extremely afraid. Alternate translation: “the leaders of Moab will be afraid” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
15:15 ya48 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor נָמֹ֕גוּ 1 Moses uses the phrase, **melted away,** to speak of people becoming weak because of their fear. Alternate translation: “became weak from fear” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
15:16 nk67 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet תִּפֹּ֨ל עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֤ם אֵימָ֨תָ⁠ה֙ וָ⁠פַ֔חַד 1 **Terror and dread** form a doublet meaning “very afraid.” Alternate translation: “They will become very afraid” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
15:16 kbt5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor תִּפֹּ֨ל עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֤ם אֵימָ֨תָ⁠ה֙ וָ⁠פַ֔חַד 1 **Terror and dread** are pictured as physical objects that could **fall on** people. The image might be of them crushing people or being a heavy weight that people struggle under (however, the image is not specified). It means that the people will feel the emotions of terror and dread very strongly. Alternate translation: “They will be overwhelmed with feelings of terror and dread” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
15:16 t2yp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בִּ⁠גְדֹ֥ל זְרוֹעֲ⁠ךָ֖ 1 God’s arm represents his great strength. Alternate translation: “Because of your great strength” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
15:16 umm7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile יִדְּמ֣וּ כָּ⁠אָ֑בֶן 1 Possible meanings are (1) “They will be silent like stone” or (2) “They will be motionless as stone” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
15:17 n5i5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit תְּבִאֵ֗⁠מוֹ וְ⁠תִטָּעֵ֨⁠מוֹ֙ 1 Where God would bring them can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “You will take your people to Canaan and plant them there” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
15:17 u26j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go תְּבִאֵ֗⁠מוֹ 1 Since Moses was not already in Canaan, some languages would use “take” rather than **bring.** Alternate translation: “You will take them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
15:17 t6wg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְ⁠תִטָּעֵ֨⁠מוֹ֙ בְּ⁠הַ֣ר 1 Moses speaks about God giving his people the land to live in as if they were a plant that God was planting. Alternate translation: “settle them on the mountain of” or “let them live on the mountain of” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
15:17 p7kb בְּ⁠הַ֣ר נַחֲלָֽתְ⁠ךָ֔ 1 This refers to Mount Zion in the land of Canaan.
15:17 ie26 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בְּ⁠הַ֣ר נַחֲלָֽתְ⁠ךָ֔ 1 Moses speaks about God promising to give his people **the mountain** forever as if he were giving it to them as an inheritance. Alternate translation: “on the mountain that you have given them as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
15:17 ytz3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy כּוֹנְנ֥וּ יָדֶֽי⁠ךָ׃ 1 The phrase **your hands** refers to God’s power. Alternate translation: “that you have built by your power” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
15:18 pt2l יְהוָ֥ה׀ יִמְלֹ֖ךְ לְ⁠עֹלָ֥ם וָ⁠עֶֽד 1 “Yahweh reigns forever and ever”
15:20 g7s6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names מִרְיָ֨ם 1 Miriam was the older sister of Moses and Aaron. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
15:20 gam2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown הַ⁠תֹּ֖ף & בְּ⁠תֻפִּ֖ים 1 This is a musical instrument like a small drum that also has pieces of metal around the side that make a sound when shaken. Alternate translation: “timbrel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
15:20 lf9k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole וַ⁠תֵּצֶ֤אןָ כָֽל־הַ⁠נָּשִׁים֙ אַחֲרֶ֔י⁠הָ בְּ⁠תֻפִּ֖ים וּ⁠בִ⁠מְחֹלֹֽת 1 Here, **all** may be a generalization, it may not have been every woman. It could be better to translate as a restrictive clause as in the UST. Alternate translation: “and every woman who went out after her had a tambourine and danced” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
15:21 f6m3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit גָאֹ֣ה גָּאָ֔ה 1 It can be stated explicitly over whom Yahweh triumphed. See how you translated this in [Exodus 15:1](../15/01.md). Alternate translation: “he has achieved a glorious victory over the army of Egypt” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
15:21 hvu1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ס֥וּס וְ⁠רֹכְב֖⁠וֹ רָמָ֥ה בַ⁠יָּֽם 1 Miriam sang about God causing the sea to cover and drown the horse and rider as if God had thrown them into the sea. See how you translated this in [Exodus 15:1](../15/01.md). Alternate translation: “he has made the horse and rider drown in the sea” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
15:22 iw9n rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ 1 The word **Israel** represents the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “Moses led the Israelite people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
15:22 c7pe rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names מִדְבַּר־שׁ֑וּר 1 We do not know the exact locations of this place. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
15:23 a9pv rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names מָרָ֔תָ⁠ה 1 We do not know the exact locations of this place. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
15:24 n64m וַ⁠יִּלֹּ֧נוּ הָ⁠עָ֛ם עַל־מֹשֶׁ֥ה 1 **Murmur** is a very strong term for “grumble” or “complain” that is used to describe the Israelites’ attitude throughout their time in the wilderness. It occurs several times in Exodus and Numbers. Alternate translation: “And the people were unhappy and told Moses” or “And the people angrily told Moses”
15:26 l2hx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person לְ⁠ק֣וֹל׀ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֶ֗י⁠ךָ 1 Yahweh is speaking about his own voice. Alternate translation: “to my voice” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
15:26 w6p8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לְ⁠ק֣וֹל׀ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֶ֗י⁠ךָ 1 Yahweh’s voice represents what he says. Alternate translation: “to what I say” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
15:26 sq5x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְ⁠הַ⁠יָּשָׁ֤ר בְּ⁠עֵינָי⁠ו֙ תַּעֲשֶׂ֔ה 1 The eyes represent seeing, and seeing represents thoughts or judgment. Alternate translation: “and do what Yahweh considers to be right” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
15:26 qe63 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְ⁠הַֽאֲזַנְתָּ֙ לְ⁠מִצְוֺתָ֔י⁠ו 1 The **ear** represents listening and listening represents obeying. Alternate translation: “and you carefully obey his commands” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
15:26 m4cn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor כָּֽל־הַ⁠מַּֽחֲלָ֞ה אֲשֶׁר־שַׂ֤מְתִּי בְ⁠מִצְרַ֨יִם֙ לֹא־אָשִׂ֣ים עָלֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 God speaks of causing people to have diseases as putting diseases on them. Alternate translation: “I will not cause any of you to have the diseases that I cause the Egyptians to have” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
15:27 did8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֵילִ֔מָ⁠ה 1 This is an oasis in the desert, a place with water and shade trees. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
15:27 ark9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers twelve 1 “twelve” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
15:27 p64y rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers וְ⁠שִׁבְעִ֣ים 1 “and seventy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
16:intro nkd7 0 # Exodus 16 General Notes\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Complaints\nAfter complaining about the water, the Israelites complained that they had less food than in Egypt. This is intended to show their ungratefulness and their sinful view of Yahweh. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])\n\n### Prohibition against storing food\nThe people were not allowed to store the food, called manna, that Yahweh provided to them. This is because they were to trust in Yahweh to provide for their needs every day. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])\n\n### Sabbath\nThis is the first recorded celebration of the Sabbath rest. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]])\n\n## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Bread as food\nYahweh speaks of the food that he will send as if it were bread. The manna he gave them was perhaps not literally bread. The Israelites would eat this food every day, just as they had eaten bread every day before this. Alternate translations: “food” or “food like bread” (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/bread]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n### Chronology\n[Verses 34](../../exo/16/34.md)-36 are written from a much later perspective. Translators will need to find a way to show that this portion gives background information from a much later point (at least 40 years).\n\n### Ark of the covenant\nRelated to the chronology issue, although the covenant has not yet been made, it is referenced in [Exodus 16:34](../../exo/16/34.md). This is probably an editorial comment made after these events. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])\n\n### Wilderness of Sin\nSin is the name of a part of the Sinai Wilderness. It is the description of a place, and it has nothing to do with sinning. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
16:1 gw67 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names סִ֔ין 1 The word **Sin** here is the Hebrew name of the wilderness. It is not the English word “sin.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
16:1 h44x rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths בַּ⁠חֲמִשָּׁ֨ה עָשָׂ֥ר יוֹם֙ לַ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֔י 1 This time coincides with the end of April and the beginning of May on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
16:1 u2aq rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal בַּ⁠חֲמִשָּׁ֨ה עָשָׂ֥ר יוֹם֙ לַ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֔י 1 “on day 15 of the second month” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
16:2 h938 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole וַיִּלּ֜וֹנוּ כָּל־עֲדַ֧ת בְּנֵי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֛ל 1 Here, **all** is a generalization. Alternate translation: “And many of the community of the sons of Israel murmured” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
16:2 nx6f וַיִּלּ֜וֹנוּ 1 “And … were angry and spoke”
16:3 nwy6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo מִֽי־יִתֵּ֨ן מוּתֵ֤⁠נוּ 1 This is a way of saying that they wished that they had died. It is a hypothetical past statement. Alternate translation: “We wish that we had died” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
16:3 g1n1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְ⁠יַד־יְהוָה֙ 1 The phrase **the hand of Yahweh** represents Yahweh’s action. Alternate translation: “by Yahweh’s action” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
16:4 kls5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מַמְטִ֥יר לָ⁠כֶ֛ם לֶ֖חֶם מִן־הַ⁠שָּׁמָ֑יִם 1 God speaks of food coming down from heaven as if it were rain. Alternate translation: “make bread come down from heaven like rain” or “make bread fall to you from the sky” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
16:4 yew5 בְּ⁠תוֹרָתִ֖⁠י 1 “in my instruction”
16:5 p1f6 וְ⁠הָיָה֙ בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠שִּׁשִּׁ֔י וְ⁠הֵכִ֖ינוּ 1 “It will happen on the sixth day that they will prepare” or “On the sixth day they will prepare”
16:5 cl74 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠שִּׁשִּׁ֔י 1 “on day 6” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
16:5 t5il מִשְׁנֶ֔ה 1 two times
16:7 zb21 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion וְ⁠נַ֣חְנוּ מָ֔ה כִּ֥י תלונו עָלֵֽי⁠נוּ 1 Moses and Aaron used this question to show the people that it was foolish to complain against them. Alternate translation: “We are not powerful enough for you to complain against us.” or “It is foolish to complain against us, because we cannot do what you want.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
16:8 pn4e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion וְ⁠נַ֣חְנוּ מָ֔ה 1 Moses used this question to show the people that he and Aaron did not have the power to give them what they wanted. Alternate translation: “Aaron and I cannot give you what you want.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
16:8 vdr8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠נַ֣חְנוּ מָ֔ה לֹא־עָלֵ֥י⁠נוּ תְלֻנֹּתֵי⁠כֶ֖ם כִּ֥י עַל־יְהוָֽה 1 The people were complaining against Moses and Aaron, who were Yahweh’s servants. So by complaining against them, the people were really complaining against Yahweh. Alternate translation: “Your complaints are not really against us; they are against Yahweh, because we are his servants” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
16:9 ijpf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר מֹשֶׁה֙ אֶֽל־אַהֲרֹ֔ן אֱמֹ֗ר אֶֽל־כָּל־עֲדַת֙ בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל קִרְב֖וּ 1 There are two layers of quotes here. You may want to translate one or the other as an indirect quotation in order to reduce the layers of quotations in this passage. Alternative translation: “And Moses told Aaron to tell all of the congregation of the sons of Israel, “Approach” or “And Moses told Aaron, “Tell all of the congregation of the sons of Israel to approach” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
16:10 q4ax וַ⁠יְהִ֗י 1 This phrase is used here to mark an important event in the story. The important event here is the people seeing Yahweh’s glory. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
16:10 b6rp וְ⁠הִנֵּה֙ 1 The word **behold** here shows that the people saw something interesting.
16:13 aas8 וַ⁠יְהִ֣י 1 This phrase is used here to mark an important part of the events. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
16:13 eu1x rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown הַ⁠שְּׂלָ֔ו 1 These are small, plump birds. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
16:14 k5lb rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown כַּ⁠כְּפֹ֖ר 1 Frost is frozen dew that forms on the ground. It is very fine. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
16:14 jern rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile כַּ⁠כְּפֹ֖ר 1 The original readers knew what frost is like, so this phrase would help them understand what the flakes were like. Alternate translation: “that looked like frost” or “that was fine like frost” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
16:16 gotf אִ֖ישׁ לְ⁠פִ֣י אָכְל֑⁠וֹ 1 “according to how much each will eat”
16:16 fqp9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume עֹ֣מֶר 1 2 liters (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
16:16 mnwy עֹ֣מֶר לַ⁠גֻּלְגֹּ֗לֶת מִסְפַּר֙ נַפְשֹׁ֣תֵי⁠כֶ֔ם אִ֛ישׁ לַ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר בְּ⁠אָהֳל֖⁠וֹ תִּקָּֽחוּ 1 “take an omer per person according to how many people are in the gatherer’s tent”
16:20 itjo וַ⁠יָּ֥רֻם תּוֹלָעִ֖ים 1 “and it decayed with worms”
16:21 jd5t אִ֖ישׁ כְּ⁠פִ֣י אָכְל֑⁠וֹ 1 “everyone according to how much they would eat” or “everyone according to how many people they had to feed”
16:22 nrx8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וַ⁠יְהִ֣י 1 This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. Verses 16:22-30 tell about what the people did concerning the manna on the sixth and seventh days of the week. If your language has a way for marking this as a new part of the story, you could consider using it here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
16:22 xk6x rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠שִּׁשִּׁ֗י 1 “on day 6” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
16:22 zj1u מִשְׁנֶ֔ה 1 “two times as much”
16:22 f4j9 לֶ֨חֶם֙ 1 This refers to the bread that appeared as thin flakes on the ground each morning.
16:23 wc4a שַׁבָּת֧וֹן שַׁבַּת־קֹ֛דֶשׁ לַֽ⁠יהוָ֖ה 1 “is a day to stop working completely and dedicate to Yahweh”
16:24 y4d9 וְ⁠לֹ֣א הִבְאִ֔ישׁ 1 “And it did not smell rotten”
16:25 pr1p כִּֽי־שַׁבָּ֥ת הַ⁠יּ֖וֹם לַ⁠יהוָ֑ה 1 “today is a Sabbath, a day to honor Yahweh by not working”
16:26 jv77 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal וּ⁠בַ⁠יּ֧וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֛י 1 “but on day seven” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
16:27 qf14 וְ⁠לֹ֖א מָצָֽאוּ 1 “but they did not find any manna”
16:28 e1vx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion עַד־אָ֨נָה֙ מֵֽאַנְתֶּ֔ם לִ⁠שְׁמֹ֥ר מִצְוֺתַ֖⁠י וְ⁠תוֹרֹתָֽ⁠י 1 God used this question to scold the people because they did not obey his laws. Alternate translation: “You people still do not keep my commandments and laws!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
16:28 q41d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd מֵֽאַנְתֶּ֔ם 1 # General Information:\n\nYahweh speaks to Moses, but the word **you** refers to the people of Israel in general. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
16:28 vnq7 לִ⁠שְׁמֹ֥ר מִצְוֺתַ֖⁠י וְ⁠תוֹרֹתָֽ⁠י 1 “to obey my commandments and my laws”
16:29 p22l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor כִּֽי־יְהוָה֮ נָתַ֣ן לָ⁠כֶ֣ם הַ⁠שַּׁבָּת֒ 1 Yahweh speaks about teaching people to rest on the Sabbath as if the Sabbath were a gift. Alternate translation: “I, Yahweh, have taught you to rest on the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
16:29 dt58 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal בַּ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠שִּׁשִּׁ֖י & בַּ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִֽי 1 “on day 6 … on day 7” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
16:29 y8wf לֶ֣חֶם 1 This refers to the bread that appeared as thin flakes on the ground each morning.
16:29 wi2z יוֹמָ֑יִם 1 “for 2 days”
16:31 r1a5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown כְּ⁠זֶ֤רַע גַּד֙ לָבָ֔ן 1 **Coriander** is an herb also known as cilantro. People eat both the leaves and seeds. People dry the seeds and grind them into a powder and put it in food to give it flavor. Alternate translation: “like a small white seed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
16:31 vrl4 כְּ⁠צַפִּיחִ֥ת 1 **Wafers** are very thin biscuits or crackers.
16:33 llup rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֔ה 1 Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of Yahweh. Alternate translation: “in the presence of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
16:34 x9vr rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background wafers 1 Verses 34-36 provide a later commentary on the chapter. If your language has a way of marking background information you may want to use it starting from verse 34 or verse 35. You may want to leave verse 34 more connected to verse 33 even though it references the **Covenant** which has not been given yet. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
16:34 jzcz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י הָ⁠עֵדֻ֖ת 1 Here, **face** figuratively represents being near the **Covenant.** Alternate translation: “near the Covenant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
16:36 g8ns rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume וְ⁠הָ⁠עֹ֕מֶר עֲשִׂרִ֥ית הָ⁠אֵיפָ֖ה הֽוּא 1 An omer and an ephah are both containers for measuring volume. The original readers would have known how much an ephah was. This sentence would help them know how much an omer was.(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
16:36 a9uh rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction וְ⁠הָ⁠עֹ֕מֶר עֲשִׂרִ֥ית הָ⁠אֵיפָ֖ה הֽוּא 1 For languages that do not use fractions, this can be reworded. Alternate translation: “Now ten omers equal one ephah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
17:intro f12q 0 # Exodus 17 General Notes\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Rhetorical Questions\nMoses uses several rhetorical questions in this chapter. The purpose of these questions is to convince people of their sin. Likewise, the people’s rhetorical question showed their ignorance. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Wilderness of Sin\nSin is the name of a part of the Sinai Wilderness. It is not the description of a place, and it has nothing to do with sinning. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n\n### Naming\nAs in the last couple of chapters, places and things are named for what happens in that location. In this chapter is Massah (which means “test”), Meribah (“arguing”), and an alter named “Yahweh is my Banner” because Yahweh will be at war with the Amalekites forever.
17:1 jzz5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וַ֠⁠יִּסְעוּ כָּל־עֲדַ֨ת בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֧ל 1 A new scene begins here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
17:1 h1li rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names סִ֛ין 1 The word “Sin” here is the Hebrew name of the wilderness. It is not the English word “sin.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 16:1](../16/01.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
17:1 e7jv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy עַל־פִּ֣י יְהוָ֑ה 1 Here, **mouth** is a refers figuratively to Yahweh’s commands (that is, what he says to do). Alternate translation: “at the command of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
17:1 j1fm rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names בִּ⁠רְפִידִ֔ים 1 **Rephidim** means “the resting place,” a place to rest on long journeys through the wilderness. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
17:2 hr9b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion מַה־תְּרִיבוּ⁠ן֙ עִמָּדִ֔⁠י מַה־תְּנַסּ֖וּ⁠ן אֶת־יְהוָֽה 1 Moses uses these questions to scold the people. Alternate translation: “You should not quarrel with me! You should not test Yahweh!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
17:3 cz24 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion לָ֤⁠מָּה זֶּה֙ הֶעֱלִיתָ֣⁠נוּ מִ⁠מִּצְרַ֔יִם לְ⁠הָמִ֥ית אֹתִ֛⁠י וְ⁠אֶת־בָּנַ֥⁠י וְ⁠אֶת־מִקְנַ֖⁠י בַּ⁠צָּמָֽא 1 The people use this question to accuse Moses of wanting to kill them. Alternate translation: “You only brought us out here to kill us and our children and cattle by not letting us have any water to drink!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
17:6 nspc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לְ⁠פָנֶ֨י⁠ךָ 1 Here, **before your face** means “in front of”. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
17:7 x5an rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names מַסָּ֖ה 1 **Massah** is a place in the desert whose name means “testing” in Hebrew. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
17:7 hw7y rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וַ⁠יִּקְרָא֙ 1 **Meribah** is a place in the desert whose name means “complaining” in Hebrew. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
17:7 m55e אִם־אָֽיִן 1 In some languages it may be unnatural to explicitly have the negative option included in this question or to have it at the end. It may be omitted or relocated in the question if that is the case.
17:8 nyt1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וַ⁠יָּבֹ֖א עֲמָלֵ֑ק 1 A new scene begins here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
17:8 hi3u rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns עֲמָלֵ֑ק & יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 **Amalek** and **Israel** are both collective nouns that refer to the nations (people groups) descended from that individual. Alternate translation: “the Amalekites … the Israelites” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
17:8 srdq rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants עֲמָלֵ֑ק 1 **Amalek** or the Amalekites are a completely new participant in the story which you may need to point out in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
17:8 rv14 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names בִּ⁠רְפִידִֽם 1 **Rephidim** was the name of a place in the desert. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
17:9 iktn rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names יְהוֹשֻׁ֨עַ֙ 1 This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
17:9 soi0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants יְהוֹשֻׁ֨עַ֙ 1 **Joshua** is a completely new participant in the story which you may need to point out in your translation. He is a major character. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
17:10 ca3g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche וַ⁠יַּ֣עַשׂ יְהוֹשֻׁ֗עַ כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֤ר אָֽמַר־ל⁠וֹ֙ מֹשֶׁ֔ה לְ⁠הִלָּחֵ֖ם בַּ⁠עֲמָלֵ֑ק 1 **Joshua** represents himself and the Israelites that he led into battle. Alternate translation: “And, as Moses instructed, Joshua and the men he chose fought against the Amalekites” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
17:10 wy51 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וְ⁠ח֔וּר 1 Hur was a friend of Moses and Aaron. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
17:10 itcx rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants וְ⁠ח֔וּר 1 **Hur** is a new participant in the story which you may need to point out in your translation. However, he is a very minor character. He only appears in this passage and once much later in the book, so you may not need to highlight him at all. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
17:11 x5ex rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche וְ⁠גָבַ֣ר יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל & וְ⁠גָבַ֥ר עֲמָלֵֽק 1 The words “Israel” and “Amalek” represent the fighters from those groups. Alternate translation: “the Israelite fighters were winning … the Amalekite fighters would begin to win” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
17:12 hxt8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וִ⁠ידֵ֤י מֹשֶׁה֙ כְּבֵדִ֔ים 1 The author writes of Moses’ arms becoming tired as if his hands became heavy. Alternate translation: “And Moses’ arms became tired” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
17:12 js2p מִ⁠זֶּ֤ה אֶחָד֙ וּ⁠מִ⁠זֶּ֣ה אֶחָ֔ד 1 “one on one side, and one on the other”
17:13 plp3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לְ⁠פִי־חָֽרֶב 1 The sword represents battle. Alternate translation: “in the battle” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
17:14 c5rl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מָחֹ֤ה אֶמְחֶה֙ אֶת־זֵ֣כֶר עֲמָלֵ֔ק 1 God speaks of destroying Amalek as if he were removing people’s memory of Amalek. When a group of people is completely destroyed, there is nothing to remind people about them. Alternate translation: “I will completely destroy Amalek” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
17:14 jm77 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy עֲמָלֵ֔ק 1 This refers to the Amalekites. Alternate translation: Amalekites” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
17:14 n42j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy מִ⁠תַּ֖חַת הַ⁠שָּׁמָֽיִם 1 This phrase is used to represent all people everywhere. Alternate translation: “from all people every where” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
17:15 fneg נִסִּֽ⁠י 1 **Banner** is something lifted up high, perhaps like a flag, that people can see from a distance and follow. Alternate translation: “is my military standard” or “is my guidon”
17:16 lr14 כִּֽי־יָד֙ עַל־כֵּ֣ס יָ֔הּ 1 The Hebrew here is very difficult and there are a variety of opinions regarding the meaning. Questions include: 1) Whose hand is referred to? Amalek’s, Yahweh’s, or Moses’? 2) What is the hand on (or against)? Yahweh’s throne or banner? 3) What is the meaning of the preposition meaning on, against, or above? What does that signify? Rebellion, or taking an oath, or holding onto a symbol of power? If there is another translation in your region, it may be best to simply follow the interpretation it gives. Alternate translation: “Because a hand was on the throne of Yah” or “Because a hand was on the banner of Yah”
17:16 sw1q מִלְחָמָ֥ה לַ⁠יהוָ֖ה בַּֽ⁠עֲמָלֵ֑ק 1 This phrase has no verbs in Hebrew. You may need to translate the noun **war** as a verb. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will make war with Amalek” or “Yahweh will war against Amalek”
18:intro t8g2 0 # Exodus 18 General Notes\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Leadership lessons\nJethro taught Moses an important leadership lesson in this chapter. Many scholars look at this chapter for important leadership lessons. Moses delegated some of his responsibilities to other godly men so that he would not become worn out by all the demands made of him. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])
18:1 nl86 Moses’ father-in-law 1 This refers to the father of the wife of Moses.
18:2 zw6h took Zipporah, Moses’ wife 1 Possible meanings are (1) Jethro took Zipporah to Moses, or (2) Jethro had earlier welcomed back Zipporah.
18:2 chy6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit after he had sent her home 1 This is something Moses had done earlier. The full meaning of the can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “after Moses had sent her home to her parents” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
18:3 khs1 and her two sons 1 This is the ending of the sentence that begins with the words “Jethro … took Zipporah” in verse 2. Possible meanings are (1) Jethro took Zipporah and her two sons to Moses, or (2) Jethro had earlier welcomed back Zipporah and her two sons.
18:3 k4mb rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Gershom 1 This is a son of Moses and Zipporah, whose name means “foreigner.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
18:4 xi35 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Eliezer 1 This is a son of Moses and Zipporah, whose name means “God is the one who helps me.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
18:4 z2km rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Pharaoh’s sword 1 This represents being killed by Pharaoh or Pharaoh’s army. Alternate translation: “being killed by Pharaoh” or “being killed by Pharaoh’s army” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
18:5 kpq9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive where he was camped 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “where he camped with the Israelites” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
18:7 s5p2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction bowed down, and kissed him 1 These symbolic acts were the normal way that people showed great respect and devotion in that culture. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
18:8 rkq2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy for Israel’s sake 1 The word “Israel” represents the Israelite people. Alternate translation: “in order to help the Israelite people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
18:8 a1ra rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor all the hardships that had come to them 1 Moses writes of hardships happening to them as if hardships had come to them. Alternate translation: “all the hardships that had happened to them” or “all the hardships they had experienced” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
18:9 wp1p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy the hand of the Egyptians 1 The hand represents the power of someone to do something. Alternate translation: “the power of the Egyptians … the power of Pharaoh” or “what the Egyptians were doing to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
18:10 nrv7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy the hand of the Egyptians & the hand of Pharaoh 1 The hand represents the power of someone to do something. Alternate translation: “the power of the Egyptians … the power of Pharaoh” or “what the Egyptians were doing to you … what Pharaoh was doing to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
18:14 bax5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion What is this that you are doing with the people? 1 Jethro uses this question to show Moses that what he was doing was not good. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should not be doing all of this for the people!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
18:14 b5wj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion Why is it that you sit alone & from morning until evening? 1 Jethro used this question to show Moses that he was doing too much. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should not sit alone … from morning till evening!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
18:14 cfd1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy you sit alone 1 The word “sit” here is a metonym for “judge.” Judges would sit while they listened to people’s complaints. Alternate translation: “you judge alone” or “you are the only one who judges the people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
18:18 jtd2 You will surely wear yourselves out 1 “you will surely make yourselves very tired”
18:18 h91b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor This burden is too heavy for you 1 Jethro speaks of the hard work that Moses is doing as if it were a physical burden that Moses was carrying. Alternate translation: “This work is too much for you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
18:19 pug7 you advice 1 “you guidance” or “you instruction”
18:19 v8i9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor God will be with you 1 Jethro speaks of God helping Moses as if God would be with Moses. Alternate translation: “God will help you” or “God will give you wisdom” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
18:19 w4r8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor you bring their disputes to him 1 Jethro speaks of Moses telling God about their disputes as if Moses were bringing their disputes to God. Alternate translation: “you tell God about their disputes” or “you tell God what they are arguing about” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
18:20 w3vf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor You must show them the way to walk 1 Jethro speaks of living or behaving like walking. Alternate translation: “You must show them how to live” or “You must show them how to behave” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
18:21 p2rq Connecting Statement: 1 # Connecting Statement:\n\nJethro continues speaking to Moses.
18:21 p5ap Furthermore, you must choose 1 “In addition, you must choose” or “You must also choose”
18:21 n936 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor You must put them over people 1 Jethro speaks of giving them authority over people as putting them over people. Alternate translation: You must give them authority over people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
18:21 d2hv rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers leaders in charge of thousands, hundreds, fifties, and of tens 1 Possible meanings are (1) these numbers represent the exact amount of people in each group. Alternate translation: “leaders in charge of groups of 1,000 people, groups of 100 people, groups of 50 people, and groups of 10 people” or (2) these numbers are not exact, but represent groups of people of various sizes. Alternate translation: “leaders in charge of very small groups, small groups, large groups, and very large groups” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
18:22 p4sr routine cases 1 “the simple cases”
18:22 y5n2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor the difficult cases they will bring to you 1 Jethro speaks of telling Moses about the difficult cases as bringing him the difficult cases. Alternate translation: “the difficult cases they will tell you about” or “when there are difficult cases, they will tell you about them so you can judge them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
18:22 u42p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor they will carry the burden with you 1 Jethro speaks of the hard work that they would do as if it were a burden that they would carry. Alternate translation: “they will do the hard work with you” or “they will help you do the hard work” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
18:23 wyq4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit endure 1 What they will endure can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “endure the stress of the work” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
18:25 n2ws rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor heads over the people 1 Moses writes of the leaders of people as if they were the head of a body. Alternate translation: “leaders of the people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
18:25 tb18 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit capable men 1 What they were capable of doing can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “men who were able to lead” or “men who were able to judge” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
18:25 iqn8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers leaders in charge of thousands, hundreds, fifties, and tens 1 Possible meanings are (1) these numbers represent the exact amount of people in each group. Alternate translation: “leaders in charge of groups of 1,000 people, groups of 100 people, groups of 50 people, and groups of 10 people” or (2) these numbers are not exact, but represent groups of people of various sizes. Alternate translation: “leaders in charge of very small groups, small groups, large groups, and very large groups” See how you translated this in [Exodus 18:21](../18/21.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
18:26 abx4 judged the people in normal circumstances 1 “judged the people most of the time” or “judged the people’s easy cases”
18:26 z7j4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor The difficult cases they brought to Moses 1 The author writes of telling Moses about the difficult cases as bringing him the difficult cases. Alternate translation: “the difficult cases they told Moses about” or “when there were difficult cases, they told Moses about them so that he would judge them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
18:26 ve8h the small cases 1 “the easy cases”
19:intro ck7e 0 # Exodus 19 General Notes\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “A kingdom of priests”\nThe function of the priests was to intercede for the people. The Levites were the only priests in Israel; this is a metaphor indicating that the nation was to intercede for the world as a whole. They were also to be holy, or set apart, from the rest of the world. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])\n\n### Revealing the Law\nThe events of this chapter are concerned with preparing the people to receive the law of Moses. The people go through all of this to prepare themselves for the law, which show the great importance of this event for Israel. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])
19:1 r5tj rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths In the third month & on the same day 1 This means they arrived at the wilderness on the first day of the month just as they left Egypt on the first day of the month. The first day of the third month on the Hebrew calendar is near the middle of May on Western calendars. Alternate translation: “In the third month … on the first day of the month” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
19:1 xw7p had gone out from 1 “had left”
19:2 nk51 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Rephidim 1 This is an area on the edge of the wilderness of Sinai where the people of Israel had been camping. See how you translated this name in [Exodus 17:1](../17/01.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
19:3 s2qt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy the house of Jacob 1 The word “house” here represents Jacob’s family and descendants. Alternate translation: “the descendants of Jacob” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
19:3 f4qw the house of Jacob, the people of Israel 1 The phrase “the people of Israel” explains what “the house of Jacob” means.
19:4 z9i6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you You have seen 1 The word **you** here refers to the Israelites. Yahweh is telling Moses what to tell the Israelites. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
19:4 b7ph rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor I carried you on eagles’ wings 1 God speaks of caring for his people while they traveled as if he were an eagle and carried them on his wings. Alternate translation: “I helped you travel like an eagle that carries her babies on her wings” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
19:5 th35 obediently listen to my voice 1 Obediently can be expressed as a verb. Alternate translation: “listen to my voice and obey me”
19:5 c767 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy my voice 1 God’s voice represents what he says. Alternate translation: “what I say” or “my words” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
19:5 fh8e keep my covenant 1 “do what my covenant requires you to do”
19:5 ifv6 special possession 1 “treasure”
19:6 gm9s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor a kingdom of priests 1 God speaks of his people as if they were priests. Alternate translation: “a kingdom of people who are like priests” or “a kingdom of people who do what priests do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
19:7 c5tq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor set before them all these words 1 The author writes of Moses telling people things as if he were setting the words before them. AT “told them all these words” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
19:7 zqk1 all these words that Yahweh had commanded him 1 “all that Yahweh had commanded him”
19:8 ljf5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go Moses came to report 1 Where Moses went can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “Moses went back up the mountain to report” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
19:8 rwx6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy the people’s words 1 The word “words” refers to what the people said. Alternate translation: “what the people said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
19:10 ie7y you must set them apart to me 1 This probably means “tell them to dedicate themselves to me” or “tell them to purify themselves for me.”
19:10 j891 their garments 1 “their clothes” or “what they are wearing”
19:11 d6tm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you Be ready 1 This was a command to the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
19:12 lg7u General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nYahweh continues speaking to Moses.
19:12 d48p set boundaries 1 “make a boundary.” This was either a mark or some kind of barrier.
19:12 kis1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive Whoever touches the mountain will surely be put to death 1 This can be stated with an active form. Alternate translation: “You must surely put to death any person who touches the mountain” or “You must surely kill anyone who touches the mountain” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
19:12 ibe7 Whoever touches 1 “Any person who touches” or “Anyone who touches”
19:13 l9ak such a person 1 “a person who does that” or “a person who touches the mountain”
19:13 k35k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive he must certainly be stoned or shot 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you must certainly stone or shoot him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
19:13 vw19 shot 1 This refers to being killed by someone who shoots arrows from a bow or stones from a slingshot.
19:13 ng41 a long blast 1 “a long, loud sound”
19:15 bw2p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism do not go near your wives 1 This is a polite way of talking about sleeping with their wives. Alternate translation: “do not sleep with your wives” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
19:16 fvt8 All the people & trembled 1 “All the people … shook with fear”
19:18 m1b5 Yahweh descended 1 “Yahweh came down”
19:18 a8p7 like the smoke of a furnace 1 This shows that it was a very large amount of smoke. Alternate translation: “like the smoke from a very large fire”
19:18 np1s rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown furnace 1 an oven that can be made extremely hot (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
19:19 m8ae grew louder and louder 1 “continued to become louder and louder”
19:19 f5e6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy in a voice 1 The word “voice” here refers to a sound that God made. Possible meanings are (1) “by speaking loudly like thunder” or (2) “by speaking” or (3) “by causing thunder to sound” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
19:20 v7mh he summoned Moses 1 “he commanded Moses to come up”
19:21 d2qm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor not to break through 1 God spoke about walking past the boundary as if they might break down a barrier and walk through it. See how you translated “set bounds” in [Exodus 19:12](../19/12.md). Alternate translation: “not to go beyond the boundary” or “not to go through the barrier”(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
19:24 w8lx get down 1 “go down”
19:24 bk6p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor break through the barrier 1 God spoke about walking past the boundary as if they might break down a barrier and walk through it. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 19:21](../19/21.md). Alternate translation: “go beyond the boundary” or “go through the barrier” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
20:intro x7vt 0 # Exodus 20 General Notes\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThe instructions recorded in this chapter are commonly known as the “ten commandments.”\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Covenant\nYahweh’s covenant faithfulness is now based on the covenant he made with Abraham as well as the covenant he is making with Moses. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenantfaith]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])
20:2 qg71 house of slavery 1 “place where you were slaves”
20:3 r9h3 You must have no other gods before me 1 “You must not worship any other gods but me”
20:4 rkn1 nor the likeness 1 “and you must not make the likeness”
20:5 ka3i You must not bow down to them or worship them 1 The word “them” refers to carved figures or idols.
20:5 r6zh jealous 1 God wants his people to worship only him.
20:5 w4cs punish the ancestors’ wickedness by bringing punishment on the descendants 1 God will punish people for the sin of their parents.
20:5 s2ia rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal to the third and the fourth generation 1 “to generations 3 and 4.” This refers to the grandchildren and great-grandchildren. Alternate translation: “even on the grandchildren and great-grandchildren (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
20:6 u9nc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns I show covenant faithfulness to thousands of those who love me 1 The abstract noun “faithfulness” can be stated as “faithfully” or “faithful.” Alternate translation: “I faithfully love thousands of those who love me” or “I am faithful to the covenant with thousands of those who love me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
20:6 yw38 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit to thousands of those who love me 1 The word “thousands” is a metonym for a number too many to count. Alternate translation: “forever to those who love me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
20:7 t3k2 take the name of Yahweh your God 1 “use the name of Yahweh your God”
20:7 gcz2 in vain 1 “carelessly” or “without proper respect”
20:7 sl6g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives I will not hold guiltless 1 This double-negative can be stated as a positive. Alternate translation: “I will certainly consider guilty” or “I will certainly punish” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
20:8 kwn7 set it apart 1 “set it apart for a special purpose”
20:9 sad1 do all your work 1 “do all your usual duties”
20:10 t1ky rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy within your gates 1 Cities often had walls around them to keep out enemies, and gates for people to go in and out. Alternate translation: “within your community” or “inside your city” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
20:11 vw1f rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal on the seventh day 1 “on day seven.” Here “seventh” is the ordinal number for “7.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
20:11 s8ds blessed the Sabbath day 1 Possible meanings are that (1) God caused the Sabbath day to produce good results, or (2) God said that the Sabbath day was good.
20:14 wyv9 You must not commit adultery 1 “You must not have sex with anyone other than your spouse”
20:16 zix8 must not give false testimony 1 “must not speak a false report” or “must not tell lies about someone”
20:17 vt9t must not covet 1 “must not strongly want to have” or “must not want to take”
20:18 swq3 voice of the trumpet 1 “sound of the trumpet”
20:18 nm52 the mountain smoking 1 “smoke coming from the mountain”
20:18 lmt5 they trembled 1 “they shook with fear”
20:18 h53m stood far off 1 “stood far away” or “stood at a distance”
20:20 slb8 so that the honor of him may be in you, and so that you do not sin 1 “so that you will honor him and not sin”
20:21 lts1 Moses approached 1 “Moses went closer to”
20:22 tq2f This is what you must tell the Israelites 1 “Tell the Israelites this”
20:22 r6jh You yourselves have seen that I have talked with you from heaven 1 “You have heard me speak to you from heaven”
20:23 hi91 You will not make for yourselves other gods alongside me 1 “You must not make idols as other gods instead of me”
20:23 qm44 gods of silver or gods of gold 1 “gods made out of silver or gold” or “idols made out of silver or gold”
20:24 pf1i earthen altar 1 an altar made of materials from the ground, such as stone, soil, or clay
20:24 ge89 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy cause my name to be honored 1 Here “name” is a metonym for God’s being. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “choose for you to honor me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
20:26 qm1b You must not go up to my altar on steps 1 “Do not build steps up to the altar and go up to it on those steps”
20:26 h2qd your nakedness 1 “your private parts”
21:intro dnd3 0 # Exodus 21 General Notes\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Covenant with Moses\nAlthough the covenant Yahweh made with Moses began in the previous chapter, it formally begins with the statement, “Now these are the decrees that you must set before them.” The law of Moses was a major part of this covenant. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])\n\n### Slavery\nThis passage does not condone slavery as an acceptable practice. However, it does impose some restrictions on the practice.\n\n### Justice in society\nThe rules and law of this chapter are not intended to be followed by every society. Israel was God’s chosen nation and was required to live in a special way. These laws concerned creating a just society and a holy nation. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/elect]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])
21:1 b3g4 General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nYahweh continues speaking to Moses.
21:1 hhf7 you must set before them 1 “you must give them” or “you must tell them”
21:2 di5z General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nYahweh tells Moses his laws for the people of Israel.
21:3 ln3r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit If he came by himself, he must go free by himself 1 What “by himself” means can be stated clearly. Some languages require that the additional condition, that he marries while a slave, be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “If he became a slave while he had no wife, and if he marries while he is a slave, the master need only free the man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
21:3 pfn3 by himself 1 “alone” or “without a wife”
21:3 e467 if he is married 1 “if he was married when he became a slave” or “if he came as a married man”
21:5 yj8x plainly says 1 “clearly says”
21:5 jqh4 I will not go out free 1 “I do not want my master to set me free”
21:6 z8x1 bore his ear through 1 “put a hole in his ear”
21:6 xpd3 awl 1 a pointed tool used to make a hole
21:6 k6ev for life 1 “until the end of his life” or “until he dies”
21:8 p8se has designated 1 “has chosen”
21:8 t2zf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive he must let her be bought back 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “he must allow her father to buy her back” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
21:8 bi4y has no right to sell 1 “has no authority to sell”
21:8 h7f7 he has treated her deceitfully 1 “he has deceived her”
21:9 w99z designates her as a wife for his son 1 “decides that she is the one who will be his son’s wife”
21:10 rxk4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives he must not diminish her food, clothing, or her marital rights 1 This can be stated in a positive form. Alternate translation: “he must give the first wife the same food, clothing, and marital rights she had before” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
21:10 q2gt must not diminish her food 1 “must not take away her food” or “must not give her less food”
21:10 np9b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism or her marital rights 1 This includes things that a husband must do for his wife, including sleeping with her. Alternate translation: “and he must continue to sleep with her as before” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
21:12 gks4 strikes a man 1 “hits a man” or “attacks a man”
21:12 su6b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive that person must surely be put to death 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you must certainly execute that person” or “you must certainly kill that person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
21:13 h4ka did not do it with premeditation 1 “did not plan to do it” or “did not do it on purpose”
21:13 gme9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit I will fix a place to where he can flee 1 The purpose of choosing a place can be stately clearly here. Alternate translation: “I will choose a place that he can run away to be safe” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
21:14 st5h according to a cunning plan 1 “after thinking carefully about it”
21:14 abx6 must take him 1 The word “him” refers to the one who killed his neighbor.
21:14 bcc6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive so that he may die 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “so that you can kill him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
21:15 y3hd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive Whoever hits his father or mother must surely be put to death 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “If anyone hits his father or mother, you must surely put him to death” or “You must surely kill anyone who hits his father or mother” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
21:15 qh2j must surely 1 “must certainly”
21:16 iu81 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive that kidnapper must be put to death 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you must kill that kidnapper” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
21:17 h8qf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive Whoever curses his father or his mother must surely be put to death 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you must surely kill anyone who curses his father or his mother” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
21:18 hk3c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive is confined to his bed 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “cannot get out of bed” or “has to stay in bed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
21:19 c7rv he recovers 1 “he gets better”
21:19 fa8t staff 1 This is a stick that can be leaned on for support while walking.
21:19 xg6c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit the loss of his time 1 This refers to a situation when someone cannot work to earn money. You can express this clearly in the translation. Alternate translation: “the time he could not work” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
21:19 ws14 pay for his complete recovery 1 “pay his medical costs” or “pay for his costs for healing”
21:20 te41 as a result of the blow 1 “because of the injury” or “because his master hit him”
21:20 h4eg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive that man must surely be punished 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you must certainly punish that man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
21:21 r65u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit for he will have suffered the loss of the servant 1 You can express clearly in the translation that the servant was valuable to his master. Alternate translation: “because he has already lost his servant who was valuable to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
21:22 a6av she miscarries 1 “her baby dies in her womb” or “her baby is born too soon and dies”
21:22 cn4h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive the guilty man must surely be fined 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you must certainly fine the guilty man” or “the guilty man must pay a fine” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
21:22 v5ye as the judges determine 1 “what the judges decide”
21:23 x2ek rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit you must give a life for a life 1 This means that if she is hurt, the person who hurt her must be hurt in the same way. Alternate translation: “he must give his life for her life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
21:24 c5bq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit an eye for an eye 1 This means that if she is hurt, the person who hurt her must be hurt in the same way. Alternate translation: “his eye for her eye” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
21:26 i8cg If a man 1 Here “man” refers to the owner of a slave.
21:26 bmc1 in compensation 1 “as payment.” Compensation is what someone does for another person or gives to another person to make up for what he has caused that person to lose.
21:28 sp6w an ox gores 1 “an ox injures with its horns”
21:28 qk3u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive the ox must surely be stoned 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you must stone the ox to death” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
21:28 q2gv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive its flesh must not be eaten 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you must not eat its flesh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
21:28 d4li rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive the ox’s owner must be acquitted 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you must acquit the ox’s owner” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
21:29 nzn1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive its owner also must be put to death 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you must also kill its owner” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
21:30 t5rs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit If a payment is required for his life 1 If the ox’s owner can pay a fine to save his own life, then he must pay whatever the judges decide. The full meaning of this can be stated clearly. This can also be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “if the owner of the bull can pay a fine to save his own life, he must pay the full amount that the judges say that he must pay” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
21:31 kg25 has gored 1 “has injured with its horns”
21:32 qzv3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney thirty shekels of silver 1 “330 grams of silver.” A shekel weighed eleven grams. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
21:32 wm9a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive the ox must be stoned 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you must kill the ox by stoning it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
21:33 fd4p opens a pit 1 “uncovers a hole in the ground” or “takes a cover off a hole in the ground”
21:34 b48a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit repay the loss 1 The owner must be paid for the loss of his animal. Alternate translation: “pay the owner for the dead animal” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
21:34 j8qz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit will become his 1 The one who paid for the loss of the animal will become the owner of the dead animal and can do what he wants with it. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “will belong to the owner of the pit” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
21:35 z9ug divide its price 1 “divide the money” or “divide the money they receive”
21:36 fkx2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive if it was known 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “if people knew” or “if the owner knew” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
21:36 v64b a habit of goring in time past 1 “had gored other animals before”
21:36 ix8h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit its owner has not kept it in 1 This means that the owner did not keep his ox securely inside a fence. This can be clearly stated in the translation. Alternate translation: “its owner did not keep it inside a fence” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
21:36 dcv2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit he must surely pay ox for ox 1 The owner of the ox that killed must give an ox to the man who lost his ox. This can be stated clearly in the translation. Alternate translation: “the owner of the ox that killed must surely give a living ox to the owner of the ox that died” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
22:intro f9vb 0 # Exodus 22 General Notes\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Justice in society\nThe rules and laws of this chapter are not intended to be followed by every society. Israel was God’s chosen nation and was required to live in a special way. These laws concerned creating a just society and a holy nation. In this chapter, the purpose of these laws often focuses on minimizing the people’s desire for vengeance. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/elect]], [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]], [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]])
22:1 syx5 General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nYahweh continues telling Moses his laws for the people of Israel.
22:2 mt43 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive If a thief is found 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “If anyone finds a thief” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
22:2 e98x breaking in 1 “using force to come into a house”
22:2 gt5f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive if he is struck so that he dies 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “if anyone strikes the thief so that he dies” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
22:2 fq57 no guilt for murder will attach to anyone on his account 1 “no one will be guilty of murdering him”
22:3 vym5 if the sun has risen before he breaks in 1 “if it is light before he breaks in” or “if he breaks in and it is after sunrise”
22:3 nl2i guilt for murder will attach to the person who kills him 1 “the person who kills him will be guilty of murder”
22:3 f4w4 make restitution 1 “pay for what he stole”
22:3 c5yl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive he must be sold for his theft 1 This can be stated in an active form. Alternate translation: “you must sell him as a slave in order to pay for what he stole” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
22:4 k926 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive If the stolen animal is found alive in his possession 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “If they find that he still has the live animal that he stole” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
22:4 g5kg pay back double 1 pay two animals for every animal that he took
22:5 j24t If a man grazes his livestock 1 “If a man lets his animals eat plants”
22:5 ty82 it grazes 1 “it eats plants”
22:5 jrb3 he must make restitution 1 “he must pay back the owner of that field”
22:6 x6aj If a fire breaks out and spreads in thorns 1 “If someone starts a fire and it spreads in thorns”
22:6 i4ma spreads in thorns 1 “moves along the ground through dry plants”
22:6 u1pa stacked grain 1 This is grain that has been cut and tied in bundles. “bundled grain” or “harvested grain”
22:6 r2cf standing grain 1 This is grain that has not been cut, but it is ready to be harvested.
22:6 w6ku a field is consumed 1 “fire consumes a field” or “fire destroys a field”
22:6 j398 must surely make restitution 1 “must certainly pay for the grain that the fire destroyed”
22:7 jw3v for safe keeping 1 “to watch over it” or “to keep it safe”
22:7 na9h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive if it is stolen 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “if someone steals it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
22:7 z7zu thief 1 someone who steals something
22:7 x2sh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive if the thief is found 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “if you find the thief” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
22:8 lwg5 come before the judges to see whether 1 “come before the judges so that they can find out if”
22:8 f774 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom has put his own hand on his neighbor’s property 1 This is an idiom. If you have a way of saying this in your language, you can use it here. Alternate translation: “has stolen his neighbor’s property” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
22:9 p7ab the claim of both parties must come before the judges 1 The judges must listen to both people who claim that item belongs to them and the judges will decide who is guilty.
22:11 gl7t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive an oath to Yahweh must be taken by them both 1 Only the man who is accused of stealing the animal must swear the oath. The owner of the lost animal must accept the oath that has been sworn. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the man who was caring for the animal must swear an oath before Yahweh and the owner must accept that oath” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
22:12 yw3w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive But if it was stolen from him 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “But if someone stole the animal from him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
22:13 b313 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive If an animal was torn in pieces 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “But if a wild beast tore the animal in pieces” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
22:13 pc6i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive He will not have to pay for what was torn 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “He will not have to pay for the animal that the wild beast destroyed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
22:14 h8yw must surely make restitution 1 “must certainly repay with another animal” or “must certainly pay the owner for the animal”
22:15 g3zw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive if the animal was hired 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “if someone rented the animal” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
22:15 r792 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit it will be paid for by its hiring fee 1 The one who borrowed the animal will not have to pay the owner anything more than the hiring or rental fee. This fee will pay for the loss of the animal. This can be stated clearly in the translation. Alternate translation: “the money that someone paid to rent the animal will cover the loss of the animal” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
22:15 f9w9 hiring fee 1 “rental fee” or “money paid to rent the animal”
22:16 a8s8 a man seduces a virgin who is not engaged 1 “a man persuades a virgin who is not engaged that she wants to sleep with him”
22:16 th2m not engaged 1 “not promised to be married”
22:16 g24h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism if he lies with her 1 Lying with someone is a euphemism for having sex. Alternate translation: “if he has sex with her” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
22:16 x33y bride wealth 1 “dowry” or “bride price”
22:17 y2xz him, he 1 These pronouns refer back to the man who seduced the virgin.
22:19 y3qy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism Whoever lies with an animal 1 This is a euphemism. Alternate translation: “Whoever has sexual relations with an animal” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
22:20 n4nh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive Yahweh must be completely destroyed 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, you must completely destroy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
22:21 kr35 wrong a foreigner 1 “mistreat a foreigner” or “cheat a foreigner”
22:22 djh3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives You must not mistreat any widow or fatherless child 1 This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “You must treat all widows and fatherless children fairly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
22:22 v3i8 widow 1 “woman whose husband has died”
22:22 l2ih fatherless child 1 “orphan” or “child with no parents”
22:24 sx9h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy I will kill you with the sword 1 To be killed “with the sword” is a metonym that means a person will die violently, or perhaps fighting in a war. Alternate translation: “you will die a violent death” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
22:25 v5je a moneylender 1 “one who lends money”
22:25 g3ry charge him interest 1 “charge him extra money for borrowing” or “charge him extra money for the loan”
22:26 vsk2 garment in pledge 1 “coat as collateral” or “coat as a guarantee to repay the loan”
22:27 wi2m only covering 1 “only coat” or “only garment to keep him warm”
22:27 x7zb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion What else can he sleep in? 1 This question adds emphasis. You can translate it as a strong statement. Alternate translation: “He will have nothing to wear while he sleeps!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
22:28 eel2 You must not blaspheme me, God 1 “Do not insult God” or “Do not speak evil about God”
22:28 tdj6 nor curse a ruler 1 “and do not ask God to do bad things to a ruler”
22:29 p8nk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives You must not hold back offerings 1 This can be stated in a positive form. Alternate translation: “You must bring all of your offerings” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
22:29 m4yq give to me the firstborn of your sons 1 “dedicate your firstborn sons to me”
22:30 cya6 do the same with 1 “dedicate to me the firstborn of”
22:30 j345 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers For seven days 1 This can be written as a numeral. Alternate translation: “For 7 days after they are born” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
22:30 m4wq rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers the eighth day 1 This can be written as a numeral. Alternate translation: “day number 8” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
22:30 l9vh give them to me 1 “dedicate them to me”
23:intro hk5t 0 # Exodus 23 General Notes\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Justice in society\nThe rules and laws of this chapter are not intended to be followed by every society. Israel was God’s chosen nation and was required to live in a special way. These laws concerned creating a just society and a holy nation. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/elect]], [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])\n\n### Celebrations of feasts and festivals\nThe people of Israel were required to celebrate certain feasts and festivals. These were part of the law of Moses and some are described in this chapter. Their purpose was to worship Yahweh and to remember the great things Yahweh has done for them.
23:1 we1y General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nYahweh continues telling Moses his laws for the people of Israel.
23:1 y1a3 dishonest witness 1 This is the same as a lying or false witness.
23:2 nqz9 nor may you bear witness 1 “and you also must not speak”
23:2 z6ej rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor siding with the crowd 1 This is a metaphor that describes one’s agreeing with a group of people as if he actually walked over and stood with that group. Alternate translation: “doing what the crowd wants” or “agreeing with the majority” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
23:2 tnv2 pervert justice 1 do illegal or immoral actions that result in a unjust ruling
23:4 faf4 General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nYahweh continues telling Moses his laws for the people of Israel.
23:6 gr9g General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nYahweh continues telling Moses his laws for the people of Israel.
23:6 z2al Do not thrust aside justice for your poor in his lawsuit 1 “Do not decide to treat a poor man unjustly in legal matters”
23:6 vh76 lawsuit 1 Here, this refers to any matter that a court decides.
23:7 mf4w I will not acquit the wicked 1 “I will not find the wicked not guilty” or “I will not say of wicked people that they are innocent”
23:8 gh3v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification bribe blinds & perverts 1 Here a “bribe” is described as if it were a person. Alternate translation: “bribe discredits … undermines” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
23:9 mzu9 the life of a foreigner 1 “the kind of life a stranger lives in a foreign land”
23:10 usn5 General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nYahweh continues telling Moses his laws for the people of Israel.
23:10 rt7h its produce 1 “the food its plants produce”
23:11 vr1l unplowed 1 uncultivated, untilled
23:11 b5q6 fallow 1 in its natural state, not used for to grow food
23:11 s4wv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit so that the poor among your people may eat 1 The poor can eat any food that grows on its own in a field that is not cultivated. This can be stated clearly in the translation. Alternate translation: “so the poor among your people may harvest and eat any food that grows on its own in that field” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
23:12 v36j General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nYahweh continues telling Moses his laws for the people of Israel.
23:12 ij92 your ox and your donkey 1 “your work animals”
23:12 gpu1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive any foreigner may rest and be refreshed 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “any foreigner may rest and regain his strength” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
23:13 ldn8 Pay attention to 1 “Do” or “Obey”
23:13 x5tf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy mention the names of other gods 1 This represents praying to other gods. Alternate translation: “pray to other gods” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
23:14 kp1j General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nYahweh continues telling Moses his laws for the people of Israel.
23:15 bu7n rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths Aviv 1 This is the name of the first month of the Hebrew calendar. Aviv is during the last part of March and the first part of April on Western calendars. See how you translated this in [Exodus 13:4](../13/04.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
23:15 tx1v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives not appear before me empty-handed 1 Here understatement is used to emphasize that the Israelites must bring a suitable offering to Yahweh. Alternate translation: “come to me without a proper offering” or “always bring an offering to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
23:16 tnz1 General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nYahweh continues telling Moses his laws for the people of Israel.
23:16 z4k4 You must observe 1 “You must honor” or “You must celebrate”
23:16 pnx4 Festival of Ingathering 1 This festival celebrated the final harvesting of all the crops for the year.
23:17 t5xj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit All your males must appear before the Lord Yahweh 1 Here to “appear” means to gather for worship. Alternate translation: “All the men must gather to worship the Lord Yahweh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
23:18 rqs4 General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nYahweh continues telling Moses his laws for the people of Israel.
23:18 qgx1 fat from the sacrifices 1 The fat was burned as an offering to Yahweh and was never eaten.
23:19 h3gs the choicest firstfruits 1 “the best and first produce of the harvest”
23:19 u7bk You must not boil a young goat in its mother’s milk 1 This was a magical fertility practice among the Canaanites, which the Israelites were not permitted to participate in.
23:20 e5sr General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nYahweh continues telling Moses his laws for the people of Israel.
23:21 pm7x Be attentive to him 1 “Listen to him”
23:21 p5y3 Do not provoke him, for he will not pardon 1 “If you provoke him, he will not pardon”
23:21 p4jv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy My name is on him 1 Here “name” refers to God’s authority. Alternate translation: “He has my authority” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
23:22 z1gn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy If you indeed obey his voice 1 Here “voice” represents what the angel says. Alternate translation: “If you carefully obey what he says” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
23:22 y9bm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism an enemy to your enemies and an adversary to your adversaries 1 These two phrases mean the same thing and are used for emphasis. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
23:23 ap6k General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nYahweh continues telling Moses his laws for the people of Israel.
23:24 a1d5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit You must not & do as they do 1 The Israelites must not live as the people who worship other gods. Alternate translation: “You must not … live as the people who worship those gods” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
23:25 t3ir rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism he will bless your bread and water 1 This is a merism that means food and drink. Alternate translation: “he will bless your food and drink” or “he will bless you by giving you food and drink” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
23:25 ydl4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person he will bless & I will remove 1 Yahweh switched between the first and third pronoun to refer to himself. Here both “he” and “I” refer to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
23:26 i9uj General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nYahweh continues telling Moses his laws for the people of Israel.
23:26 q4gz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives No woman will be barren or will miscarry her young in your land 1 This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “Every woman will be able to become pregnant and give birth to healthy babies” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
23:26 i1r9 miscarry 1 to have a pregnancy end early and unexpectedly
23:28 cg7i hornets 1 a flying insect that can sting people and cause pain
23:29 i9aq or the land would become abandoned 1 “because no one would be living in the land”
23:30 zyl3 General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nYahweh continues telling Moses his laws for the people of Israel.
23:33 d1fp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor this will surely become a trap for you 1 This means worshiping other gods will lead the people of Israel to certain destruction as if they were an animal caught in a hunter’s trap. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
24:intro b83l 0 # Exodus 24 General Notes\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Moses’ covenant\nThe people of Israel promise to obey the covenant Yahweh made with Moses. Their continued blessings were contingent upon their obedience to this covenant. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])\n\n### God’s holiness\nBecause Yahweh is perfectly holy, he can only be approached in a certain way. Because of this, only Moses was allowed near Yahweh. This is also why Yahweh is described as a “devouring fire.” (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])
24:1 c97i rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Nadab & Abihu 1 These are men’s names. See how you translated these names in [Exodus 6:23](../06/23.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
24:1 nm3t rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers seventy of Israel’s elders 1 “70 of Israel’s elders” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
24:3 cg32 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom with one voice 1 This is an idiom that means the people were in complete agreement. Alternate translation: “together” or “in agreement” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
24:4 h7gg foot of the mountain 1 “base of the mountain” or “bottom of the mountain”
24:6 l5ia Moses took half of the blood and put it into basins 1 Moses collected half of the blood in basins in order to splash it on the people in [Exodus 24:8](../24/08.md). This would confirm the people’s participation in the covenant between the people of Israel and God.
24:6 f7dh he sprinkled the other half onto the altar 1 Here the altar represents God. This would confirm God’s participation in the covenant between God and the people of Israel.
24:7 axt9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive We will be obedient 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “We will obey everything” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
24:8 h9ff rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit Then Moses took the blood 1 This refers to the blood that Moses had put into the bowls. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “Then Moses took the blood that was in the bowls” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
24:9 uz7y rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Nadab & Abihu 1 These are men’s names. See how you translated these names in [Exodus 6:23](../06/23.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
24:10 ic4s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification Under his feet 1 This speaks of God as if he had human feet. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
24:10 je5k a pavement made of sapphire stone 1 “a pavement made of blue stones called sapphires”
24:10 q8sn pavement 1 a hard surface for walking or riding
24:10 pm87 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown sapphire stone 1 This is a gemstone that is blue in color. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
24:10 zd6u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile as clear as the sky itself 1 This is a simile. Alternate translation: “as clear as the sky is when there are no clouds” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
24:11 jds6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy God did not lay a hand on the Israelite leaders 1 This means that God did not harm the leaders. Alternate translation: “God did not harm the Israelite leaders” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
24:12 dx4f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit tablets of stone and the law and commandments 1 God had written the law and commandments on the tablets of stone. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “two stone slabs on which I have written all the laws” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
24:13 gv5e with his assistant Joshua 1 “with Joshua who assisted him” or “with Joshua who helped him”
24:14 qiy4 wait for us 1 “wait for Joshua and me”
24:14 uc7r rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Hur 1 Hur was a man who was a friend of Moses and Aaron. See how you translated this name in [Exodus 17:10](../17/10.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
24:16 j2s5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Yahweh’s glory 1 This was the brilliant light of God’s presence. Alternate translation: “The brilliant light showing God’s presence” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
24:17 e4n6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile like a devouring fire 1 This means the glory of Yahweh was very large and seemed to burn brightly like a fire. Alternate translation: “like a big fire burning” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
24:17 k5lj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor in the eyes of the Israelites 1 Their eyes represent seeing, and seeing represents their thoughts or judgment about they saw. Alternate translation: “to the Israelites” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
24:18 h1wy rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers forty days and forty nights 1 “40 days and 40 nights” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
25:intro t23a 0 # Exodus 25 General Notes\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### The tent of meeting\nThis chapter gives specific instructions regarding the building of a tent where Moses would meet Yahweh and the ark would be stored. This would eventually become the tabernacle. It was to be considered a very holy place. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])
25:2 r5yr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom who is motivated by a willing heart 1 This is an idiom that indicates a person’s desire to give an offering. Alternate translation: “who wants to give an offering” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
25:2 k78q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you You must receive 1 The word **you** refers to Moses and the leaders. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
25:3 s2ls General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nYahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
25:4 c1qn blue, purple, and scarlet material 1 Possible meanings are (1) “material that is dyed blue, purple, and scarlet,” probably wool yarn, or (2) “blue, purple and scarlet dye” to dye the linen.
25:4 c958 scarlet 1 bright red
25:6 i6gp rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown spices 1 dried plants that people grind into a powder and put in oil or food to give it a nice smell or flavor (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
25:7 mg4f rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown onyx 1 a valuable stone that has layers of white and black, red or brown. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
25:7 aks5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive precious stones to be set 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “precious stones for someone to set” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
25:7 c3hk precious stones 1 “valuable gems” or “treasured gems”
25:8 d3vm General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nYahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
25:9 w4sc tabernacle 1 Here this word means the same thing as the word “sanctuary” in verse 8.
25:9 c9qe rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you You must make it 1 Here **you** is plural and refers to Moses and the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
25:9 m1np rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you show you in the plans 1 “show you in the design” or “show you in the pattern.” Here **you** is singular and refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
25:10 n7j1 General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nYahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
25:10 cs23 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance two and a half cubits & one cubit and a half 1 A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “2.5 cubits … 1.5 cubits” or “115 centimeters … almost 69 centimeters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
25:12 e59p General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nYahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
25:12 wbq8 cast four rings of gold 1 Casting was a process in which gold was melted, poured into a mold that was in the shape of a ring, and then allowed to harden.
25:14 f2kz in order to carry the ark 1 “so that you can carry the ark”
25:15 k67p General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nYahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
25:17 c675 atonement lid 1 This is the lid that sits on top of the ark where the atonement offering was made.
25:17 ast8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance two and a half cubits & a cubit and a half 1 A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “2.5 cubits … 1.5 cubits” or “115 centimeters … 69 centimeters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
25:18 hfw6 hammered gold 1 “beaten gold”
25:19 rgn8 General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nYahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
25:19 j38e atonement lid 1 This is the lid that sits on top of the ark where the atonement offering was made. See how you translated this in [Exodus 25:17](../25/17.md).
25:19 b4l9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive They must be made 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “You must make them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
25:21 lm1p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you You must put 1 Here **you** refers to Moses and the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
25:22 hl6e General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nYahweh continues to speak to Moses.
25:22 zu9u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you It is at the ark that I will meet with you 1 “I will meet with you at the ark.” In 25:22 the word **you** is singular and refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
25:22 wq9w atonement lid 1 This is the lid that sits on top of the ark where the atonement offering was made. See how you translated this in [Exodus 25:17](../25/17.md).
25:23 b11v General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nYahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
25:23 t312 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance two cubits & one cubit & a cubit and a half 1 A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “2 cubits … 1 cubit … 1.5 cubits” or “92 centimeters … 46 centimeters … 69 centimeters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
25:25 b6j8 General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nYahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
25:25 awi7 one handbreadth wide 1 a measurement of 7 to 8 centimeters
25:25 bit8 frame for it 1 “frame for the table”
25:26 y64j feet were 1 “legs are”
25:27 jdh4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive The rings must be attached 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “You must attach the rings” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
25:27 q5w8 in order to carry 1 “so you can carry”
25:28 d7jz General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nYahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
25:28 l4fk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive so that the table may be carried with them 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “so that you may carry the table with them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
25:29 v78d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive to be used to pour out drink offerings 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “so that you may use them to pour out drink offerings” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
25:30 uth7 bread of the presence 1 This bread represented the presence of God.
25:31 kc3q hammered gold 1 “beaten gold.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 25:18](../25/18.md).
25:31 g25l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive The lampstand is to be made 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Make the lampstand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
25:31 fq45 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive Its cups, its leafy bases, and its flowers are to be all made of one piece with it 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Make its cups, its leafy bases, and its flowers all of one piece with the lampstand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
25:33 nag2 General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nYahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do. Yahweh is describing the lampstand ([Exodus 25:31-32](./31.md)).
25:33 i7bh almond blossoms 1 white or pink flowers that have five petals
25:34 ji3x General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nYahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do. Yahweh is describing the lampstand ([Exodus 25:31-32](./31.md)).
25:35 lg8l General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nYahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do. Yahweh is describing the lampstand ([Exodus 25:31-32](./31.md)).
25:35 n5ed rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive made as one piece with it 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you must make them as one piece with the lampstand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
25:36 z9wy General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nYahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do. Yahweh is describing the lampstand ([Exodus 25:31-32](./31.md)).
25:37 m2i7 General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nYahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do.
25:37 dfn6 for them to give light from it 1 “so they shine light from it”
25:38 l5w8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive The tongs and their trays must be made of pure gold 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Make the tongs and their trays of pure gold” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
25:39 ff5p rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight one talent 1 A talent weighs about thirty-three kilograms. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
25:39 ff8n its accessories 1 the tongs and the trays
25:40 l7je rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive you are being shown on the mountain 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I am showing you on the mountain” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
26:intro emw7 0 # Exodus 26 General Notes\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter is a continuation of the material in the previous chapter.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### The tent of meeting\nThis chapter gives specific instructions regarding the building of a tent where Moses would meet Yahweh and the ark would be stored. This would eventually become the tabernacle. It was to be considered a very holy place. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])
26:1 hen6 General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nYahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do ([Exodus 25:1](../25/01.md)).
26:1 ks8r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you You must make 1 Yahweh is speaking to Moses, so the word **you** is singular. Yahweh probably expected Moses to tell someone else to do the actual work, but Moses would be the one responsible for seeing that the work was done correctly. “Tell a craftsman to make” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
26:1 iww4 curtains 1 These were large, heavy sections of woven cloth that were used to form the covering and dividing walls of the tabernacle.
26:1 xvs7 scarlet wool 1 wool dyed a deep red color
26:1 n2vm craftsman 1 a person who is skilled in making beautiful objects by hand
26:2 dkr6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance twenty-eight cubits & four cubits 1 “28 cubits … 4 cubits.” A cubit is 46 centimeters. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
26:3 ba6w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive Five curtains must be joined to each other & must also be joined to each other 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Sew five curtains together to make one set, and sew the other five curtains together to make another set” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
26:4 ghz8 one set 1 “one set of five curtains”
26:4 zxx4 the second set 1 “the second set of five curtains”
26:6 sns4 clasps 1 The clasps fit into the loops (verses 4 and 5) to hold the curtains together.
26:7 k2mi General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nYahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do.
26:7 t7t3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers eleven 1 “11” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
26:8 p423 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers thirty & four 1 “30 … 4” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
26:8 v7i1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance cubits 1 A cubit is 46 centimeters. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
26:10 j8yn General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nYahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do.
26:10 etf7 loops 1 See how you translated these in [Exodus 26:4](./04.md).
26:11 cq36 clasps 1 The clasps fit into the loops to hold the curtains together. See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:6](./06.md).
26:12 x5p7 General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nYahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do.
26:13 k4ci rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance cubit 1 A cubit is 46 centimeters. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
26:14 kii8 a covering of ram skins dyed red, and another covering of fine leather 1 See how you translated similar phrases in [Exodus 25:5](../25/05.md).
26:14 yz3v dyed red 1 “colored red”
26:15 p38r General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nYahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
26:15 y85l frames 1 This refers to frames or panels that they made by joining together smaller pieces of wood.
26:16 k4b7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers ten cubits & one and a half cubits 1 “10 cubits … 1.5 cubits” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
26:19 s45x General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nYahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do.
26:19 c9id silver bases 1 These were silver blocks that had a slot in them to keep the board in place.
26:19 mm1h pedestals 1 The silver bases kept the wooden board off the ground.
26:19 lg39 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive There must be two bases 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Put two bases” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
26:21 gag1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit and so on 1 This means that what was said about the first two boards should be done for the rest of the boards. This can be stated clearly in the translation. Alternate translation: “and two bases for each of the rest of the boards” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
26:22 nw4c General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nYahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
26:24 k1ec rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive These frames must be separate at the bottom, but joined at the top 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Separate these frames at the bottom, but join them at the top” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
26:25 p2wu silver bases 1 These were silver blocks that had a slot in them to keep the frame in place. See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:19](../26/19.md).
26:25 q8xh in all 1 “total”
26:25 yr6d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit and so on 1 This means that what was said about the first two frames should be done for the rest of the frames. See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:21](../26/21.md). Alternate translation: “and two bases for each of the rest of the frames” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
26:26 c95e General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nYahweh continue to tell Moses how the tabernacle was to be built.
26:26 fc8p crossbars 1 These are horizontal support beams that give stability to the structure.
26:27 rn67 the back side of the tabernacle to the west 1 The front was on the east side of the tabernacle.
26:29 x8ny General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nYahweh continues to tell Moses how the tabernacle must be constructed.
26:29 ji1j for them to serve as holders for the crossbars 1 “which will hold the crossbars” or “because they will hold the crossbars”
26:29 nq3m crossbars 1 These are horizontal support beams that give stability to the structure. See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:26](../26/26.md).
26:30 csf9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive you were shown on the mountain 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that I have shown you here on this mountain” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
26:31 yqi6 General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nYahweh continues to tell Moses how the tabernacle is to be constructed.
26:31 uc7w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you You must make 1 Yahweh is speaking to Moses, so the word **you** is singular. Yahweh probably expected Moses to tell someone else to do the actual work, but Moses would be the one responsible for seeing that the work was done correctly. “Tell a craftsman to make.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:1](../26/01.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
26:33 p2yq clasps 1 The clasps fit into the loops to hold the curtains together. See how you translated these in [Exodus 26:6](./06.md).
26:33 d3gm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit you must bring in the ark of the testimony 1 The ark of the testimony is the chest that contains the commandments. This can be stated clearly in the translation. Alternate translation: “you must bring in the chest containing the commandments” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
26:33 jc47 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive The curtain is to separate the holy place 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The curtain will separate the holy place” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
26:34 v7t1 General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nYahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
26:34 mli8 atonement lid 1 This is the lid that sits on top of the ark where the atonement offering was made. See how you translated this in [Exodus 25:17](../25/17.md).
26:34 b9m2 on the ark of the testimony 1 “on the chest that contains the commandments”
26:35 lv9e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit The table must be on the north side 1 This is the table that holds the bread that represents the presence of God. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Place the table for the bread of God’s presence on the north side” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
26:36 h3s1 General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nYahweh continues to tell Moses how to construct the tabernacle.
26:36 p5wf a hanging 1 This was a large curtain made of cloth.
26:36 rr16 blue, purple, and scarlet material 1 Possible meanings are (1) “yarn that is dyed blue, purple, and scarlet,” probably wool yarn, or (2) “blue, purple, and scarlet dye” to dye the linen. See how you translated this in [Exodus 25:4](../25/04.md).
26:36 f6td fine twined linen 1 “finely twisted linen.” This was cloth made from fine linen threads that someone twisted together to make a stronger thread.
26:36 r2fy an embroiderer 1 “a person who sews designs into cloth” or “a person who embroiders”
27:intro x4f7 0 # Exodus 27 General Notes\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter is a continuation of the material in the previous chapter.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### The tent of meeting\nThis chapter gives specific instructions regarding the building of a tent where Moses would meet Yahweh and the ark would be stored. This would eventually become the tabernacle. It was to be considered a very holy place. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])
27:1 hj65 General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nYahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do ([Exodus 25:1](../25/01.md)).
27:1 qj4j rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance five cubits long and five cubits wide 1 “2.2 meters long on each side” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
27:1 hbg9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance The altar must be square and three cubits high 1 “The altar must be square and 1.3 meters high” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
27:1 s8qy rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance cubits 1 A cubit is 46 centimeters. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
27:2 lr23 You must make extensions of its four corners shaped like ox horns 1 “You must make projections that look like ox horns on its four corners”
27:2 lek3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive The horns will be made 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “You must make the horns” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
27:2 y4r2 must cover them 1 “must cover the altar and horns”
27:3 qn79 General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nYahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
27:3 m4wm basins 1 bowls
27:3 z5ax firepans 1 These were pans that held hot coals from the altar.
27:3 j5zt utensils 1 These were any instrument, vessel, or tool that served a useful purpose.
27:4 fp9m You must make a grate for the altar, a network of bronze 1 “You must make a bronze grate for the altar”
27:4 hsq3 grate 1 a frame of crossed bars for holding wood when burning
27:5 v6n4 General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nYahweh continues to tell Moses what the people need to do.
27:5 c5em rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit You must put the grate under the ledge of the altar 1 The grate was placed inside the altar. This can be stated clearly in the translation. Alternate translation: “You must put the grate under the rim of the altar, on the inside of the altar” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
27:5 xc2t grate 1 This is a frame of crossed bars for holding wood when burning. See how you translated this in [Exodus 27:4](../27/04.md).
27:6 wki4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit You must make poles for the altar 1 These poles were used for carrying the altar. This can be stated clearly in the translation. Alternate translation: “You must make poles for carrying the altar” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
27:7 fb3t General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nYahweh continues to tell Moses what the people should do.
27:7 b3yx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive The poles must be put into the rings, and the poles must be on the two sides of the altar, to carry it 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “You must put the poles into the rings and place them on each side of the altar to carry it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
27:8 xj8e planks 1 a long, flat piece of wood that is thicker than a board
27:8 t5ey rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive you were shown on the mountain 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that I have shown to you here on this mountain” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
27:9 y45x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive There must be hangings & courtyard 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “You must place hangings … courtyard” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
27:9 id4k hangings of fine twined linen 1 A “hanging” was a large curtain made of cloth. See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:36](../26/36.md)
27:9 v748 fine twined linen 1 “finely twisted linen.” This was cloth made from fine linen threads that someone twisted together to make a stronger thread
27:9 ce9a rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance one hundred cubits 1 A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “44 meters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
27:10 sfg8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive There must also be hooks & posts 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “You must also attach hooks … posts” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
27:10 k7rb posts 1 a strong piece of wood set upright and used as a support
27:11 n95e General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nYahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
27:11 gjg5 there must be hangings one hundred cubits long 1 See how you translated many similar words in [Exodus 27:9](./09.md).
27:11 x52h there must be hangings 1 This could be stated as a command. Alternate translation: “you must make hangings”
27:11 nr77 with twenty posts, twenty bronze bases, hooks attached to the posts, and silver rods 1 See how you translated many similar words in [Exodus 27:10](./10.md).
27:12 p4u4 there must be a curtain 1 This could be stated as a command. Alternate translation: “you must make a curtain”
27:12 elw4 There must be ten posts 1 This could be stated as a command. Alternate translation: “You must make ten posts”
27:13 w2sg The courtyard must also be fifty cubits long 1 This could be stated as a command. Alternate translation: “Make the courtyard fifty cubits long”
27:14 mzn5 General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nYahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
27:14 vy7r The hangings 1 These were large curtains made of cloth. See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:36](../26/36.md).
27:14 z8n2 posts 1 These were strong pieces of wood set upright and used as supports. See how you translated these in [Exodus 27:10](../27/10.md).
27:14 gz7s bases 1 These were metal blocks that had a slot in them to keep the board in place. See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:19](../26/19.md).
27:14 u8nm rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance fifteen cubits 1 about seven meters (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
27:16 wv46 The courtyard gate must be a curtain twenty cubits long 1 This could be stated as a command. Alternate translation: “You must make a curtain twenty cubits long to be the courtyard gate”
27:16 h4tw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive The curtain must be made & fine twined linen, the work of an embroiderer 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “They must make the curtain … fine twined linen, the work of an embroiderer” or “Embroiderers must make the curtain … fine twined linen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
27:16 kn9u blue, purple, and scarlet material and fine twined linen 1 Possible meanings are (1) “yarn that is dyed blue, purple, and scarlet,” probably wool yarn, or (2) “blue, purple, and scarlet dye” to dye the linen.
27:16 g5wi an embroiderer 1 a person who sews designs into cloth
27:17 wal2 General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nYahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
27:18 wt7n rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance one hundred cubits 1 “100 cubits.” A cubit is 46 centimeters. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
27:18 j1zp fine twined linen hangings 1 “finely twisted linen.” This was cloth made from fine linen threads that someone twisted together to make a stronger thread. See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:36](../26/36.md).
27:19 w5n8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive all the tent pegs for the tabernacle and courtyard must be made of bronze 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “make all the tent pegs for the tabernacle and courtyard out of bronze” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
27:19 bs7c tent pegs 1 sharp pieces of wood or metal used to secure the corners of a tent to the ground
27:20 wn9n General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nYahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
27:21 ge7v tent of meeting 1 This is another name for the tabernacle.
27:21 p7ru ark of testimony 1 This is the chest that contains the sacred slabs of stone on which Yahweh had written his commandments.
27:21 vr7m This requirement will be a lasting statute 1 “I require that the people do this as a lasting statute”
28:intro r3yx 0 # Exodus 28 General Notes\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Holy garments\nBecause Yahweh is holy, only the priests could approach him, and when they did they must be wearing specially made clothing. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])
28:1 bsm1 General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nYahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do ([Exodus 25:1](../25/01.md)).
28:1 e1xb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you Call to yourself 1 Here “yourself” refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
28:2 tv9h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you You must make 1 Here **you** refers to the people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
28:2 t5gy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive garments that are set apart to me 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “garments that you will set apart to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
28:4 re79 General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nYahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do.
28:4 tr5e a coat of woven work 1 “a coat with a design woven into it”
28:4 dz5h turban 1 a tall head covering made from cloth wrapped around the head several times.
28:4 k184 sash 1 a piece of cloth that people wear around their waist or across their chest
28:6 yu8u General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nYahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
28:6 u3rx fine-twined linen 1 “finely-twisted linen.” This was cloth made from fine linen threads that someone twisted together to make a stronger thread. See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:36](../26/36.md).
28:6 k3bj skillful craftsman 1 a person who can make beautiful objects by hand
28:8 w523 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive it must be made of one piece 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they must make it in one piece” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
28:9 c4ia rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown onyx stones 1 These are valuable stones that have layers of white and black, red or brown. See how you translated this in [Exodus 25:7](../25/07.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
28:10 at1b General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nYahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
28:11 dv8k With the work of an engraver in stone, like the engraving on a signet 1 “In the same way a person engraves on a seal”
28:11 x1xc engraver 1 a person who cuts designs into a hard material such as wood, stone, or metal
28:11 cm3f signet 1 an engraved stone used to stamp a design into a wax seal
28:11 gh2r settings 1 pieces of metal that hold the stone onto the ephod
28:13 hpc7 General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nYahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
28:13 pi4x settings 1 These are pieces of metal that hold each stone onto the ephod. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:11](../28/11.md).
28:14 e746 two braided chains of pure gold like cords 1 “two chains of pure gold that are braided like cords”
28:15 ta6b General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nYahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do.
28:15 sf8e the work of a skillful workman, fashioned like the ephod 1 “a skillful workman will make it like the ephod”
28:16 cny4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance span 1 A span is 22 centimeters. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
28:17 spd4 General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nTwelve kinds of stone are listed here. Scholars are not sure which kinds of stones the Hebrew words refer to. Some translations list different stones.
28:17 qp4t rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown precious stones 1 “valuable gems” or “treasured gems.” See how you translated these in [Exodus 25:7](../25/07.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
28:17 n1ys rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ruby & topaz & garnet 1 These are precious stones. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
28:18 ga1v emerald & diamond 1 These are precious stones.
28:18 a5rr sapphire 1 This is a gemstone that is blue in color. See how you translated this in [Exodus 24:10](../24/10.md).
28:19 z17r jacinth & agate & amethyst 1 These are precious stones
28:20 ul2e rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown beryl & jasper 1 These are precious stones. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
28:20 rgf6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown onyx 1 This is a valuable stone that has layers of white and black, red or brown. See how you translated these in [Exodus 25:7](../25/07.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
28:20 pw5h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive They must be mounted in gold settings 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “You must mount them in gold settings” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
28:21 d6fa General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nYahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
28:21 x4qn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive The stones must be arranged 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “You must arrange the stones” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
28:21 z8mw signet ring 1 A signet is an engraved stone used to stamp a design into a wax seal. Here the stone is mounted on a ring. See how you translated “signet” in [Exodus 28:11](../28/11.md).
28:22 m7yl chains like cords, braided work of pure gold 1 “chains that are made of pure gold and are braided like cords.” See how you translated similar phrases in [Exodus 28:14](../28/14.md).
28:25 cd3a General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nYahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
28:25 d8y3 braided chains 1 “chains braided like cords.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:14](../28/14.md).
28:25 a4lc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit to the two settings 1 These are two settings that enclose the stones. This can be clearly stated in the translation. Alternate translation: “to the two settings that enclose the stones” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
28:27 e385 General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nYahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
28:27 vw1w finely-woven waistband 1 This was a cloth belt made from narrow linen threads that someone twisted together to make a stronger thread. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:8](../28/08.md).
28:28 se56 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive so that it might be attached 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “so that they may attach it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
28:28 wf9v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives the breastpiece might not become unattached from the ephod 1 This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “the breastpiece would stay attached to the ephod” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
28:29 k21k General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nYahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
28:29 z1mz he must carry the names of the people of Israel over his heart in the breastpiece 1 This refers to the names of the tribes engraved on the twelve stones the breastplate as described in [Exodus 28:17-21](./17.md).
28:29 cc97 over his heart 1 “over Aaron’s heart” or “on his chest”
28:30 f537 the Urim and the Thummim & the means for making decisions 1 The second phrase appears to refer to the Urim and Thummim and explain their purpose.
28:30 dgn9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown the Urim and the Thummim 1 It not clear what these are. They were objects, possibly stones, that the priest used to determine somehow the will of God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
28:31 jl1d General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nYahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
28:32 x42n This must be the work of a weaver 1 This can be stated as a command. Alternate translation: “A weaver must make this robe”
28:32 rw96 a weaver 1 “a person who weaves” or “a person who creates cloth using thread”
28:33 v7gy General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nYahweh continues to tell Moses what the people do.
28:33 t9re rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown pomegranates 1 A pomegranate is a round fruit with a red outer skin. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
28:34 kl55 a golden bell and a pomegranate 1 This phrase is repeated to show the pattern of the design on the robe.
28:35 de4m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive The robe is to be on Aaron when he serves 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Aaron must wear the robe when he serves” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
28:35 pf61 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive so that its sound can be heard 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “so that the bells make a sound” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
28:35 qtf9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit This is so that he does not die 1 It is implied that he would die because he did not obey Yahweh. This can be stated. Alternate translation: “As a result, he will not die because of disobeying my instructions” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
28:36 e8qp General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nYahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
28:36 nd2q engrave on it, like the engraving on a signet 1 “write on it in the same way a person engraves on a seal.” See how you translated similar words in [Exodus 28:11](../28/11.md)
28:37 qka6 turban 1 This was a tall head covering made from cloth wrapped around the head several times. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:4](../28/04.md).
28:38 ee65 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive It must be on Aaron’s forehead 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Aaron must wear it on his forehead” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
28:38 u19w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive The turban must be always on his forehead 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Aaron must always wear the turban on his forehead” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
28:39 cp68 General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nGod continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
28:39 t5vj turban 1 This was a tall head covering made from cloth wrapped around the head several times. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:4](../28/04.md).
28:39 yi1l sash 1 A sash is a decorative piece of cloth that a person wears around his waist or across his chest. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:4](../28/04.md).
28:39 i62z the work of an embroiderer 1 An embroiderer is a person who sews designs into cloth. See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:36](../26/36.md).
28:40 sc7t General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nGod continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
28:40 pfs2 sashes 1 A sash is a decorative piece of cloth that a person wears around his waist or across his chest. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:4](../28/04.md).
28:40 v2tj headbands 1 A headband is a narrow, decorative strip of cloth that is worn around the head above the eyes.
28:41 xa75 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit You must clothe Aaron your brother 1 Aaron was the older brother of Moses. You can state this clearly in the translation. Alternate translation: “Put these clothes on your older brother Aaron” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
28:42 vua7 General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nGod continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
28:42 vz62 undergarments 1 These are underwear, clothing worn under the outer clothes, next to the skin.
28:43 s6n2 tent of meeting 1 This is another name for the tabernacle. See how you translated this in [Exodus 27:21](../27/21.md).
28:43 r7y7 a permanent law 1 “a law the will not end”
29:intro xmd9 0 # Exodus 29 General Notes\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Consecrating priests\nThis chapter records the process of consecrating priests. The priests were to be set apart from the rest of Israel because Yahweh is holy. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/consecrate]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “I will live among the Israelites”\nAs God, Yahweh is everywhere and cannot be limited to a single space. This phrase indicates that he permanently remains within Israel in a special way while they have the ark.
29:1 d6gk Now 1 The word “now” marks a change in topic from garments for priests to consecrating priests.
29:1 z78h you must do 1 Here **you** refers to Moses.
29:1 ld5s to set them apart 1 “to set apart Aaron and his sons”
29:1 dq2c serve me 1 Here “me” refers to Yahweh.
29:1 cgl2 one young bull 1 a male cow
29:2 ptm7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive Also take wafers without yeast rubbed with oil 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Also take wafers without yeast and rub them with oil” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
29:2 r449 bread & cakes & wafers 1 These are different kinds of food made from flour.
29:3 u713 General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nYahweh continues to speak to Moses
29:3 gm58 You must put them 1 “You must put the bread, cake, and wafer”
29:3 cd6m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit present them with the bull and the two rams 1 Here “present” means to offer as a sacrifice. The full meaning of this can be translated clearly. Alternate translation: “offer them to me when you sacrifice the bull and the two rams” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
29:4 a6rz tent of meeting 1 This is another name for the tabernacle. See how you translated this in [Exodus 27:21](../27/21.md).
29:5 va8b General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nYahweh continues speaking to Moses.
29:5 f7u7 coat 1 This was a coat with a design woven into it. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:4](../28/04.md).
29:5 pr4i finely-woven waistband 1 This was a cloth belt made from narrow linen threads that someone twisted together to make a stronger thread. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:8](../28/08.md).
29:6 ap2x turban 1 This was a tall head covering made from cloth wrapped around the head several times. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:4](../28/04.md).
29:6 y59s holy crown 1 This crown is described in [Exodus 29:6](../29/06.md) as being engraved with the words “dedicated to Yahweh” and made of pure gold.
29:8 s53c General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nYahweh continues speaking to Moses.
29:8 v46k bring his sons 1 “bring Aaron’s sons”
29:8 jtc7 coats 1 These were coats with a design woven into them. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:4](../28/04.md).
29:9 j3a8 sashes 1 A sash is a decorative piece of cloth that people wear around their waist or across their chest. See how you translated this word in [Exodus 28:4](../28/04.md).
29:9 bh2d headbands 1 A headband is a narrow, decorative strip of cloth that is worn around the head above the eyes. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:40](../28/40.md).
29:9 r1x4 The work of the priesthood 1 “the duty of being priests”
29:9 ze9l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit will belong to them 1 The duty of being priests will also belong to the descendants of Aaron’s sons. You can state this clearly in the translation. Alternate translation: “will belong to them and their descendants” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
29:9 p7m9 permanent law 1 “a law the will not end.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:43](../28/43.md).
29:10 r782 General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nYahweh continues speaking to Moses.
29:10 p996 tent of meeting 1 This is another name for the tabernacle. See how you translated this in [Exodus 27:21](../27/21.md).
29:11 bf2m You must kill the bull 1 The bull offering was to be killed by Moses, not the priests, at the doorway, not inside the tent of meeting.
29:11 y6kp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit kill the bull 1 Since the following verses will tell what to do with the blood from the bull, use a term for “kill” that will imply a method similar to “slitting its throat and catch the blood in a bowl.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
29:12 uxh3 General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nYahweh continues speaking to Moses.
29:12 c2ud the horns 1 These were projections that looked like ox horns attached to the four corners of the altar. See how you translated this in [Exodus 27:2](../27/02.md).
29:12 xdl5 the rest of the blood 1 “the remaining blood”
29:13 x2c5 covers the inner parts 1 “covers the organs”
29:13 nsg6 liver & kidneys 1 These are organs in the body.
29:14 eza8 But as for the bull’s flesh, as well as its skin and dung 1 “But as for the remaining parts of the bull”
29:16 hd8i You must kill the ram 1 For these consecration sacrifices for the priests, it was Moses, not Aaron or his sons, who had to kill the animals.
29:17 w2nb the inner parts 1 “the organs.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 29:13](../29/13.md).
29:18 s68x on the altar 1 Unlike the bull offering that was burned outside of the tent, the ram was to be burned on the inner altar.
29:19 x3iv General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nYahweh continues speaking to Moses.
29:20 j6b1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit Then you must kill the ram 1 The ram was killed by cutting its throat. This can be stated clearly in the translation. Alternate translation: “Then kill the ram by slitting its throat” or “Then kill the ram by cutting its throat” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
29:21 saa8 General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nYahweh continues speaking to Moses.
29:21 w1aa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive Aaron will then be set apart for me 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “By doing this, you will dedicate Aaron to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
29:22 gj68 General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nYahweh continues speaking to Moses.
29:22 i3dc inner parts & liver & kidney 1 These refer to organs inside the body. See how you translated this in [Exodus 29:13](../29/13.md).
29:23 td8w Take one loaf & before Yahweh 1 For 29:23 see how you translated similar words in [Exodus 29:2](../29/02.md).
29:23 i7vx that is before Yahweh 1 “that you have placed before Yahweh”
29:24 wv9l General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nGod continues speaking to Moses.
29:24 b9bj You must put these 1 Here “these” refers to the parts of the sacrifice mentioned in the previous verses.
29:25 wz3a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive it will be an offering made to me by fire 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “burn it as an offering to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
29:26 acx5 General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nYahweh continues speaking to Moses.
29:26 bf71 ram of dedication 1 “ram that you dedicated” or “ram that you killed”
29:26 c21f Aaron’s ram of dedication 1 “the ram that you used to dedicate Aaron”
29:28 uc2d This will be a perpetual share for Aaron and his sons 1 “This is what Aaron and his sons will always receive from the people”
29:29 la34 General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nYahweh continues speaking to Moses.
29:29 qru8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive The holy garments of Aaron must also be reserved for his sons after him 1 These garments belong to the priesthood and are not just Aaron’s personal clothing. Alternate translation: “Aaron must reserve the holy garments for his sons after him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
29:29 i5vz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive They are to be anointed in them and ordained to me in them 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “They must wear the holy garments when you anoint his sons and ordain them to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
29:30 pe79 tent of meeting 1 This is another name for the tabernacle. See how you translated this in [Exodus 27:21](../27/21.md).
29:31 npz1 General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nYahweh continues speaking to Moses.
29:31 l3xk the ram for the installation of the priests 1 “the ram you killed when you installed the priests”
29:31 u9kl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit in a holy place 1 This is not the same as the holy place outside of the most holy place. This refers to a place within the courtyard. Alternate translation: “at the entrance to the tent of meeting” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
29:32 dp8h tent of meeting 1 This is another name for the tabernacle. See how you translated this in [Exodus 27:21](../27/21.md).
29:33 qk8i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive that were given 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that you sacrificed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
29:34 rhp7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive It must not be eaten 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “No one must eat it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
29:34 lhi8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive because it has been set apart to me 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “because you have set it apart to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
29:35 c2si General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nYahweh continues speaking to Moses.
29:35 g9pm In this way, by following all that I have commanded you to do, you must treat Aaron and his sons 1 “I have commanded you to treat Aaron and his sons this way”
29:37 pq5d Then the altar will be completely set apart to me 1 “Then the altar will be most holy”
29:37 qk5h will be set apart to Yahweh 1 “will also be very holy”
29:38 e4r9 General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nYahweh continues speaking to Moses.
29:38 sli9 You must regularly offer on the altar every day 1 “You must daily offer on the altar”
29:40 rt1f General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nYahweh continues speaking to Moses.
29:40 x6i4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction a tenth & the fourth part 1 “1/10 … 1/4” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
29:40 bwg1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume ephah 1 An ephah is 22 liters. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
29:40 vt6f rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume hin 1 A hin is 3.7 liters. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
29:41 t1tt General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nYahweh continues speaking to Moses.
29:41 hgt9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive it will be an offering made to me by fire 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “it will be a burnt offering to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
29:42 j8cg throughout your generations 1 “through all the generations of your descendants.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 12:14](../12/14.md).
29:42 h5r7 tent of meeting 1 This is another name for the tabernacle. See how you translated this in [Exodus 27:21](../27/21.md).
29:43 f1t6 General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nYahweh continues speaking to Moses.
29:43 ic8i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive the tent will be set apart for me by my glory 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “My awesome presence will dedicate the tent to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
29:45 zcs1 General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nYahweh continues speaking to Moses.
30:intro z3yc 0 # Exodus 30 General Notes\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Atonement\nThe atonement offered by the priests was very important in the religious life of Israel. In order to offer sacrifices, the priests had to maintain ritual cleanliness by washing themselves. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/atonement]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])
30:1 r1f4 General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nYahweh tells Moses how to build the worship equipment.
30:1 v8vb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you You must make 1 Here **you** refers to Moses and the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
30:2 w56e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive Its horns must be made 1 These were projections that looked like ox horns attached to the four corners of the altar. See how you translated “horns” in [Exodus 27:2](../27/02.md). Alternate translation: “You must make its horns” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
30:3 d3uu General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nYahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do.
30:3 ddb2 the incense altar 1 “an altar to burn incense”
30:4 qyg4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive to be attached to it 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “which you will attach to the altar” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
30:5 r61h General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nYahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
30:6 h33c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ark of the testimony 1 The ark is the chest that contains the commandments. This can be stated clearly in the translation. See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:33](../26/33.md). Alternate translation: “the chest containing the commandments” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
30:6 e52i atonement lid 1 This is the lid that sits on top of the ark where the atonement offering was made. See how you translated this in [Exodus 25:17](../25/17.md).
30:6 vg6k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you where I will meet with you 1 Here **you** refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
30:7 l2rl General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nYahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do.
30:8 qm7i throughout your generations 1 “through all the generations of your descendants.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 12:14](../12/14.md).
30:9 ckf9 But you must offer 1 Though the word **you** is addressed to Moses, the instruction is given specifically to Aaron and his descendants as to when and what they are to offer on the altar of incense.
30:10 ez2s General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nYahweh continues speaking to Moses.
30:10 k6xk horns 1 These were projections that looked like ox horns attached to the four corners of the altar. See how you translated this in [Exodus 27:2](../27/02.md).
30:10 san2 throughout your generations 1 “through all the generations of your descendants.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 12:14](../12/14.md).
30:12 s73c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you When you take 1 Possible meanings are (1) **you** refers to just Moses or (2) **you** refers to Moses and the leaders of Israel in future generations when they take a census. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
30:12 k5p1 a census of the Israelites 1 The leaders only counted the Israelite men.
30:13 s69s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive Everyone who is counted 1 This can be stated in active form. They counted only the men. Alternate translation: “Everyone you count” or “Every man you count” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
30:13 i4wk rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney half a shekel of silver 1 “1/2 a shekel of silver.” Translators may use a unit of measure that people understand and a round number: “5.5 grams of silver” or “six grams of silver” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
30:13 nfp6 according to the weight of the shekel of the sanctuary 1 There were evidently shekels of more than one weight at the time. This specified which one was to be used.
30:13 id6d rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown twenty gerahs 1 “20 gerahs.” A gerah is a unit that people used for measuring how much something very small weighed. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
30:14 k4h9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor from twenty years old and up 1 Larger numbers are spoken of as being up or above smaller numbers. Alternate translation: “from twenty years old and more” or “who is twenty years old or older” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
30:15 r7fd General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nYahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
30:15 rll6 the people 1 Only the men made this offering.
30:15 e8xa rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney the half shekel 1 Translators may use a unit of measure that people understand and a round number: “the 5.5 grams of silver” or “the 6 grams of silver.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 3:13](../03/13.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
30:16 z6tn It must be a reminder to the Israelites before me, to make atonement for your lives 1 Possible meanings are (1) “It will remind the Israelites to make atonement for their lives” or (2) “It will remind the Israelites that they have made atonement for their lives.”
30:18 ye18 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you You must also make 1 Here **you** refers to Moses and the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
30:18 v88y bronze basin 1 “bronze bowl” or “bronze tub”
30:18 bh82 a bronze stand 1 This is what the basin would be put on.
30:18 iq8n a basin for washing 1 This phrase explains what the priests were to use the large bronze basin for.
30:18 m5li the altar 1 the altar of sacrifice
30:19 jq26 General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nYahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do.
30:19 ivb1 water in it 1 “water in the basin”
30:21 hp35 for Aaron and his descendants throughout their people’s generations 1 “for Aaron and all the generations of his descendants.” See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 12:14](../12/14.md).
30:22 p8n6 General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nYahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do.
30:23 m9g7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown spices 1 dried plants that people grind into a powder and put in oil or food to give it a nice smell or flavor. See how you translated this in [Exodus 25:6](../25/06.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
30:23 zq43 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers five hundred shekels & 250 shekels 1 “500 shekels … two hundred and fifty shekels.” A shekel is about 11 grams. Translators may use units that people know and round numbers: “5.7 kilograms … 11.4 kilograms” or “six kilograms … three kilograms” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
30:23 xga2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown cinnamon & cane 1 These are sweet spices. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
30:24 p9jh rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown cassia 1 This is a sweet spice. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
30:24 n38f rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight the weight of the shekel of the sanctuary 1 There were evidently shekels of more than one weight at the time. This specified which one was to be used. See how you translated this in [Exodus 30:13](../30/13.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
30:24 dv89 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume one hin 1 Translators may use units that people know and round numbers: “3.7 liters” or “four liters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
30:25 juf3 with these ingredients 1 “with these items”
30:25 k3s5 the work of a perfumer 1 Possible meanings are (1) Moses was to have a perfumer do the work or (2) Moses was to do the work himself the way a perfumer would do it.
30:25 yv9l a perfumer 1 a person who is skilled in mixing spices and oils
30:26 f7k5 General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nYahweh continues speaking to Moses.
30:26 u241 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you You must anoint 1 Here **you** refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
30:26 d4id rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ark of the testimony 1 The ark is the chest that contains the commandments. This can be stated clearly in the translation. See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:33](../26/33.md). Alternate translation: “the chest containing the commandments” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
30:28 v5mk the altar for burnt offerings 1 “the altar on which offering were burnt”
30:29 a9hr General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nYahweh continues speaking to Moses.
30:29 np7g set them apart 1 This refers to the items listed in [Exodus 30:26-28](./26.md).
30:31 k4s7 throughout your people’s generations 1 “all the generations of your descendants.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 12:14](../12/14.md).
30:32 w4dt General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nYahweh continues telling Moses what Moses must tell the people.
30:32 rlk4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive It must not be applied to people’s skin 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “You must not put the anointing oil that is dedicated to Yahweh on a person’s skin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
30:32 v3br with the same formula 1 “with the same ingredients” or “with the same items”
30:33 pa53 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor that person must be cut off from his people 1 The metaphor “cut off” has at least three possible meanings. They can be expressed in active form: (1) “I will no longer consider him to be one of the people of Israel” (2) “the people of Israel must send him away” or (3) “the people of Israel must kill him.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
30:34 r3j2 General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nYahweh continues to tell Moses what to do. Yahweh gives the commands only to Moses: all instances of **you** are singular. However, the words “blended by a perfumer” might mean that Moses could have the perfumer take the spices, blend them, grind them, and give them to Moses so Moses could put part of the mixture in front of the ark, as in UST.
30:35 as9y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive Make it into the form of incense, blended by a perfumer 1 The phrase with “blended” can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “Make it into the form of incense that a perfumer has blended” or “A perfumer must blend it into a kind of incense” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
30:35 y8yj blended by a perfumer 1 Possible meanings are (1) Moses was to have a perfumer do the work or (2) Moses was to do the work himself the way a perfumer would do it. See how you translated these words in [Exodus 30:25](../30/25.md).
30:36 nz2a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you You will grind it 1 “You will crush it.” Here **you** refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
30:36 t8y9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you You will regard 1 Here **you** is plural and refers to Moses and all the people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
30:37 z4p5 General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nYahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
30:37 dq6c you must not make any 1 The word **you** here refers to the people of Israel.
30:37 yv1y with the same formula 1 “with the same ingredients” or “with the same items.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 30:32](../30/32.md).
30:37 wh25 It must be most holy to you 1 “You must consider it to be most holy”
30:38 xn6v perfume 1 This is a pleasant smelling liquid a person puts on his or her body.
30:38 sa1m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor must be cut off from his people 1 The metaphor “cut off” has at least three possible meanings. They can be expressed in active form: (1) “I will no longer consider him to be one of the people of Israel” (2) “the people of Israel must send him away” or (3) “the people of Israel must kill him.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 30:33](../30/33.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
31:intro wfk7 0 # Exodus 31 General Notes\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter is the end of Exodus’ recording of the law of Moses. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Sabbath\nAs described in this chapter, the Sabbath is more than just a day of worship or celebration. Its significance extends beyond a way to help people rest. It is a major part of the identity of the Hebrew people. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]])
31:2 m8ju rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy I have called by name 1 God speaks of choosing specific people as calling them by name. Alternate translation: “I have chosen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
31:2 hf5r rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Bezalel & Uri & Hur 1 These are names of men. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
31:3 ayb9 General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nYahweh continues speaking to Moses.
31:3 f7sk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor I have filled Bezalel with my Spirit 1 Yahweh speaks of giving Bezalel his Spirit as if Bezalel were a container and God’s Spirit were a liquid. Alternate translation: “I have given my Spirit to Bezalel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
31:3 r6i5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns for all kinds of craftsmanship 1 The abstract noun “craftsmanship” can be translated as “making crafts” or “making things.” Alternate translation: “for making all kinds of crafts” or “so that he can make all kinds of things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
31:6 qk4r General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nYahweh continues speaking to Moses.
31:6 jh61 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Oholiab & Ahisamak 1 These are names of men. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
31:6 wcq7 I have put skill into the hearts of all who are wise 1 God speaks of making people able to make things as if he were putting the ability into their hearts. Alternate translation: “I have given skill to all who are wise” or “I have made all who are wise able to make things well”
31:7 jc78 tent of meeting 1 This is another name for the tabernacle. See how you translated this in [Exodus 27:21](../27/21.md).
31:7 m58b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ark of the testimony 1 The ark is the chest that contains the commandments. This can be stated clearly in the translation. See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:33](../26/33.md). Alternate translation: “the chest containing the commandments” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
31:7 z5s4 atonement lid 1 This is the lid that sits on top of the ark where the atonement offering was made. See how you translated this in [Exodus 25:17](../25/17.md).
31:8 h84n incense altar 1 “altar to burn incense.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 30:3](../30/03.md).
31:9 cvl7 altar for burnt offerings 1 “altar on which offering were burnt.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 30:28](../30/28.md).
31:10 hn88 General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nYahweh continues speaking to Moses.
31:11 z1u2 These craftsmen 1 “These people who are skilled in making beautiful things”
31:13 i1lw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor You must certainly keep Yahweh’s Sabbath days 1 God speaks of obeying his instructions about the Sabbath as keeping the Sabbath. Alternate translation: “You must certainly obey Yahweh’s instructions about the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
31:13 gw13 throughout your people’s generations 1 “through all the generations of your descendants.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 12:14](../12/14.md).
31:13 h75a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor who sets you apart for himself 1 God speaks of choosing people to be his as setting them apart for himself. Alternate translation: “who has chosen you to be his people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
31:14 g83p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive for it must be treated by you as holy 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “for you must treat it as holy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
31:14 mv4l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor Everyone who defiles it 1 God speaks of treating the Sabbath with disrespect as defiling it. Alternate translation: “Everyone who treats the Sabbath with disrespect” or “Everyone who does not obey the laws about the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
31:14 plq5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive must surely be put to death 1 “must surely be killed.” This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you must surely kill” or “you must surely execute” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
31:14 fz1g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor must surely be cut off from his people 1 The metaphor “cut off” has at least three possible meanings. They can be expressed in active form: (1) “Yahweh will no longer consider him to be one of his people” (2) “you must surely send him away” or (3) “you must surely kill him.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
31:15 v4dv rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers but the seventh day 1 “but day 7” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
31:16 iv7a General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nYahweh continues telling Moses what he must tell the people of Israel.
31:16 t9hw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor must keep the Sabbath 1 God speaks of obeying his instructions about the Sabbath as keeping the Sabbath. Alternate translation: “must obey Yahweh’s instructions about the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
31:16 n7q2 They must observe it throughout their people’s generations 1 “They and all the generations of their descendants must observe it.” See how you translated “throughout their people’s generations” in [Exodus 12:42](../12/42.md).
31:16 yef8 lasting covenant 1 “a covenant that will always exist.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:43](../28/43.md).
31:18 xc6h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive written on by his own hand 1 This can be translated with an active verb. Alternate translation: “which Yahweh wrote on with his own hand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
32:intro vv2w 0 # Exodus 32 General Notes\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThe events of this chapter occur while Moses spoke with God and therefore happen at the same time as the events in chapters 20-31.\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 32:18.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Idolatry\nThe making of the golden calf was considered a form of idolatry. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
32:1 cfk8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor the people saw 1 Here understanding something is spoken of as if it were being seen. Alternate translation: “the people realized” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
32:1 k2i1 Come, make us an idol 1 The word “come” strengthens the force of the command following it. The people were demanding that Aaron make an idol for them.
32:1 mrb5 go before us 1 “lead us” or “be our leader”
32:2 p86s bring them to me 1 The word “them” refers to the golden rings.
32:3 ckg2 All the people 1 This refers to all the people who rejected Moses as their leader and Moses’ God as their God.
32:4 uf9e fashioned it with an engraving tool and he made a cast idol in the shape of a calf 1 Aaron melted the gold and poured it into a mold that had the shape of a calf. When the gold became hard, he removed the mold, and the hardened gold had the shape of a calf.
32:5 ztx4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit When Aaron saw this 1 You may need to make explicit what he saw. “When Aaron saw what the people did” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
32:6 as6u to carouse in wild celebration 1 “to have a wild party.” The people likely behaved in sexually immoral ways at the party.
32:8 eua5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor left the way that I commanded them 1 Here God speaks of the people disobeying what he commanded them as if he had told them to walk on a certain road and they left that road. Alternate translation: “stopped doing what I commanded them to do” or “have stopped obeying what I commanded them to do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
32:9 bh7c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor I have seen this people 1 Here Yahweh compares knowing the people to seeing them. Alternate translation: “I know this people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
32:9 ffe2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor a stiff-necked people 1 Yahweh speaks of the people being stubborn as if they had stiff necks. Alternate translation: “a stubborn people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
32:10 fmk3 Now then 1 The word “now” is used here to mark a break in what Yahweh was telling Moses. Here Yahweh tells what he will do to the people.
32:10 sd9w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor My anger will burn hot against them 1 Yahweh speaks of his anger as if it were a fire that could burn hot. Alternate translation: “My anger towards them will be terrible” or “I am extremely angry with them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
32:10 vc2u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you from you 1 The word **you** refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
32:11 h62e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor why does your anger burn against your people & a mighty hand? 1 Moses used this question to try to persuade Yahweh not to be so angry with his people. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Do not let your anger burn against your people … a mighty hand.” or “Do not be so angry with your people … a mighty hand.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
32:11 t2cv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet great power & mighty hand 1 These two phrases share similar meanings and are combined for emphasis. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
32:11 ph43 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy a mighty hand 1 Here the word “hand” refers to the things Yahweh did. Alternate translation: “and the powerful things you did” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
32:12 k26p General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nMoses continues to reason with God not to destroy Israel.
32:12 r8ij rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion Why should the Egyptians say, ‘He led them out & to destroy them from the face of the earth?’ 1 Moses used this question to try to persuade God not to destroy his people. This rhetorical question can be translated with a statement. Alternate translation: If you destroy your people, the Egyptians might say, ‘He led them out … to destroy them from the face of the earth.’ (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
32:12 kzh7 face of the earth 1 “from the surface of the earth” or “from the earth”
32:12 fns1 Turn from your burning anger 1 “Stop your burning anger” or “Stop being so angry”
32:12 p1df rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor your burning anger 1 Moses speaks of God’s anger as if it were a fire that was burning. Alternate translation: “your terrible anger” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
32:13 t9sa Call to mind Abraham 1 “Remember Abraham” or “Think about Abraham”
32:13 p8jq you swore 1 “you made an oath” or “you solemnly promised”
32:13 q1g1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor They will inherit it forever 1 God speaks about them possessing the land as if they would inherit it. Alternate translation: “They will possess it forever” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
32:15 cx7z tablets of the covenant decrees 1 These are the two stone slabs on which God had engraved his commandments.
32:16 w3ua rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism The tablets were God’s own work, and the writing was God’s own writing 1 These two phrases share similar meanings. The second explains how the tablets were “God’s own work.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
32:17 cua3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit he said to Moses 1 It is assumed that Joshua met Moses while Moses was going back to the camp. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
32:19 hr2j the tablets 1 “the two stone slabs that Yahweh had written on”
32:21 du5l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations Then Moses said to Aaron, “What did this people & a great sin on them?” 1 This can be stated as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “Then Moses asked Aaron what the people do to him, that he have brought such a great sin on them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
32:21 np73 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor you have brought such a great sin on them 1 Moses spoke of causing people to sin as if sin were an object and Aaron put it on them. Alternate translation: “you have caused them to sin so terribly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
32:22 z2ch rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor Do not let your anger burn hot 1 Aaron spoke of Moses’ anger as if it were a fire that could burn. “Do not be so angry” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
32:22 vdy2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor they are set on doing evil 1 Being determined to do evil is spoken of as being set on evil. Alternate translation: “they are determined to do what is evil” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
32:23 zn68 this Moses 1 People showed disrespect by putting the word “this” before his name, as if Moses were someone they did not know and could not trust.
32:24 yq7s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations So I said to them, ‘Whoever has any gold, let him take it off.’ 1 This can be stated as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “So I told them that whoever had any gold should take it off” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
32:24 b3l5 I threw it into the fire, and out came this calf 1 Instead of taking ownership for making the calf, Aaron claims the calf came out of the fire supernaturally.
32:25 ck1f were running wild 1 “were behaving wildly” or “were not controlling themselves”
32:26 jis7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations Then Moses stood at the entrance & “Whoever is on Yahweh’s side, come to me.” 1 This can be stated as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “Then Moses stood at the entrance to the camp and said that whoever was on Yahweh’s side should come to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
32:26 ryb5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor Whoever is on Yahweh’s side 1 Moses speaks of being loyal to Yahweh as being on Yahweh’s side. Alternate translation: “Whoever is loyal to Yahweh” or “Whoever serves Yahweh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
32:27 xsl3 go back and forth from entrance to entrance 1 “go from side of the camp to the other, starting at one entrance to the camp and going to the entrance on the other side of the camp”
32:28 at4i rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers three thousand of the people 1 “3000 of the people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
32:29 jzp1 You have been placed into Yahweh’s service 1 This probably means “You have been chosen to serve Yahweh” or “You have become Yahweh’s servants.”
32:29 c6fg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit for each of you has taken action against his son and his brother 1 The fact that they did this in obedience to God can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “for you have obeyed Yahweh and killed your sons and your brothers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
32:30 r5fn You have committed a very great sin 1 They worshiped an idol.
32:30 yi3e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor Perhaps I can make atonement for your sin 1 Moses spoke of persuading God to forgive the people as if he could make atonement for their sin. Alternate translation: “Perhaps I can persuade Yahweh to forgive you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
32:32 c72y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy blot me out of the book 1 The word “me” here refers to the name of Moses. Alternate translation: “erase my name from the book” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
32:32 ahb3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit the book that you have written 1 What God had written in the book can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “the book in which you have written the names of your people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
32:33 igb4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy that person I will blot out of my book 1 The phrase “that person” represents “that person’s name.” Alternate translation: “I will erase that person’s name from my book” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
32:33 qwk9 my book 1 This refers to the book of Yahweh that Moses spoke of in [Exodus 32:32](../32/32.md).
32:34 xn8p But on the day that I punish them, I will punish them 1 On the day that God decides to punish them, it will be clear that it is God who is judging them.
32:35 ddg6 Yahweh sent a plague on the people 1 This plague may have been a serious illness. Alternate translation: “Yahweh made the people very sick”
32:35 wv1v they had made the calf, the one that Aaron made 1 Even though Aaron made the calf, the people were also guilty because they told Aaron to do it. Alternate translation: “they told Aaron to make the calf”
33:intro g5k3 0 # Exodus 33 General Notes\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Covenant\nWhile the covenants Yahweh made may not be conditioned upon the obedience of Israel, it is clear that their conquering of the Promised Land was conditioned on their obedience to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])
33:1 p8xp General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nYahweh continues to tell Moses of his anger.
33:3 yyt4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy that land, which is flowing with milk and honey 1 The land was good for raising livestock and growing crops. See how you translated this in [Exodus 3:8](../03/08.md). Alternate translation: “a land that is excellent for raising livestock and growing crops” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
33:3 y347 flowing with 1 “full of” or “with an abundance of”
33:3 ck4m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy milk 1 Since milk comes from cows and goats, this represents food produced by livestock. Alternate translation: “food from livestock” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
33:3 a4ct rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy honey 1 Since honey is produced from flowers, this represents food from crops. Alternate translation: “food from crops” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
33:3 ah5t a stubborn people 1 “people who refuse to change”
33:4 cf7g jewelry 1 beautiful clothing as well as chains and rings with jewels in them
33:5 rzr5 a stubborn people 1 “people who refuse to change.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 33:3](../33/03.md).
33:9 yt4f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor the pillar of cloud 1 The cloud had the shape of a pillar. See how you translated this in [Exodus 13:22](../13/22.md). Alternate translation: “the cloud shaped like a pillar” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
33:9 vam7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit would come down 1 Where it came down from can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “would come down from the sky” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
33:11 zrb8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor Yahweh would speak to Moses face to face 1 Speaking directly rather than through dreams and visions, is spoken of as if Moses and God saw each other’s faces while they spoke. Alternate translation: “Yahweh would speak directly to Moses” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
33:11 ika8 young man 1 Joshua was old enough to be a soldier, but he was much younger than Moses
33:12 unz8 See 1 “Look!” or “Listen!” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you”
33:12 w7fs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom I know you by name 1 To know someone by name is to know them well. Alternate translation: “I know you well” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
33:12 a7jr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom you have also found favor in my eyes 1 Here “found favor” is an idiom that means be approved of or that God is pleased with Moses. Here “eyes” are a metonym for sight, and sight is a metaphor representing God’s evaluation. Alternate translation: “I have evaluated you and approve” or “I am pleased with you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
33:13 e6vv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom Now if I have found favor in your eyes 1 Here “found favor” is an idiom that means be approved of or that God is pleased with Moses. Here “eyes” are a metonym for sight, and sight is a metaphor representing God’s evaluation. Alternate translation: “Now If you are pleased with me” or “Now if you approve of me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
33:13 zi7j show me your ways 1 Possible meanings: (1) “show me what you are going to do in the future” or (2) “show me how people can do what pleases you.”
33:14 gh8q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy My own presence will go 1 God’s presence represents himself. Alternate translation: “I will go” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
33:14 hl15 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you go with you & give you 1 The word **you** here refers to Moses. It is singular. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
33:14 hc5n I will give you rest 1 “I will let you rest”
33:16 d36k For otherwise 1 “For if your presence does not go with us”
33:16 tu8e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive how will it be known 1 This can be expressed with an active form. Alternate translation: how will people know” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
33:16 cgl8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion how will it be known & people? 1 Moses used this question in order to emphasize that if God does not go with them, no one will know that Moses had found favor in God’s sight. Alternate translation: “no one will know … people.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
33:16 u82a Will it not only be if 1 “Will it not only be known if”
33:17 aln2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nWhen Yahweh uses the word **you** in this verse, it is singular and refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
33:17 ln7y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom you have found favor in my eyes 1 Here “found favor” is an idiom that means that God is pleased with Moses. Here “eyes” are a metonym for sight, and sight is a metaphor representing his evaluation. See how you translated this in [Exodus 33:12](../33/12.md). Alternate translation: “I am pleased with you” or “I approve of you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
33:17 u2nv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom I know you by name 1 To know someone by name is to know them well. See how you translated this in [Exodus 33:12](../33/12.md). Alternate translation: “I know you well” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
33:19 sx1a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy I will make all my goodness pass before you 1 God speaks of walking past Moses so that Moses can see his goodness as if only his goodness would go past Moses. Alternate translation: “I will move past you so that you may see my goodness” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
33:21 s4iy See 1 “Look” or “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you.”
33:23 fmu8 you will see my back 1 This is because Yahweh will be walking away from Moses.
33:23 gw1n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive but my face will not be seen 1 This can be expressed in active form. Alternate translation: “but you will not see my face” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
34:intro smp6 0 # Exodus 34 General Notes\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “He will bring the punishment for the fathers’ sin on their children”\nThis phrase does not mean that a child is necessarily punished for the sins of their parents. Many scholars believe that this passage indicates that a parent’s sins will have consequences that will affect their children and grandchildren. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
34:1 s1kv tablets of stone 1 “flat slabs of stone.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 31:18](../31/18.md)
34:3 fk8z General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nYahweh continues speaking to Moses.
34:3 ck6d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Do not let anyone else be seen anywhere on the mountain 1 Being seen doing something represents doing that. Alternate translation: “Do not let anyone else be anywhere on the mountain” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
34:3 x3rx No flocks or herds are even to graze in front of the mountain 1 “Even flocks or herds are not allowed to come near the mountain to eat.”
34:5 sp7f stood with Moses there 1 “stood with Moses on the mountain”
34:5 r9ey rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy he pronounced the name “Yahweh.” 1 Possible meanings are (1) “he spoke the name ‘Yahweh.’” or (2) “he proclaimed who Yahweh is.” For the second meaning, “name” would represent who God is. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
34:6 fz1q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person Yahweh, Yahweh, God is merciful and gracious 1 God is speaking about himself. Alternate translation: “I, Yahweh, am God, and I am merciful and gracious” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
34:6 e1k3 abounding in covenant faithfulness and trustworthiness 1 “always showing covenant faithfulness and trustworthiness”
34:6 j7we rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns abounding in covenant faithfulness and trustworthiness 1 The abstract nouns “faithfulness” and “trustworthiness” can be stated as “faithful” and “trustworthy.” Alternate translation: “always being faithful to my covenant and always being trustworthy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
34:7 lt2j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns keeping covenant faithfulness for thousands of generations 1 The abstract noun “faithfulness” can be stated as “faithfully” or “faithful.” See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 20:6](../20/06.md). Alternate translation: “faithfully loving thousands of generations” or “faithful to his covenant with thousands of generation” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
34:7 q7z8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person But he will 1 Yahweh is speaking about himself. Alternate translation: “But I will” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
34:7 x397 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person he will by no means clear the guilty 1 Yahweh is speaking about himself. Alternate translation: “I will by no means clear the guilty” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
34:7 ts1b will by no means clear the guilty 1 “will certainly not clear the guilty” or “will certainly not say that the guilty are innocent” or “will certainly not free guilty people”
34:7 px85 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor He will bring the punishment for the fathers’ sin on their children 1 Punishing people is spoken of as if punishment were an object that someone could bring on people. Alternate translation: “He will punish the children for their fathers’ sin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
34:7 c3tb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy their children 1 The word “children” represents descendants. Alternate translation: “their descendants” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
34:9 mh3a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom If now I have found favor in your eyes 1 Here “found favor” is an idiom that means be approved of or that God is pleased with Moses. Here “eyes” are a metonym for sight, and sight is a metaphor representing his evaluation. See how you translated this in [Exodus 33:12](../33/12.md). Alternate translation: “Now If you are pleased with me” or “Now if you approve of me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
34:9 hw66 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet our iniquity and our sin 1 The words “iniquity” and “sin” mean basically the same thing and are combined for emphasis. Alternate translation: “all our sins” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
34:9 n6e5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor take us as your inheritance 1 Something that someone possesses forever is spoken of as if it were something that they had inherited. Alternate translation: “take us as the people that you possess forever” or “accept us as the people who belong to you forever” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
34:10 zdq6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you your people 1 Here “your” refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
34:10 bj1a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom it is a fearful thing that I am doing with you 1 A fearful thing is a thing that causes people to be afraid. In this case, people will fear God when they see what he does. Alternate translation: “what I do for you will cause people to fear me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
34:10 s7uz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you I am doing with you 1 Here **you** refers to Moses and the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
34:12 b459 General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nYahweh continues speaking to Moses. Here he tells him what Moses and the people must do.
34:12 lxz8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor they will become a trap among you 1 People who tempt others to sin are spoken of as if they were a trap. Alternate translation: “they will tempt you to sin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
34:14 vmx2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Yahweh, whose name is Jealous 1 The word “Jealous” here means that God is concerned to keep his honor. If his people worship other gods, he loses honor, because when his people do not honor him, other people also will not honor him. Alternate translation: “I, Yahweh, always guard my honor” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
34:14 s5sd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy whose name is Jealous, 1 The word “name” here represents God’s character. Alternate translation: “I, Yahweh, who am always jealous” or “I, Yahweh, am always jealous” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
34:15 f1e3 Connecting Statement: 1 # Connecting Statement:\n\nYahweh continues to tell Moses how his people are to behave towards outsiders.
34:15 gtd8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor for they prostitute themselves to their gods 1 God speaks of people worshiping other gods as if they were prostitutes going to other men. Alternate translation: “for they worship other gods” or “because they worship other gods like prostitutes who go to other men” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
34:15 bj2i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit you will eat some of his sacrifice 1 The consequence of eating food that is sacrificed to another god can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “you will eat some of his sacrifice and become guilty of worshiping his gods” or “and you will prostitute yourself to his god by eating some of his sacrifice” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
34:18 s1rr General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nYahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
34:18 u5be rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers seven days 1 “7 days” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
34:18 i5ck rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths in the month of Aviv 1 This is the name of the first month of the Hebrew calendar. Aviv is during the last part of March and the first part of April on Western calendars. See how you translated “Aviv” in [Exodus 13:4](../13/04.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
34:19 ly7d General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nYahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do.
34:20 yz8x buy back 1 Firstborn sons and firstborn donkeys belonged to Yahweh, but Yahweh did not want them sacrificed to Him. Instead, the Israelites were to sacrifice a lamb in their place. This allowed the Israelites to buy the donkeys and sons back from Yahweh.
34:20 u2p5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy No one may appear before me empty-handed 1 God speaks of the offering as if the person was to carry it in his hands. Alternate translation: “No one may come to me without an offering” or “Everyone who comes to me must bring me an offering” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
34:21 w9ed General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nYahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do.
34:21 swm8 Even at plowing time and in harvest 1 “Even when you are preparing the soil or gathering the crops”
34:22 d13l Festival of Ingathering 1 This festival was also known as the Festival of Shelters or the Festival of Booths. The idea came from the practice of the farmers living in temporary booths, or huts, out in the fields to guard the crop as it ripened. The word “Ingathering” means when they harvest their crop.
34:23 zh58 General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nYahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do.
34:25 zx2v General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nYahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
34:25 e8v2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit the blood of my sacrifice 1 The fact that the blood is from an animal can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “the blood of an animal that you sacrifice to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
34:25 k2f7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit with any yeast 1 The fact that any yeast would be in bread can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “with bread that has yeast in it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
34:28 mm6l Moses was there 1 “Moses was on the mountain”
34:28 j9t4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers forty days 1 “40 days” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
34:28 wt1c for forty days and nights 1 “for forty days, both day and night”
34:28 yun2 He wrote 1 “Moses wrote”
34:29 d9zk had become radiant 1 “had started to shine”
34:31 jfb4 came up to him 1 “approached him” or “went to him.” They did not go up the mountain.
34:32 kt23 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor all the commands that Yahweh had given him 1 Telling commands is spoken of as if the commands were objects that could be given. Alternate translation: “all the commands that Yahweh had told him” or “everything that Yahweh had commanded them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
34:34 fzm1 he would remove 1 “Moses would remove”
34:34 m1sv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive what he was commanded 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “what Yahweh had commanded him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
35:intro lew9 0 # Exodus 35 General Notes\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Sacrifice\nAll of the people offered sacrifices to Yahweh. This was a form of worship and a sign of repentance from making the golden calf idol. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/worship]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])
35:2 c559 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal the seventh day 1 “day number seven” or “Saturday” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
35:2 zij9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive Whoever does any work on that day must be put to death 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “You must kill anyone who does work on that day” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
35:4 jdb8 General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nIn Exodus 35:4-9, Moses tells the Israelites to make the things Yahweh commanded him in [Exodus 25:3-7](../25/03.md).
35:5 h5c8 General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nIn Exodus 35:4-9, Moses tells the Israelites to make the things Yahweh commanded him in [Exodus 25:3-7](../25/03.md).
35:5 n2c8 Take an offering for Yahweh 1 “Take up a collection for Yahweh”
35:5 y2x6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche all of you who have a willing heart 1 Here “heart” refers to the person bringing the offering. Alternate translation: “everyone who is willing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
35:6 r12v General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nIn Exodus 35:4-9, Moses tells the Israelites to make the things Yahweh commanded him in [Exodus 25:3-7](../25/03.md).
35:7 nmv4 General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nIn Exodus 35:4-9, Moses tells the Israelites to make the things Yahweh commanded him in [Exodus 25:3-7](../25/03.md).
35:7 l5bq ram skins dyed red and fine leather hides 1 See how you translated similar phrases in [Exodus 25:5](../25/05.md).
35:8 ikm4 General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nIn Exodus 35:4-9, Moses tells the Israelites to make the things Yahweh commanded him in [Exodus 25:3-7](../25/03.md).
35:9 f1dd General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nIn Exodus 35:4-9, Moses tells the Israelites to make the things Yahweh commanded him in [Exodus 25:3-7](../25/03.md).
35:10 c31r General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nMoses continues telling the people what God commanded them to do.
35:10 dc4b Every skilled man 1 “Every man with a skill”
35:11 j5t7 clasps 1 The clasps fit into the loops to hold the curtains together. See how you translated these in [Exodus 26:6](../26/06.md).
35:11 syn4 bases 1 These are heavy objects that rest on the ground and keep the object attached to them from moving. See how you translated this in [Exodus 25:31](../25/31.md).
35:12 rj7s atonement lid 1 This is the lid that sits on top of the ark where the atonement offering was made. See how you translated this in [Exodus 25:17](../25/17.md).
35:13 x3tl They brought 1 “The people of Israel brought”
35:13 l641 bread of the presence 1 This bread represented the presence of God. See how you translated this in [Exodus 25:30](../25/30.md).
35:16 h116 bronze grate 1 This is a frame of crossed bronze bars for holding wood when burning. See how you translated “grate” in [Exodus 27:4](../27/04.md).
35:17 h8zl hangings 1 These were large curtains made of cloth. See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:36](../26/36.md).
35:17 x54f posts 1 These were strong pieces of wood set upright and used as supports. See how you translated these in [Exodus 27:10](../27/10.md).
35:17 xtm8 bases 1 These were blocks that had a slot in them to keep the board in place. See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:19](../26/19.md).
35:18 n44r tent pegs 1 sharp pieces of wood or metal used to secure the corners of a tent to the ground. See how you translated this in [Exodus 27:19](../27/19.md).
35:19 x1pc finely-woven garments 1 This was clothing made from narrow linen threads that someone twisted together to make a stronger thread. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:8](../28/08.md).
35:20 w6rg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy all the tribes of Israel 1 This refers to the people in the tribes. Alternate translation: “the people from all the tribes of Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
35:21 b9wk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche whose heart stirred him up 1 Here “heart” refers to the person. The heart that responded to God is spoken of as if it were water stirred up by a storm. Alternate translation: “who responded to God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
35:21 be9z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche whom his spirit made willing 1 Here “spirit” refers to the person. Alternate translation: “who was willing” or “who wanted to” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
35:22 mwx8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche all who had a willing heart 1 Here “heart” refers to the person. Alternate translation: “everyone who was willing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
35:22 wwp2 brooches, earrings, rings, and ornaments 1 These are different kinds of jewelry.
35:23 s3ky Everyone who had & brought them 1 For 35:23 see how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:4-5](../25/04.md).
35:25 ebm5 blue, purple, or scarlet wool 1 Possible meanings are (1) “material that is dyed blue, purple, and scarlet,” probably wool yarn, or (2) “blue, purple and scarlet dye” to dye the linen. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 25:4](../25/04.md).
35:26 k1gy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche whose hearts stirred them up 1 Here “hearts” refers to the women. The hearts of the women who responded to God are spoken of as if they were water stirred up by a storm. Alternate translation: “who responded to God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
35:27 f13n The leaders brought & breastpiece 1 For 35:27 see how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:7](../25/07.md).
35:28 h3a1 they brought spices & fragrant incense 1 For 35:28 see how you translated many similar words in [Exodus 25:6](../25/06.md)
35:29 li5z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche whose heart was willing 1 Here “heart” refers to the people. Alternate translation: “who was willing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
35:30 z1e2 Bezalel son of Uri son of Hur, from the tribe of Judah 1 See how you translated this in [Exodus 31:2](../31/02.md)
35:31 gse9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor He has filled Bezalel with his Spirit 1 God’s Spirit who gave Bezalel the ability to work is spoken of here as if he was something that filled up Bezalel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
35:31 zd74 filled Bezalel & craftsmanship 1 See how you translated many similar words in [Exodus 31:3](../31/03.md)
35:32 r7e3 to make artistic designs & bronze 1 See how you translated many similar words in [Exodus 31:4](../31/04.md)
35:33 fj6f also to cut and set stones & craftsmanship 1 See how you translated many similar words in [Exodus 31:5](../31/05.md)
35:34 a1r8 General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nMoses continues speaking to the people.
35:34 xd67 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche He has put it in his heart to teach 1 Here “heart” refers to Bezalel. The ability to teach is spoken of as if it something that could be placed in a heart. Alternate translation: “He gave Bezalel the ability to teach” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
35:34 ab2z rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Oholiab son of Ahisamak, from the tribe of Dan 1 “Oholiab” and “Ahisamak” are names of men. See how you translated these names in [Exodus 31:6](../31/06.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
35:35 rcv9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor filled them with skill 1 Skill to create beautiful objects is spoken of as if it were something that could fill up a person. Alternate translation: “made them very skillful” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
35:35 me14 engravers 1 a person who cuts designs into a hard material such as wood, stone, or metal
35:35 u7tf embroiderers 1 people who sew designs into cloth
35:35 r8zk craftsmen 1 people who are skilled in making beautiful objects by hand
35:35 cw3x weavers 1 a person who creates cloth using thread
35:35 a6c3 artistic designers 1 a person who creates beauty with materials
36:intro nz4n 0 # Exodus 36 General Notes\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Tent of meeting\nThe tent of meeting, or tabernacle, mentioned in previous chapters is constructed in this chapter. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]])
36:1 ubk2 General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nMoses continues speaking to the people.
36:1 ds99 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Bezalel 1 This is the name of a man. See how you translated this in [Exodus 31:2](../31/02.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
36:1 tl5b rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Oholiab 1 This is the name of a man. See how you translated this in [Exodus 31:6](../31/06.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
36:1 tr3p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor to whom Yahweh has given skill and ability 1 Here skill and ability are spoken of as if they are something that Yahweh can place inside a person. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
36:1 mdi4 according to all that Yahweh has commanded 1 “just as Yahweh has commanded”
36:2 tgn2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Bezalel 1 This is the name of a man. See how you translated this in [Exodus 31:2](../31/02.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
36:2 wq6q rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Oholiab 1 This is the name of a man. See how you translated this in [Exodus 31:6](../31/06.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
36:2 tda7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche in whose mind Yahweh had given skill 1 Here “mind” refers to the person who was made skillful by Yahweh. Alternate translation: “to whom Yahweh had given skill” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
36:2 yuq8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche whose heart stirred within him 1 Here “heart” refers to the person. The heart that responded to God is spoken of as if it were water stirred up by a storm. Alternate translation: “who responded to God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
36:5 tni7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations The craftsmen told Moses & commanded us to do.” 1 The can be stated as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “The craftsmen told Moses that the people were bringing much more than enough for doing the work that Yahweh has commanded them to do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
36:5 pd95 The craftsmen told Moses 1 “The men working on the sanctuary told Moses”
36:8 kw33 General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:1](../26/01.md).
36:8 l7ub ten curtains made from fine linen 1 These curtains are sheets of cloth woven and sewed together so that they can hang to form a wall or tent.
36:8 s2hu rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Bezalel 1 This is the name of a man. See how you translated this in [Exodus 31:2](../31/02.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
36:9 p2mr General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:2](../26/02.md).
36:10 z6sq General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:3](../26/03.md).
36:11 yw91 General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:4](../26/04.md).
36:11 qh6e He made 1 Here “he” refers to Bezalel, but it includes all the men working on the sanctuary.
36:11 y7vq loops of blue 1 loops of blue cloth
36:11 i4ba curtain 1 These were large, heavy sections of woven cloth that were used to form the covering and dividing walls of the tabernacle. See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:1](../26/01.md).
36:12 k1qq General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:5](../26/05.md).
36:13 z2zi General Information 1 See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:6](../26/06.md).
36:13 j75x rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers fifty gold clasps 1 “50 gold clasps” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
36:14 m2ac General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:7](../26/07.md).
36:14 us17 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers made eleven 1 “made 11” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
36:15 fa6i General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:8](../26/08.md).
36:15 ret8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers thirty cubits 1 “30 cubits” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
36:16 wwj6 General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:9](../26/09.md).
36:17 qt9b General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:10](../26/10.md).
36:17 jm1l rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers fifty loops 1 “50 loops” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
36:18 mq1j General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:11](../26/11.md).
36:18 a7mn rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers fifty bronze clasps 1 “50 bronze clasps” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
36:19 p3ke General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:14](../26/14.md).
36:20 t739 General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:15](../26/15.md).
36:21 prx5 General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:16](../26/16.md).
36:21 gci3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance ten cubits & one and a half cubits 1 “10 cubits … 1.5 cubits” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
36:22 l8yx General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:17](../26/17.md).
36:22 vq4m two wooden pegs for joining 1 A wooden peg is a small piece of wood sticking out beyond the end of the board so it can be secured.
36:23 ev65 General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:18](../26/18.md).
36:24 ln2x General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:19](../26/19.md).
36:24 u5ue rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers forty silver bases 1 “40 silver bases” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
36:24 yx4b rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers twenty frames 1 “20 frames” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
36:25 w2wz General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:20](../26/20.md).
36:26 gbm9 General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:21](../26/21.md).
36:26 b9dy and so on 1 There will be two bases under each and every frame.
36:27 a7js General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:22](../26/22.md).
36:27 m6ue on the west 1 on the side that is on the west
36:28 hw9c General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:23](../26/23.md).
36:28 ma1f for the back corners 1 for the corners at the rear of the tabernacle
36:29 u396 General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:24](../26/24.md).
36:30 mu5n General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:25](../26/25.md).
36:30 zls4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers sixteen bases in all 1 “16 bases in all” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
36:30 r252 and so on 1 There will be two bases under each and every frame.
36:31 cf2p General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:26](../26/26.md).
36:32 p4wd General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:27](../26/27.md).
36:32 tc6s to the west 1 on the west side
36:33 h94y General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:28](../26/28.md).
36:33 lk9f from end to end 1 from one side of the tabernacle to the other side
36:34 i17v General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:29](../26/29.md).
36:35 pfc5 General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:31](../26/31.md).
36:36 hg2q General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:32](../26/32.md).
36:37 r5ya General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:36](../26/36.md).
36:37 vv61 He made 1 Here “he” refers to Bezalel and those working for him. “Bezalel and his men made”
36:37 neu2 a hanging 1 a curtain
36:38 pr67 General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:37](../26/37.md).
37:intro mt99 0 # Exodus 37 General Notes\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### The ark of the covenant\nThe ark, mentioned in previous chapters, is constructed in this chapter. There are other furnishings of the tabernacle that are also produced in this chapter. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]])
37:1 byr3 General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:10](../25/10.md).
37:1 xz1t rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Bezalel 1 This is the name of a man. See how you translated this in [Exodus 31:2](../31/02.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
37:1 ps6e rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance two and a half cubits & one cubit and a half 1 A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “2.5 cubits … 1.5 cubits” or “115 centimeters … 69 centimeters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
37:2 kb3s General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:11](../25/11.md).
37:3 pb6v General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:12](../25/12.md).
37:3 ut8d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor its four feet 1 These four pieces of wood that supported the ark are spoken of as if they were human or animal feet. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
37:4 nr8y General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:13](../25/13.md).
37:4 n9kr He made 1 Though “he” refers to Bezalel, “he” may include all of the workers who assisted him.
37:5 v9j7 General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:14](../25/14.md).
37:6 liw8 General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:17](../25/17.md).
37:6 ba8a rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance two and a half cubits & one and a half cubits 1 A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “2.5 cubits … 1.5 cubits” or “115 centimeters … 69 centimeters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
37:7 nhi3 General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:18](../25/18.md).
37:8 g96y General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:19](../25/19.md).
37:8 y13s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive They were made as one piece 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “He made them as one piece” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
37:9 e6na General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:20](../25/20.md).
37:9 r7nm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification The cherubim spread out their wings upward and overshadowed 1 Bezalel placed the statues of the cherubim as if they were real cherubim which were spreading their wings and overshadowing the atonement lid. Alternate translation: “They placed the winged creatures so that their wings touched each other and spread out over” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
37:9 zsq1 The cherubim faced one another and looked toward 1 “The faces of the cherubim were towards each other, and they looked toward”
37:10 ktf8 General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:23](../25/23.md).
37:10 fnt3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance two cubits & one cubit & one and a half cubits 1 A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “2 cubits … 1 cubit … 1.5 cubits” or “92 centimeters … 46 centimeters … 69 centimeters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
37:11 l2kv General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:24](../25/24.md).
37:12 i1ba General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:25](../25/25.md).
37:12 j4iq rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance handbreadth 1 This was the width of a man’s hand with fingers spread out. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
37:13 b56c General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:26](../25/26.md).
37:13 k69z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor the four feet 1 These four pieces of wood that supported the ark are spoken of as if they were human or animal feet. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
37:14 tc3u General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:27](../25/27.md).
37:14 b3ma rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive The rings were attached 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Bezalel attached the rings” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
37:15 zkr8 General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:28](../25/28.md).
37:16 h598 General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:29](../25/29.md).
37:16 ui2r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit dishes, spoons, the bowls, and pitchers to be used to pour out the offerings 1 It is only the bowls and pitchers that are used to pour out the offerings. Alternate translation: “plates and cups, and also the jars and bowls which the priests will use for pouring out the offerings” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
37:17 edx6 General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:31](../25/31.md).
37:17 wp6l Connecting Statement: 1 # Connecting Statement:\n\nBezalel’s work crew continues to build the tabernacle and furniture.
37:17 s977 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive Its cups, its leafy bases, and its flowers were all made of one piece with it 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “He made the cups, its leafy bases, and its flowers as one piece with the lampstand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
37:18 kuh2 General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:32](../25/32.md).
37:19 g1y9 General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:33](../25/33.md).
37:19 j6vz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive three cups made like almond blossoms 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “he made the 3 cups look like almond blossoms” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
37:19 cbe6 almond blossoms 1 An almond blossom is a white or pink flower with five petals that grows on an almond tree.
37:20 nl54 General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:34](../25/34.md).
37:20 bx63 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive there were four cups made like almond blossoms 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “there were 4 cups which Bezalel made to look like almond blossoms” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
37:21 x1u5 General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:35](../25/35.md).
37:21 v3c2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive made as one piece with it 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “which he made as one piece with the lampstand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
37:22 ks9z General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:36](../25/36.md).
37:23 b2jq General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:37-38](../25/37.md).
37:23 r4y1 Connecting Statement: 1 # Connecting Statement:\n\nBezalel’s work crew continues to build the tabernacle and furniture.
37:23 njx7 tongs 1 This is a tool made from two sticks of wood or metal connected at one end and used for picking up objects.
37:24 uz5h General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:39](../25/39.md).
37:24 arz1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight one talent 1 “33 kilograms” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
37:25 el8w General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 30:1-2](../30/01.md).
37:25 li9d Connecting Statement: 1 # Connecting Statement:\n\nBezalel’s work crew continues to build the tabernacle and furniture.
37:25 c8mg rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance cubit 1 A cubit is 46 centimeters. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
37:25 xq8k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive Its horns were made as one piece with it 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “He made the horns as one piece with the altar” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
37:26 ep66 General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 30:3](../30/03.md).
37:27 zez2 General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 30:4](../30/04.md).
37:27 d2v9 Connecting Statement: 1 # Connecting Statement:\n\nBezalel’s work crew continues to build the tabernacle and furniture.
37:27 p89d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive to be attached to it 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “which they attached to the altar” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
37:28 hw37 General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 30:5](../30/05.md).
37:29 c992 General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 30:25](../30/25.md).
37:29 z685 fragrant incense 1 See how you translated this in [Exodus 25:6](../25/06.md).
37:29 akg9 the work of a perfumer 1 A perfumer is skilled in mixing spices and oils.
38:intro hp86 0 # Exodus 38 General Notes\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### The altar\nThe altar is constructed in this chapter. There are other furnishings of the tabernacle that are also produced in this chapter. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]])\n\n### Materials\nThe list of materials being used is intended to give the reader an understanding of the scale of the tabernacle. It should fill the reader with awe concerning the power of Yahweh. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
38:1 r81c General Information 1 See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 27:1](../27/01.md).
38:1 gk19 Connecting Statement: 1 # Connecting Statement:\n\nBezalel’s work crew continues to build the tabernacle and furniture.
38:1 g5ex rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance cubits 1 One cubit is 46 centimeters. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
38:2 g71x General Information 1 See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 27:2](../27/02.md).
38:2 se9l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive The horns were made of one piece 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “He made the horns as one piece” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
38:3 v73t General Information 1 See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 27:3](../27/03.md).
38:4 rx7v General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 27:4](../27/04.md) and [Exodus 27:5](../27/05.md).
38:4 nb1q Connecting Statement: 1 # Connecting Statement:\n\nBezalel’s work crew continues to build the tabernacle and furniture.
38:4 g5rb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive to be placed under the ledge 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “which they placed under the ledge” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
38:5 kp6w General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 27:4](../27/04.md).
38:6 l258 General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 27:6](../27/06.md).
38:6 ihi9 Connecting Statement: 1 # Connecting Statement:\n\nBezalel’s work crew continues to build the tabernacle and furniture.
38:7 ys63 General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 27:7-8](../27/07.md).
38:7 wa8g planks 1 a long, flat piece of wood that is thicker than a board
38:8 tqi9 Connecting Statement: 1 # Connecting Statement:\n\nBezalel’s work crew continues to build the tabernacle and furniture.
38:8 e6gd large bronze basin with a bronze stand 1 The stand supported the bronze basin. See how you translated this in [Exodus 30:18](../30/18.md).
38:8 mdx9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit He made the basin out of mirrors 1 The bronze came from the mirrors. This can be stated clearly in the translation. Alternate translation: “The bronze for the basin came from the mirrors” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
38:8 e1wq mirrors 1 A mirror is a piece of polished metal or glass that reflects an image.
38:9 clk6 General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 27:9](../27/09.md).
38:9 j2nq Connecting Statement: 1 # Connecting Statement:\n\nBezalel’s work crew continues to build the tabernacle and furniture.
38:9 i24a rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers one hundred 1 “100” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
38:9 su7e rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance cubits 1 A cubit is 46 centimeters. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
38:10 nz6q General Information 1 See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 27:10](../27/10.md).
38:10 x9jn rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers twenty 1 “20” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
38:11 mp6n General Information 1 See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 27:11](../27/11.md).
38:11 kl3h rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers one hundred & twenty 1 “100 … 20” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
38:11 xl4c rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance cubits 1 A cubit is 46 centimeters. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
38:12 g5iz General Information 1 See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 27:12](../27/12.md).
38:12 vuw5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers fifty & ten 1 “50 … 10” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
38:13 iju3 General Information 1 See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 27:13](../27/13.md).
38:13 fw1k rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers fifty 1 “50” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
38:13 jl57 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance cubits 1 A cubit is 46 centimeters. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
38:14 n1xj General Information 1 See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 27:14](../27/14.md).
38:14 b85e rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers fifteen & three 1 “15 … 3” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
38:15 dlq7 General Information 1 See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 27:15](../27/15.md).
38:16 s5zf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive All the hangings around the courtyard were made of fine linen 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Bezalel and the workers made all the hangings around the courtyard with fine linen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
38:17 s5g5 General Information 1 See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 27:17](../27/17.md).
38:17 r7g6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive The bases for the posts were made of bronze 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Bezalel and the workers made the bases for the posts out of bronze” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
38:17 va1m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive The hooks and rods for the posts were made of silver, and the covering for the tops of the posts was also made of silver 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “They made the hooks, the rods for the posts, and the covering for the tops of the posts out of silver” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
38:17 i3bf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive All the courtyard posts were covered with silver 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “They covered the courtyard posts with silver” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
38:18 hmi5 General Information 1 See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 27:16](../27/16.md).
38:18 h4ki rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers twenty & five 1 “20 … 5” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
38:18 yf6z rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance cubits 1 A cubit is 46 centimeters. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
38:18 trz5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive The curtain was made of 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “They made the curtain out of” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
38:19 fjw4 General Information 1 See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 27:17](../27/17.md).
38:19 kqf3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers four 1 “4” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
38:19 a2ix rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive The covering for their tops and its rods were made of silver 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “They made the covering for the tops of the posts and their rods out of silver” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
38:20 ye5c General Information 1 See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 27:19](../27/19.md).
38:20 p55d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive All the tent pegs for the tabernacle and courtyard were made of bronze 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “They made all of the tent pegs for the tabernacle and courtyard out of bronze” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
38:21 wqi5 Connecting Statement: 1 # Connecting Statement:\n\nBezalel’s work crew continues to build the tabernacle and furniture.
38:21 k2ex rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive as it was taken 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “which Moses instructed the Levites to write down” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
38:21 ex1t rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ithamar 1 This is the name of a man. See how you translated this name in [Exodus 6:23](../06/23.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
38:22 d86g rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Bezalel son of Uri son of Hur 1 “Bezalel” and “uri” are the name of men. See how you translated this in [Exodus 31:2](../31/02.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
38:22 i4ha Yahweh had commanded Moses 1 “everything that Yahweh told Moses to do”
38:23 f93b rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Oholiab son of Ahisamak 1 “Oholiab” and “Ahisamak” are names of men. See how you translated this in [Exodus 31:6](../31/06.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
38:23 wvw4 an engraver, as a skillful workman, and as an embroiderer 1 “as a skilled engraver and embroiderer”
38:24 tl4k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive All the gold that was used for the project 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “All the gold that the people used for the project” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
38:24 y7hy rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers twenty-nine talents 1 A talent is about 33 kilograms. Alternate translation: “29 talents” or “about 960 kilograms” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
38:24 tg3f rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 730 shekels 1 A shekel is 11 grams. Alternate translation: “seven hundred and thirty shekels” or “about 8 kilograms.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
38:24 f6sq rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight measured by the standard of the sanctuary shekel 1 There were evidently shekels of more than one weight at the time. This specified which one was to be used. See how you translated this in [Exodus 30:13](../30/13.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
38:25 ni5b rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers one hundred talents 1 A talent is about 33 kilograms. Alternate translation: “100 talents” or “about 330 kilograms” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
38:25 gn9f rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 1,775 shekels 1 A shekel is 11 grams. “one thousand seven hundred and seventy-five shekels” or “about 20 kilograms” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
38:25 egg4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive The silver given by the community 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The silver which the community gave” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
38:26 t2gi rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight one beka 1 A beka is 1/2 a shekel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
38:26 fyy5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight half a shekel 1 A shekel is 11 grams. Alternate translation: “1/2 a shekel” or “five and a half grams” or “5 1/2 grams” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
38:26 ll8b This figure was reached on the basis of every person who was counted in the census 1 Every man who was 20 years old or older was included in the census and was required to give half a shekel.
38:26 c69c rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers twenty years old 1 “20 years old” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
38:27 p7r5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight One hundred talents of silver were cast 1 A talent is about 33 kilograms. Alternate translation: “The workers cast 100 talents of silver” or “The workers cast 3,300 kilograms of silver” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
38:27 n8z7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers One hundred talents 1 “100 talents” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
38:28 k2fi rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 1,775 shekels 1 “one thousand seven hundred and seventy-five shekels” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
38:28 ii3y rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney shekels 1 A shekel is a unit of weight equal to about 11 grams. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
38:28 nxf5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Bezalel 1 This is the name of a man. See how you translated this in [Exodus 31:2](../31/02.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
38:29 p3mr rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers seventy talents and 2,400 shekels 1 “70 talents and two thousand four hundred shekels.” This would be about 2,300 kilograms. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
38:30 zfk8 General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nBezalel’s work crew continues to build the tabernacle and furniture.
38:30 rck7 grate 1 This is a frame of crossed bars for holding wood when burning. See how you translated this in [Exodus 27:4](../27/04.md).
38:31 bvr9 tent pegs 1 These are sharp bronze stakes that were used to secure the corners of a tent to the ground. See how you translated this in [Exodus 27:19](../27/19.md).
39:intro mll6 0 # Exodus 39 General Notes\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### The holy clothing\nThe special, holy clothing mentioned in previous chapters is produced in this chapter to the correct specifications. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])
39:1 s66r General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nBezalel’s work crew shifts to making the priestly garments.
39:1 ys6l they made 1 The word “they” refers to Bezalel, Oholiab, and the other workmen.
39:1 h8kg as Yahweh had commanded Moses 1 “just as Yahweh told Moses to do”
39:2 b9mg General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 28:6](../28/06.md).
39:2 ain4 Connecting Statement: 1 # Connecting Statement:\n\nBezalel’s work crew continues to make the priestly garments.
39:2 p5xy rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Bezalel 1 This is the name of a man. See how you translated this in [Exodus 31:2](../31/02.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
39:4 c7lu General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 28:7](../28/07.md).
39:4 pq62 Connecting Statement: 1 # Connecting Statement:\n\nBezalel’s work crew continues to make the priestly garments.
39:5 g75w General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 28:8](../28/08.md).
39:5 wf2i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive it was made of one piece with the ephod, made of fine twined linen 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they made it as one piece with the ephod with fine twisted linen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
39:5 cc56 as Yahweh had commanded Moses 1 “just as Yahweh told Moses to do.” See how you translated this phrase in [Exodus 39:1](../39/01.md).
39:6 k7vw General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 28:9](../28/09.md) and [Exodus 28:11](../28/11.md).
39:6 h1bz Connecting Statement: 1 # Connecting Statement:\n\nBezalel’s work crew continues to make the priestly garments.
39:6 naa8 signet 1 This was an engraved stone that was used to stamp a design in a wax seal. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:11](../28/11.md).
39:6 ajh3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers twelve sons 1 “12 sons” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
39:7 ize6 General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 28:12](../28/12.md).
39:7 d24m as Yahweh had commanded Moses 1 “just as Yahweh told Moses to do.” See how you translated this phrase in [Exodus 39:1](../39/01.md).
39:8 mlf6 General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 28:15](../28/15.md).
39:8 gj9p Connecting Statement: 1 # Connecting Statement:\n\nBezalel’s work crew continues to make the priestly garments.
39:8 k7b6 He made 1 “Bezalel made” or “Bezalel and the workers made”
39:9 lkt1 General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 28:16](../28/16.md).
39:9 f4ms rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance span 1 A span is 23 centimeters. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
39:10 xzb8 General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nBezalel’s work crew continues to make the priestly garments.
39:10 m54c They set in it 1 “The workers set in the breastpiece”
39:10 cmv1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ruby, a topaz, and a garnet 1 Some languages may not have words for each of these stones. The important fact is that they were valuable and different from one another. See how you translated these in [Exodus 28:17](../28/17.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
39:11 qx96 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown an emerald, a sapphire, and a diamond 1 Some languages may not have words for each of these stones. The important fact is that they were valuable and different from one another. See how you translated these in [Exodus 28:18](../28/18.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
39:12 kk8t rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown a jacinth, an agate, and an amethyst 1 Some languages may not have words for each of these stones. The important fact is that they were valuable and different from one another. See how you translated these in [Exodus 28:19](../28/19.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
39:13 l9wa rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown a beryl, an onyx, and a jasper 1 Some languages may not have words for each of these stones. The important fact is that they were valuable and different from one another. See how you translated these in [Exodus 28:20](../28/20.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
39:13 h3bw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive The stones were mounted in gold settings 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “They mounted the stones in gold settings” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
39:14 z5va General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 28:21](../28/21.md).
39:14 a9bw Connecting Statement: 1 # Connecting Statement:\n\nBezalel’s work crew continues to make the priestly garments.
39:14 yby8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive The stones were arranged 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The workers arranged the stones” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
39:15 byz8 General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 28:22](../28/22.md).
39:16 b8m6 General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 28:23-24](../28/23.md).
39:17 w2s4 General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 28:24](../28/24.md).
39:17 v4i5 Connecting Statement: 1 # Connecting Statement:\n\nBezalel’s work crew continues to make the priestly garments.
39:17 lc2x two braided chains 1 “chains that are made of pure gold and are braided like cords.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:14](../28/14.md).
39:18 bw76 General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 28:25](../28/25.md).
39:19 nd41 General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 28:26](../28/26.md).
39:19 del5 Connecting Statement: 1 # Connecting Statement:\n\nBezalel’s work crew continues to make the priestly garments.
39:20 w8wz General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 28:27](../28/27.md).
39:20 l1dz finely-woven waistband 1 This was a cloth belt made from narrow linen threads that someone twisted together to make a stronger thread. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:8](../28/08.md).
39:21 zu91 General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 28:28](../28/28.md).
39:21 uq61 Connecting Statement: 1 # Connecting Statement:\n\nBezalel’s work crew continues to make the priestly garments.
39:21 h1yb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive so that it might be attached 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “so they could attach it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
39:21 scn8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives the breastpiece might not become unattached from the ephod 1 The double negative can be translated as a positive. Alternate translation: “the breastpiece would stay attached to the ephod” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
39:22 vdw1 General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 28:31-32](../28/31.md).
39:22 n25q Connecting Statement: 1 # Connecting Statement:\n\nBezalel’s work crew continues to make the priestly garments.
39:22 p8nv rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Bezalel 1 This is the name of a man. See how you translated this in [Exodus 31:2](../31/02.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
39:23 cyc1 General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 28:32](../28/32.md).
39:24 eak6 General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 28:33](../28/33.md).
39:25 sx9b General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 28:34-35](../28/34.md).
39:25 f8t3 Connecting Statement: 1 # Connecting Statement:\n\nBezalel’s work crew continues to make the priestly garments as commanded in [Exodus 28:34-35](../28/34.md).
39:25 x1ww bells of pure gold 1 These were tiny bells.
39:26 gtg5 General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 28:34-35](../28/34.md).
39:27 pz63 General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 28:39](../28/39.md).
39:27 rp6p Connecting Statement: 1 # Connecting Statement:\n\nBezalel’s work crew continues to make the priestly garments.
39:28 um4e turban 1 This is a head covering worn by men made of a long strip of cloth wound around the head. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:4](../28/04.md).
39:28 jex8 headbands 1 A headband is a narrow, decorative strip of cloth that is worn around the head above the eyes. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:40](../28/40.md).
39:28 c4pr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit undergarments 1 This is clothing worn under the outer clothes, next to the skin. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:42](../28/42.md). Alternate translation: “underwear” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
39:29 hn5g sash 1 This is a long piece of cloth worn over the shoulder or around the waist. See how you translated this word in [Exodus 28:4](../28/04.md)
39:30 kq33 General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 28:36](../28/36.md).
39:30 m6jj Connecting Statement: 1 # Connecting Statement:\n\nBezalel’s work crew continues to make the priestly garments..
39:30 d85k holy crown 1 This was an engraved crown made of pure gold. See how you translated this in [Exodus 29:6](../29/06.md).
39:31 fml2 General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nSee how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 28:37](../28/37.md).
39:32 jh64 General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nThe Israelites finish making the things Yahweh commanded in [Exodus 35:4-9](../35/04.md) and [Exodus 35:10-12](../35/10.md).
39:32 z1z7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet So the work on the tabernacle, the tent of meeting, was finished. The people of Israel did everything 1 The “tabernacle” and “tent of meeting” are the same thing. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “So the people of Israel finished all of the work on the tabernacle” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
39:33 y9ym clasps 1 The clasps fit into the loops to hold the curtains together. See how you translated these in [Exodus 26:6](../26/06.md).
39:33 b3q3 bases 1 These are heavy objects that rest on the ground and keep the object attached to them from moving. See how you translated this in [Exodus 25:31](../25/31.md).
39:34 z6r6 the covering of ram skins dyed red, the covering of fine leather 1 See how you translated similar phrases in this in [Exodus 25:5](../25/05.md).
39:35 i7d9 atonement lid 1 This is the lid that sits on top of the ark where the atonement offering was made. See how you translated this in [Exodus 25:17](../25/17.md).
39:36 lvq3 Connecting Statement: 1 # Connecting Statement:\n\nBezalel’s work crew continues to present all that they made to Moses.
39:36 knn8 bread of the presence 1 This bread represented the presence of God. See how you translated this in [Exodus 25:30](../25/30.md).
39:39 e755 grate 1 This is a frame of crossed bars that held wood while burning. See how you translated this in [Exodus 27:4](../27/04.md).
39:40 i8lm Connecting Statement: 1 # Connecting Statement:\n\nBezalel’s work crew continues to present all that they made to Moses.
39:40 m3x9 They brought 1 “The people of Israel brought”
39:40 ajt4 the tabernacle, the tent of meeting 1 These refer to the same place.
39:42 ct6k Thus the people 1 “And so the people”
39:43 t26m behold 1 The word “behold” here draws attention to the information that follows.
39:43 z79s As Yahweh had commanded, in that way they did it 1 “They did it in the way that Yahweh had commanded them”
40:intro fa6e 0 # Exodus 40 General Notes\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter is repetitive and should read as a series of instructions. It is repeated as well to show that Moses was obedient to every detail of Yahweh’s command.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “Yahweh’s glory filled the tabernacle”\nThis phrase indicates that Yahweh began to dwell within the tabernacle, among Israel, in a special way. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]])
40:2 crr5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths the first day of the first month of the new year 1 The new year marks the time when God rescued his people from Egypt. This happens around the middle of March on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
40:3 iv52 General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nYahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
40:3 l7fp place the ark of the testimony in it 1 “place the ark of the covenant decrees in the sacred chest”
40:3 psu3 shield the ark with the curtain 1 “put the ark behind the curtain”
40:5 n4wx General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nYahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
40:5 a4xe ark of the testimony 1 This refers to the “sacred chest.”
40:8 zfl6 General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nYahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
40:9 ce7i all its furnishings 1 “all the things that are a part of it”
40:12 yiq8 General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nYahweh continues speaking to Moses.
40:12 j7ea You are to bring 1 Moses will do these things himself.
40:13 bs4j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive that are set apart to me 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that you have set apart to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
40:14 w7yw General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nYahweh continues speaking to Moses.
40:15 js17 throughout their people’s generations 1 “through all the generations of their descendants.” See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 12:14](../12/14.md).
40:17 r6pc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive So the tabernacle was set up 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “So the people set up the tabernacle” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
40:17 gzu5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths the first day of the first month 1 This refers to exactly one year after God rescued his people from Egypt. This happens around the middle of March on Western calendars. See how you translated this in [Exodus 40:2](../40/02.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
40:17 wnh8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal in the second year 1 This is the second year after Yahweh brought his people out of Egypt. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
40:18 kk4n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit Moses set up 1 Moses was the leader. The people helped him set up the tabernacle. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
40:18 c6rm posts 1 a strong piece of wood set upright and used as a support
40:21 l31p He brought 1 Moses was the leader. He had workers helping him.
40:21 n8r9 for it to shield 1 “in front of”
40:24 sw1w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit He put the lampstand into the tent of meeting 1 Moses instructed his workers to move the lampstand. This can be stated clearly in the translation. Alternate translation: “Moses’ workmen set the lampstand inside the sacred tent” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
40:26 i5gg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit in front of the curtain 1 This curtain separated the holy place from the very holy place. This can be stated clearly in the translation. Alternate translation: “in front of the curtain that separated the holy place from the very holy place” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
40:31 bf9c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit washed their hands and their feet from the basin 1 They washed with water from the basin. This can be stated clearly in the translation. Alternate translation: “washed their hands and their feet with water from the basin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
40:33 y62k וַ⁠יְצַ֣ו 1 “And so”
40:34 ysd8 כָּל־הַ⁠בֵּ֣ן הַ⁠יִּלּ֗וֹד הַ⁠יְאֹ֨רָ⁠ה֙ תַּשְׁלִיכֻ֔⁠הוּ 1 “Yahweh’s awesome presence filled”
40:36 ak35 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר כָּל־הַ⁠בֵּ֣ן הַ⁠יִּלּ֗וֹד הַ⁠יְאֹ֨רָ⁠ה֙ תַּשְׁלִיכֻ֔⁠הוּ וְ⁠כָל־הַ⁠בַּ֖ת תְּחַיּֽוּ⁠ן 1 - **saying, “You shall throw every new-born son into the river, but every daughter you shall let live.”** - A single level direct quote. While this particular instruction is very easy to rephrase as an indirect quote (in English), the use of **saying** in Hebrew suggests that this should be translated as a direct quotation if possible. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
40:37 s8y2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive תַּשְׁלִיכֻ֔⁠הוּ תְּחַיּֽוּ⁠ן 1 - **you shall** - These are plural referring to all Pharaoh’s people.
Reference in New Issue View Git Blame Copy Permalink